2021 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner's Manual

21_GMC_Canyon_CanyonDenali_COV_en_US_84426904B_2020SEPT11.pdf 1 8/11/2020 10:12:28 AM

CMY

K GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Introduction not be available in your region, or changes Contents subsequent to the printing of this owner’s manual. Introduction ...... 1 If this vehicle has the Duramax diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement Keys, Doors, and Windows ...... 6 for additional and specific information on Seats and Restraints ...... 21 this engine. Storage ...... 73 Refer to the purchase documentation Instruments and Controls ...... 75 The names, logos, emblems, slogans, vehicle relating to your specific vehicle to confirm model names, and vehicle body designs the features. Lighting ...... 102 appearing in this manual including, but not Keep this manual in the vehicle for quick limited to, GM, the GM logo, GMC, the GMC Infotainment System ...... 109 reference. Truck Emblem, CANYON, and DENALI are Climate Controls ...... 164 trademarks and/or service marks of General Driving and Operating ...... 170 Motors LLC, its subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. Vehicle Care ...... 233 For vehicles first sold in Canada, substitute Service and Maintenance ...... 309 the name “General Motors of Canada Technical Data ...... 323 Company” for GMC wherever it appears in Customer Information ...... 327 this manual. Reporting Safety Defects ...... 335 This manual describes features that may or may not be on the vehicle because of OnStar ...... 339 optional equipment that was not purchased Connected Services ...... 344 on the vehicle, model variants, country specifications, features/applications that may Index...... 347

2 Introduction Canadian Vehicle Owners Symbols { Danger A French language manual can be obtained The vehicle has components and labels that Danger indicates a hazard with a high from your dealer, at www.helminc.com, use symbols instead of text. Symbols are or from: level of risk which will result in serious shown along with the text describing the injury or death. operation or information relating to a Propriétaires Canadiens specific component, control, message, gauge, On peut obtenir un exemplaire de ce guide or indicator. en français auprès du concessionnaire ou à { Warning M : Shown when the owner’s manual has l'adresse suivante: Warning indicates a hazard that could additional instructions or information. result in injury or death. Helm, Incorporated * Attention: Customer Service : Shown when the service manual has additional instructions or information. 47911 Halyard Drive Caution Plymouth, MI 48170 0 : Shown when there is more information Caution indicates a hazard that could USA on another page —“see page.” result in property or vehicle damage. Using this Manual Vehicle Symbol Chart To quickly locate information about the Here are some additional symbols that may vehicle, use the Index in the back of the be found on the vehicle and what they manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is mean. See the features in this manual for in the manual and the page number where information. it can be found. u : Air Conditioning System Danger, Warning, and Caution A circle with a slash through it is a safety G : Air Conditioning Refrigerant Oil symbol which means “Do not,”“Do not do Warning messages found on vehicle labels 9 : Airbag Readiness Light and in this manual describe hazards and this,” or “Do not let this happen.” what to do to avoid or reduce them. ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) $ : Brake System Warning Light GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Introduction 3 9 : Dispose of Used Components Properly ~ : Pedestrian Ahead Indicator P : Do Not Apply High Pressure Water O : Power B : Engine Coolant Temperature 7 : Rear Cross Traffic Alert g : First Responder I : Registered Technician _ : Flame/Fire Prohibited / : Remote Vehicle Start H : Flammable h : Risk of Electrical Fire [ : Forward Collision Alert > : Seat Belt Reminders R : Fuse Block Cover Lock Location I : Side Blind Zone Alert + : Fuses 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor _ : High Voltage d : Traction Control/StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) j : ISOFIX/LATCH System Child Restraints a : Under Pressure Q : Keep Fuse Block Covers Properly Installed V : Vehicle Ahead Indicator | : Lane Change Alert @ : Lane Departure Warning A : Lane Keep Assist * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp : : Oil Pressure X : Park Assist GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

4 Introduction Instrument Panel Overview GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Introduction 5 1. Air Vents 0 169. 9. Heated and Ventilated Front Seats 0 25 16. Steering Wheel Adjustment 0 76 (Out 2. Trailer Brake Control Panel (If Equipped) (If Equipped). of View). (Out of View). See “Integrated Trailer 10. Power Outlets 0 78 (If Equipped). 17. Cruise Control 0 206. Brake Control System” under Towing 11. Shift Lever. See Automatic Transmission 18. Transfer Case Knob (If Equipped). See 0 Equipment 224. 0 192 or Four-Wheel Drive 0 197. 0 3. Turn Signal Lever. See Turn and Manual Mode 195. 19. Hood Release. See Hood 0 236. Lane-Change Signals 0 105. 12. Auxiliary Jack. See the infotainment 20. Parking Brake 0 203. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base manual. Level) Controls (If Equipped). See Driver 21. Data Link Connector (DLC) (Out of View). USB Port. See the infotainment manual. See Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 0 0 94 or 13. Hazard Warning Flashers 104. Engine Light) 87. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Traction Control/Electronic Stability 22. Exterior Lamp Controls 0 102. 0 0 96. Control 204. Fog Lamps 0 105 (If Equipped). 0 4. Instrument Cluster 0 81. Exterior Cargo Lamps 105. 23. Instrument Panel Illumination Control 5. Windshield Wiper/Washer 0 77. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 0 213 (If 0 106. 6. Light Sensor. See Automatic Headlamp Equipped). System 0 103. Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 205 (If Vehicle Alarm System Indicator (If Equipped). Equipped). See Vehicle Alarm System Tow/Haul Mode 0 196 (If Equipped). 0 14. 14. Steering Wheel Controls 0 76 (If 7. Infotainment Controls. See Overview Equipped). 0 110. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 8. Climate Control Systems 0 164 (If Controls (If Equipped). See Driver Equipped). Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 Automatic Climate Control System 0 166 94 or (If Equipped). Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 96. 15. Horn 0 77. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

6 Keys, Doors, and Windows Heated Mirrors ...... 16 Keys and Locks Keys, Doors, and Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 16 Windows Interior Mirrors Keys Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 17 Keys and Locks Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 17 { Warning Keys...... 6 Automatic Dimming Rearview Mirror . . . 17 Leaving children in a vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . . 8 ignition key is dangerous and children or Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Windows Operation ...... 9 Windows ...... 18 others could be seriously injured or killed. Remote Vehicle Start ...... 11 Power Windows ...... 18 They could operate the power windows Door Locks ...... 12 Rear Windows ...... 19 or other controls or make the vehicle Power Door Locks ...... 12 Sun Visors ...... 20 move. The windows will function with Delayed Locking ...... 12 the keys in the ignition, and children or Automatic Door Locks ...... 13 others could be caught in the path of a Lockout Protection ...... 13 closing window. Do not leave children in Safety Locks ...... 13 a vehicle with the ignition key. Doors Tailgate ...... 14 Vehicle Security Vehicle Security ...... 14 Vehicle Alarm System ...... 14 Immobilizer ...... 15 Immobilizer Operation ...... 15 Exterior Mirrors Convex Mirrors ...... 16 Manual Mirrors ...... 16 Power Mirrors ...... 16 Folding Mirrors ...... 16 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 7 replacement ignition keys have a small hole. { Warning See your dealer if a replacement key is If the key is unintentionally rotated while required. the vehicle is running, the ignition could The combination and size of the rings that be moved out of the RUN position. This came with your keys were specifically could be caused by heavy items hanging selected for your vehicle. The rings are from the key ring, or by large or long connected to the key like two links of a items attached to the key ring that could chain to reduce the risk of unintentionally be contacted by the driver or steering moving the key out of the RUN position. Do wheel. If the ignition moves out of the not add any additional items to the ring RUN position, the engine will shut off, attached to the ignition key. Attach braking and steering power assist may be additional items only to the second ring, impacted, and airbags may not deploy. and limit added items to a few essential Interference from radio-frequency To reduce the risk of unintentional keys or small, light items no larger than an identification (RFID) tags may prevent the rotation of the ignition key, do not RKE transmitter. key from starting the vehicle. Keep RFID change the way the ignition key and tags away from the key when starting the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter, vehicle. if equipped, are connected to the The key is used for the ignition and all door provided key rings. locks.

The ignition key and key rings, and RKE Programming Keys transmitter, if equipped, are designed to Follow these procedures to program up to work together as a system to reduce the eight keys to the vehicle. risk of unintentionally moving the key out of the RUN position. The ignition key has a Programming with Two Recognized Keys small hole to allow attachment of the To program a new key: provided key ring. It is important that any 1. Insert the original, already programmed key in the ignition and turn the ignition on. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

8 Keys, Doors, and Windows 2. Turn the ignition off and remove This procedure will take approximately See your dealer if a replacement key or the key. 30 minutes to complete for the first key. additional key is needed. 3. Quickly, within five seconds, insert the The vehicle must be off and all of the keys If locked out of the vehicle, see Roadside second original already programmed key you wish to program must be with you. Assistance Program 0 330. in the ignition and turn the ignition on. 1. Insert the new vehicle key into the ignition. With an active OnStar or connected service 4. Turn the ignition off, and remove plan, an OnStar Advisor may remotely the key. 2. Turn the ignition on. The security light unlock the vehicle. See OnStar Overview 5. Insert the new key to be programmed will come on. 0 339. and turn the ignition on within 3. Wait 10 minutes until the security light five seconds. turns off. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) The security light will turn off once the 4. Turn the ignition off. System key has been programmed. 5. Repeat Steps 2–4 two more times. After See Radio Frequency Statement 0 335. 6. Repeat Steps 1–5 if additional keys are to the third time, turn the ignition on; the If there is a decrease in the Remote Keyless be programmed. key is learned and all previously known Entry (RKE) operating range: If a key is lost or damaged, see your dealer keys will no longer work with the vehicle. . Check the distance. The transmitter may to have a new key made. be too far from the vehicle. 6. To learn the second key, turn the Programming without Two Recognized Keys ignition off. Insert the second key to be . Check the location. Other vehicles or Program a new key to the vehicle when a learned and turn the ignition on. objects may be blocking the signal. . Check the transmitter's battery. See recognized key is not available. Canadian After two keys are learned, the remaining “Battery Replacement” later in this regulations require that owners see their keys can be learned by following the section. dealer. procedure in “Programming with Two If two currently recognized keys are not Recognized Keys.” . If the transmitter is still not working available, follow this procedure to program correctly, see your dealer or a qualified If it becomes difficult to turn a key, inspect technician for service. the first key. the key blade for debris. Periodically clean with a brush or pick. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 9 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash once for 30 seconds. The alarm turns off when System Operation to indicate locking has occurred. If enabled, the ignition is turned on or 7 is pressed the horn chirps when Q is pressed again again. The ignition must be off for the panic The RKE transmitter functions may work up within three seconds. See Vehicle alarm to work. to 60 m (197 ft) away from the vehicle. Personalization 0 99. Programming Transmitters to the Vehicle Other conditions can affect the performance Pressing arms the vehicle alarm system. Q Only RKE transmitters programmed to this of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry See Vehicle Alarm System 0 14. (RKE) System 0 8. vehicle will work. If a transmitter is lost or K : Press once to unlock only the driver stolen, a replacement can be purchased and door. If K is pressed again within programmed through your dealer. Each three seconds, all remaining doors and the vehicle can have up to eight transmitters tailgate unlock. The interior lamps may programmed to it. See your dealer for come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until transmitter programming. the ignition is turned on. Battery Replacement If enabled, the turn signal lamps flash twice to indicate unlocking has occurred. { Warning If enabled, the exterior lamps may turn on. Never allow children to play with the RKE See Vehicle Personalization 0 99. transmitter. The transmitter contains a Pressing K on the RKE transmitter disarms small battery, which can be a choking the vehicle alarm system. See Vehicle Alarm hazard. If swallowed, internal burns can With Remote Start, without Similar System 0 14. occur, resulting in severe injury or death. Seek medical attention immediately if a / : If equipped, / is used to start the 7 : Press and release one time to initiate battery is swallowed. engine from outside the vehicle using the vehicle locator. The turn signal lamps flash RKE transmitter. See Remote Vehicle Start and the horn sounds three times. 0 11. Press and hold 7 for at least three seconds Q : Press to lock all doors and the tailgate. to sound the panic alarm. The turn signal lamps flash and the horn sounds repeatedly GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

10 Keys, Doors, and Windows Replace the battery in the transmitter soon { Warning if the DIC displays REPLACE BATTERY IN To avoid personal injury, do not touch REMOTE KEY. metal surfaces on the RKE transmitter To replace the battery: when it has been exposed to extreme heat. These surfaces can be hot to the touch at temperatures above 59 °C (138 °F).

Caution When replacing the battery, do not touch any of the circuitry on the transmitter. 2. Press and slide the battery down toward Static from your body could damage the the pocket of the transmitter in the transmitter. direction of the key ring. Do not use a metal object. 3. Remove the battery. Caution 1. Separate and remove the back cover of 4. Insert the new battery, positive side Always replace the battery with the the transmitter with a flat, thin object, such as a coin. facing up. Replace with a CR2032 or correct type. Replacing the battery with equivalent battery. an incorrect type could potentially create 5. Push together the transmitter back cover a risk of battery explosion. Dispose of top side first, and then the bottom used batteries according to instructions toward the key ring. and local laws. Do not attempt to burn, crush, or cut the used battery, and avoid exposing the battery to environments with extremely low air pressures or high temperatures. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 11 Remote Vehicle Start . Two remote vehicle starts, or a single The engine will continue to run for remote start with an extension, have 15 minutes. Repeat the steps for one If equipped, the engine can be started from already been used. 15-minute time extension. Turn the ignition outside of the vehicle. The climate controls . The vehicle is not in P (Park). on to operate the vehicle. and rear window defogger may also come on. The engine will turn off during a remote Extending Engine Run Time vehicle start if: If the vehicle has heated and ventilated The engine run time can be extended by seats and the feature is turned on in vehicle . The coolant temperature gets too high. 15 minutes, for a total of 30 minutes, personalization, the heated or ventilated . The oil pressure gets low. if during the first 15 minutes Steps 1 and 2 are repeated while the engine is still seats will turn on during cold or hot outside The RKE transmitter range may be less while running. An extension can be requested temperatures and will shut off when the the vehicle is running. ignition is turned on. See Heated and 30 seconds after starting. Other conditions can affect the performance Ventilated Front Seats 0 25. A maximum of two remote starts, or a of the transmitter. See Remote Keyless Entry single start with an extension, is allowed Laws in some communities may restrict the (RKE) System 0 8 or between ignition cycles. use of remote starters. Check local Vehicle Personalization 0 99. regulations for any requirements on remote The ignition must be turned on and then Starting the Engine Using Remote Start starting of vehicles. back off to use remote start again. 1. Press and release . If your vehicle is low on fuel, do not use the Q Canceling a Remote Start remote start feature. The vehicle may run 2. Immediately press and hold / until the out of fuel. To cancel a remote start, do one of the turn signal lamps flash or for at least following: The vehicle cannot be remote started if: four seconds. . Press and hold / until the parking lamps When the vehicle starts, the parking . The key is in the ignition. turn off. . The hood is not closed. lamps will turn on. The doors will be locked and the climate control system . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. . There is an emission control system may come on. . Turn the vehicle on and then off. malfunction and the malfunction indicator lamp is on. . The hazard warning flashers are on. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

12 Keys, Doors, and Windows Door Locks To lock or unlock a door from the outside Power Door Locks press Q or K on the Remote Keyless Entry { Warning (RKE) transmitter or use the key in the driver door. Unlocked doors can be dangerous. To lock a door from the inside, push down . Passengers, especially children, can on the door lock knob. To unlock, pull the easily open the doors and fall out of a door handle once to unlock the door and moving vehicle. The doors can be again to unlatch it. The power door lock unlocked and opened while the vehicle switch on the interior of the door can also is moving. The chance of being thrown be used to lock or unlock the doors from out of the vehicle in a crash is the inside. increased if the doors are not locked. So, all passengers should wear seat Free-Turning Locks belts properly and the doors should be The door key lock cylinder turns freely when locked whenever the vehicle is driven. either the wrong key is used, or the correct Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab Similar . Young children who get into unlocked key is not fully inserted. The free-turning If equipped with power door locks: vehicles may be unable to get out. door lock feature prevents the lock from A child can be overcome by extreme being forced open. To reset the lock, turn it Q : Press to lock the doors. heat and can suffer permanent injuries to the vertical position with the correct key K or even death from heat stroke. fully inserted. Remove the key and insert it : Press to unlock the doors. Always lock the vehicle whenever again. If this does not reset the lock, turn leaving it. the key halfway around in the cylinder and Delayed Locking . Outsiders can easily enter through an repeat the reset procedure. This feature delays the actual locking of the unlocked door when you slow down doors until five seconds after all doors are or stop the vehicle. Locking the doors closed. can help prevent this from happening. Delayed locking can only be turned on when the Open Door Anti-Lockout feature has been turned off. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 13 When Q is pressed on the power door lock . Shift the transmission into P (Park). switch with the door open, a chime will Automatic door locking cannot be disabled. sound three times indicating that delayed Automatic door unlocking can be locking is active. programmed. See Vehicle Personalization 0 The doors will then lock automatically 99. five seconds after all doors are closed. If a door is reopened before five seconds have Lockout Protection elapsed, the five-second timer will reset once When locking is requested with the driver all the doors are closed again. door open and the key in the ignition, all the doors will lock and then the driver door Press on the door lock switch again, Q will unlock. This can be manually overridden or press Q on the RKE transmitter, to by pressing and holding Q on the power override this feature and lock the doors door lock switch. Press { to activate the safety locks on the immediately. Open Door Anti-Lockout rear doors. The indicator light comes on Delayed locking can be programmed. See when activated. The vehicle must be on, in Vehicle Personalization 0 99. If Open Door Anti-Lockout has been turned ACC/ACCESSORY, or in Retained Accessory on and the vehicle is off, the driver door is Power (RAP). See Retained Accessory Power Automatic Door Locks open, and locking is requested, all the doors (RAP) 0 190. will lock and the driver door will remain If equipped, the doors will lock unlocked. The Open Door Anti-Lockout If the indicator light flashes, the feature automatically when all doors are closed, the feature can be turned on or off. See Vehicle may not be working properly. ignition is on, and the shift lever is moved Personalization 0 99. out of P (Park). If a vehicle door is unlocked and then opened and closed, the doors will Safety Locks lock either when your foot is removed from the brake or the vehicle speed becomes If equipped, the rear door safety locks faster than 13 km/h (8 mph). prevent passengers from opening the rear doors from inside the vehicle. To unlock the doors: . Press K on a power door lock switch. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

14 Keys, Doors, and Windows Doors After closing the tailgate, pull it back to be On Solid : Vehicle is secured during the sure it latches securely. delay to arm the system. Tailgate Fast Flash : Vehicle is unsecured. A door or Vehicle Security the hood is open. { Warning This vehicle has theft-deterrent features; Slow Flash : Alarm system is armed. It is extremely dangerous to ride on the however, they do not make the vehicle tailgate, even when the vehicle is impossible to steal. Arming the Alarm System operated at low speeds. People riding on 1. Turn off the vehicle. the tailgate can easily lose their balance Vehicle Alarm System 2. Lock the vehicle with one of the and fall in response to vehicle maneuvers. If equipped with the anti-theft alarm following: Falling from a moving vehicle may result system, the indicator light, on the . Use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) in serious injuries or death. Do not allow instrument panel near the windshield, transmitter. indicates the status of the system. people to ride on the tailgate. Be sure . With a door open, press Q on the everyone in your vehicle is in a seat and interior of the door. using a seat belt properly. 3. After 30 seconds the alarm system will On vehicles with a lock on the tailgate, use arm, and the indicator light will begin to the key to lock or unlock the tailgate. slowly flash indicating the alarm system is operating. Pressing Q on the RKE If equipped, to lock or unlock the tailgate, transmitter a second time will bypass use the RKE transmitter or the key. See the 30-second delay and immediately Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System arm the alarm system. Operation 0 9 The theft-deterrent alarm system will not Open the tailgate by lifting up on its handle arm if the doors are locked with the key. while pulling the tailgate down. If the driver door is opened without first To shut the tailgate, firmly push it upward Off : Alarm system is disarmed. unlocking with the RKE transmitter, the horn until it latches. will chirp and the lights will flash to indicate pre-alarm. If the vehicle is not started, GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 15 or the door is not unlocked by pressing K Detecting a Tamper Condition When trying to start the vehicle, the on the RKE transmitter during the 10-second security light comes on briefly when the If K is pressed on the RKE transmitter and pre-alarm, the alarm will be activated. ignition is turned on. the horn chirps three times, an alarm If a door or the hood is opened without first occurred previously while the alarm system If the engine does not start and the security disarming the system, the turn signals will was armed. light stays on, there is a problem with the flash and the horn will sound for about system. Turn the ignition off and try again. 30 seconds. The alarm system will then Immobilizer If the engine still does not start, and the re-arm to monitor for the next unauthorized See Radio Frequency Statement 0 335. key appears to be undamaged, try another event. ignition key. It may be necessary to check Disarming the Alarm System Immobilizer Operation the fuse. See Fuses and Circuit Breakers 0 259. If the engine still does not start with To disarm the alarm system or turn off the the other key, the vehicle needs service. alarm if it has been activated: If the vehicle does start, the first key may . Press K on the RKE transmitter. be faulty. See your dealer. . Start the vehicle. It is possible for the immobilizer system to learn new or replacement keys. Up to eight To avoid setting off the alarm by accident: keys can be programmed for the vehicle. To . Lock the vehicle after all occupants have This vehicle has a passive theft-deterrent program additional transmitters, see Remote left the vehicle and all doors are closed. system. Keyless Entry (RKE) System Operation 0 9. . Always unlock a door with the RKE The system does not have to be manually Do not leave the transmitter or device that transmitter. armed or disarmed. disarms or deactivates the vehicle Unlocking the driver door with the key will The vehicle is automatically immobilized theft-deterent system in the vehicle. not disarm the system or turn off the alarm. when the vehicle is turned off. See your dealer to get a new key blank cut The system is automatically disarmed when exactly as the ignition key that operates the the ignition is turned from off to on. system. The security light, in the instrument cluster, comes on if there is a problem with arming or disarming the theft-deterrent system. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

16 Keys, Doors, and Windows Exterior Mirrors Power Mirrors Folding Mirrors Convex Mirrors Manual Folding Mirrors The mirrors can be folded inward toward { Warning the vehicle to prevent damage when going through an automatic car wash. Push the A convex mirror can make things, like mirror outward to return it to the original other vehicles, look farther away than position. they really are. If you cut too sharply into the right lane, you could hit a Heated Mirrors vehicle on the right. Check the inside If equipped, the rear window defogger also mirror or glance over your shoulder heats the outside mirrors. before changing lanes. K : Press to heat the outside mirrors. See The passenger side mirror is convex shaped. If equipped, adjust the power mirrors: “Rear Window Defogger” under Climate A convex mirror's surface is curved so more Control Systems 0 164. can be seen from the driver seat. 1. Move the selector switch to L (Left) or R (Right) to choose driver or passenger Blind Spot Mirrors Manual Mirrors mirror. 2. Press the arrows on the control pad to The blind spot mirror is a small convex If equipped, adjust manual mirrors by move each mirror in the desired mirror built into the upper and outer corner moving the mirror up and down or left to direction. of the driver outside mirror. It can show right to see a little of the side of the vehicle objects that may be in the vehicle's and to have a clear view behind the vehicle. 3. Return the selector switch to the center blind zone. position. Using hood-mounted air deflectors and add-on convex mirror attachments could decrease mirror performance. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 17 Driving with the Blind Spot Mirror 1. When the approaching vehicle is a long Interior Mirrors distance away, the image in the main mirror is small and near the inboard Interior Rearview Mirrors edge of the mirror. 2. As the vehicle gets closer, the image in Adjust the rearview mirror for a clear view the main mirror gets larger and moves of the area behind your vehicle. outboard. If equipped with OnStar, the vehicle may 3. As the vehicle enters the blind zone, the have three control buttons at the bottom of 0 image transitions from the main mirror the mirror. See OnStar Overview 339. to the blind spot mirror. To avoid accidental OnStar calls, clean the 4. When the vehicle is in the blind zone, mirror with the ignition off. Do not spray the image only appears in the blind spot glass cleaner directly on the mirror. Use a mirror. soft towel dampened with water. Using the Outside Mirror with the Blind Manual Rearview Mirror Spot Mirror If equipped, push the tab forward for 1. Set the main mirror so that the side of daytime use and pull it rearward for the vehicle can just be seen and the nighttime use to avoid glare from the blind spot mirror has an headlamps from behind. unobstructed view. 2. When checking for traffic or before Automatic Dimming Rearview changing a lane, look at the main driver/ Mirror passenger side mirror to observe traffic If equipped, the mirror will automatically in the adjacent lane, behind your vehicle. reduce the glare of the headlamps from Check the blind spot mirror for a vehicle behind. The dimming feature comes on each Actual Mirror View in the blind zone. Then, glance over your time the vehicle is started. shoulder to double check before moving slowly into the adjacent lane. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

18 Keys, Doors, and Windows Windows Power Windows Using the window switch, press to open or pull to close the window. { Warning { Warning The windows may be temporarily disabled if Children could be seriously injured or they are used repeatedly within a Never leave a child, a helpless adult, or a short time. pet alone in a vehicle, especially with the killed if caught in the path of a closing windows closed in warm or hot weather. window. Never leave keys in a vehicle Rear Window Lockout (Crew Cab Only) They can be overcome by the extreme with children. When there are children in heat and suffer permanent injuries or the rear seat, use the window lockout even death from heat stroke. button to prevent operation of the windows. See Keys 0 6.

This feature stops the rear passenger windows from working. . Press Z to engage the rear window lockout feature. The indicator light is on The vehicle aerodynamics are designed to Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab Similar improve fuel economy performance. This when engaged. may result in a pulsing sound when either Power windows work when the ignition is . Press Z again to disengage. rear window is down and the front windows on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, or when Retained are up. To reduce the sound, open either a Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See front window or the sunroof, if equipped. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 190. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Keys, Doors, and Windows 19 Window Express Movement Warning (Continued) Rear Windows All windows can be opened without holding Sliding Rear Window the window switch. Press the switch down damaged. Before using automatic reversal fully and quickly release to express open the system override, make sure that all window. people and obstructions are clear of the window path. If equipped, pull the window switch up fully and quickly release to express close the When the engine is on, override the window. automatic reversal system by pulling and Briefly press or pull the window switch in holding the window switch if conditions the same direction to stop that window’s prevent it from closing. express movement. Programming the Power Windows Window Automatic Reversal System Programming may be necessary if the The express-close feature will reverse vehicle battery has been disconnected or window movement if it comes in contact discharged. If the window is unable to with an object. Extreme cold or ice could express-up, program each express-close If the vehicle has this feature, squeeze the cause the window to auto-reverse. The window: latch in the center of the window and slide window will operate normally after the 1. Close all doors. the glass to open it. object or condition is removed. 2. Turn the ignition on or to ACC/ Be sure the latch is engaged when the Automatic Reversal System Override ACCESSORY. window is closed. 3. Partially open the window to be { Warning programmed. Then close it and continue to pull the switch briefly after the If automatic reversal system override is window has fully closed. active, the window will not reverse automatically. You or others could be 4. Open the window and continue to press injured and the window could be the switch briefly after the window has (Continued) fully opened. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

20 Keys, Doors, and Windows Sun Visors

Pull the sun visor down to block glare. Detach the sun visor from the center mount to pivot to the side window and, if equipped, extend along the rod. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 21 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 37 Head Restraints Seats and Restraints How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 38 What Will You See after an Airbag The vehicle's front seats have adjustable Head Restraints Inflates? ...... 38 head restraints in the outboard seating Head Restraints ...... 21 Passenger Sensing System ...... 39 positions. Front Seats Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Seat Adjustment ...... 23 Vehicle ...... 42 { Warning Adding Equipment to the Power Seat Adjustment ...... 23 With head restraints that are not Airbag-Equipped Vehicle ...... 43 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 23 installed and adjusted properly, there is a Airbag System Check ...... 43 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 24 greater chance that occupants will suffer Heated and Ventilated Front Seats . . . . . 25 Replacing Airbag System Parts after a Crash ...... 44 a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not Rear Seats drive until the head restraints for all Rear Seats ...... 25 Child Restraints occupants are installed and adjusted Older Children ...... 44 properly. Seat Belts Infants and Young Children ...... 45 Seat Belts ...... 27 Child Restraint Systems ...... 47 Buckle To Drive ...... 28 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 49 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 28 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 30 (LATCH System) ...... 50 Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy ...... 33 Replacing LATCH System Parts After a Seat Belt Extender ...... 33 Crash ...... 64 Safety System Check ...... 33 Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Seat Belt Care ...... 34 Belt in the Rear Seat) ...... 64 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after a Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Crash ...... 34 Belt in the Front Seat) ...... 69 Airbag System Airbag System ...... 34 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 36 When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 37 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

22 Seats and Restraints Adjust the head restraint so that the top of The front seat outboard head restraints are The head restraint can be folded forward to the restraint is at the same height as the not removable. allow for better visibility when the rear seat top of the occupant's head. This position is unoccupied. To fold the head restraint, reduces the chance of a neck injury in a Rear Head Restraints press the button on the side of the head crash. Crew Cab restraint. The vehicle’s rear seats have head restraints When an occupant is in the seat, always in the outboard seating positions that return the head restraint to the upright cannot be adjusted up or down. position until it locks into place. Push and pull on the head restraint to make sure that it is locked. If you are installing a child restraint in the rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 50. Extended Cab The vehicle’s rear seats have headrests in the outboard seating positions that cannot be adjusted. The height of the head restraint can be adjusted. Pull the head restraint up to raise If you are installing a child restraint in the it. Try to move the head restraint to make rear seat, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for sure that it is locked in place. Children (LATCH System) 0 50. The rear outboard head restraints are To lower the head restraint, press the designed to be folded. When folding the button, located on the top of the seatback, seatback down, the head restraint must first and push the restraint down. Try to move be manually folded forward out of the way the head restraint after the button is to fold the seatback down. released to make sure that it is locked in place. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 23 Front Seats Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see Reclining Seatbacks 0 24. Seat Adjustment { Warning Lumbar Adjustment The power seats will work with the { Warning ignition off. Children could operate the Power Lumbar You can lose control of the vehicle if you power seats and be injured. Never leave try to adjust a driver seat while the children alone in the vehicle. vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat only when the vehicle is not moving.

If equipped, press and hold the top of the control to increase lumbar support. Press and hold the bottom of the control to To adjust a power driver seat, if equipped: decrease lumbar support. Release the control . Move the seat forward or rearward by when the seatback reaches the desired level To adjust the seat: sliding the control forward or rearward. of lumbar support. 1. Pull the handle at the front of the seat. . Raise or lower the entire seat by moving 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and the rear of the control up or down. release the handle. . If equipped, raise or lower the front part 3. Try to move the seat back and forth to of the seat cushion by moving the front be sure the seat is locked in place. of the control up or down. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

24 Seats and Restraints Reclining Seatbacks

{ Warning Sitting in a reclined position when the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the seat belts cannot do their job. The shoulder belt will not be against your body. Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt could go up over your Do not have a seatback reclined if the To recline the seatback: abdomen. The belt forces would be there, vehicle is moving. 1. Lift the lever. not at your pelvic bones. This could cause { 2. Move the seatback to the desired serious internal injuries. Warning position, and then release the lever to You can lose control of the vehicle if you lock the seatback in place. For proper protection when the vehicle is try to adjust a driver seat while the in motion, have the seatback upright. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make vehicle is moving. Adjust the driver seat Then sit well back in the seat and wear sure it is locked. only when the vehicle is not moving. the seat belt properly. To return the seatback to the upright position: { Warning 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback. If either seatback is not locked, it could move forward in a sudden stop or crash. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make That could cause injury to the person sure it is locked. sitting there. Always push and pull on the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 25 Heated and Ventilated Front If equipped, the buttons are on the center heated seats turn on, and when it is hot stack. To operate, the engine must be outside the ventilated seats turn on. The Seats running. heated or ventilated seats are canceled + when the ignition is turned on. Press the { Warning If equipped, press to heat the driver or heated or ventilated seat button to use the passenger seatback only. If temperature change or pain to the skin heated or ventilated seats after the vehicle cannot be felt, the seat heater may cause Press z to heat the driver or passenger is started. burns. To reduce the risk of burns, use cushion and seatback. The heated or ventilated seat indicator lights care when using the seat heater, If equipped, press { to ventilate the driver do not turn on during a remote start. especially for long periods of time. Do or passenger seat. A ventilated seat has a The temperature performance of an not place anything on the seat that fan that pulls or pushes air through the unoccupied seat may be reduced. This is insulates against heat, such as a blanket, seat. The air is not cooled. normal. cushion, cover, or similar item. This may cause the seat heater to overheat. An The indicator light on the button comes on The heated or ventilated seats will not turn overheated seat heater may cause a burn when this feature is on. on during a remote start unless they are enabled in the vehicle personalization menu. or may damage the seat. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of the button, the seat will change to the next lower setting, Rear Seats and then to the off setting. The indicator lights next to the buttons indicate three for Rear Seat Reminder the highest setting and one for the lowest. If equipped, the message REAR SEAT If the heated seats are on high for an REMINDER LOOK IN REAR SEAT displays extended time, their level may automatically under certain conditions indicating there be lowered. may be an item or passenger in the rear Remote Start Auto Heated and Ventilated seat. Check before exiting the vehicle. Seats This feature will activate when a second row During a remote start, the heated or door is opened while the vehicle is on or up ventilated seats can be turned on to 10 minutes before the vehicle is turned automatically. When it is cold outside, the on. There will be an alert when the vehicle GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

26 Seats and Restraints is turned off. The alert does not directly To fold a rear seatback: detect objects in the rear seat; instead, 1. Fold the head restraint. See Head under certain conditions, it detects when a Restraints 0 21. rear door is opened and closed, indicating that there may be something in the rear seat. The feature is active only once each time the vehicle is turned on and off, and will require reactivation by opening and closing the second row doors. There may be an alert even when there is nothing in the rear seat; for example, if a child entered the vehicle through the rear door and left the 3. Pull the release strap on the outboard vehicle without the vehicle being shut off. side of the seatback. The feature can be turned on or off. See 4. Fold the seatback forward. Vehicle Personalization 0 99. 2. Disconnect the rear center seat belt latch To return a seatback to the upright position: Folding the Rear Seat from the mini-buckle by inserting the tip 1. Lift the seatback up and push it On crew cab models, the rear seatbacks can of the seat belt tongue into the slot on rearward. the buckle. Let the belt retract. be folded forward. 2. Return the head restraint to the upright position. See Head Restraints 0 21. Caution Folding a rear seat with the seat belts { Warning still fastened may cause damage to the If either seatback is not locked, it could seat or the seat belts. Always unbuckle move forward in a sudden stop or crash. the seat belts and return them to their That could cause injury to the person normal stowed position before folding a sitting there. Always push and pull on rear seat. the seatbacks to be sure they are locked. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 27 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make Why Seat Belts Work sure it is locked in place. { Warning Do not let anyone ride where a seat belt { Warning cannot be worn properly. In a crash, A seat belt that is improperly routed, not if you or your passenger(s) are not properly attached, or twisted will not wearing seat belts, injuries can be much provide the protection needed in a crash. worse than if you are wearing seat belts. The person wearing the belt could be You can be seriously injured or killed by seriously injured. After raising the rear hitting things inside the vehicle harder or seatback, always check to be sure that by being ejected from the vehicle. In the seat belts are properly routed and addition, anyone who is not buckled up attached, and are not twisted. can strike other passengers in the vehicle. It is extremely dangerous to ride in a 4. Reconnect the center seat belt latch cargo area, inside or outside of a vehicle. When riding in a vehicle, you travel as fast plate to the mini-buckle. Make sure the In a collision, passengers riding in these as the vehicle does. If the vehicle stops seat belt is not twisted. areas are more likely to be seriously suddenly, you keep going until something 5. Push and pull on the latch plate to be injured or killed. Do not allow passengers stops you. It could be the windshield, the sure it is secure. to ride in any area of the vehicle that is instrument panel, or the seat belts! When the seatback is not in use, it should not equipped with seats and seat belts. When you wear a seat belt, you and the be kept in the upright, locked position. Always wear a seat belt, and check that vehicle slow down together. There is more all passenger(s) are restrained time to stop because you stop over a longer Seat Belts properly too. distance and, when worn properly, your strongest bones take the forces from the This section describes how to use seat belts seat belts. That is why wearing seat belts properly, and some things not to do. This vehicle has indicators as a reminder to buckle the seat belts. See Seat Belt makes such good sense. Reminders 0 85. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

28 Seats and Restraints Questions and Answers About Seat Belts Center (DIC). Buckle the driver seat belt to If the driver seat belt, and in some vehicles shift out of P (Park). Shifting from P (Park) the front passenger seat belt, are unbuckled Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a will be prevented once for each ignition when driving, the seat belt reminder chime crash if I am wearing a seat belt? cycle. and/or light(s) will come on. See Seat Belt A: You could be — whether you are 0 For some fleet vehicles, shifting from Reminders 85. wearing a seat belt or not. Your chance P (Park) will be prevented each time the This feature may not function properly if of being conscious during and after a above conditions exist whether Teen Driver the airbag readiness light is on. See Airbag crash, so you can unbuckle and get out, is ON or OFF. Readiness Light 0 86. is much greater if you are belted. On some models, Buckle to Drive may also Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why should I How to Wear Seat Belts Properly prevent shifting out of P (Park) if a front have to wear seat belts? passenger is unbuckled under similar Follow these rules for everyone's protection. A: Airbags are supplemental systems only. conditions. A message displays in the DIC. There are additional things to know about They work with seat belts — not instead Buckle the front passenger seat belt to shift seat belts and children, including smaller of them. Whether or not an airbag is out of P (Park). This feature may not allow children and infants. If a child will be riding provided, all occupants still have to the vehicle to shift out of P (Park) if an in the vehicle, see Older Children 0 44 or buckle up to get the most protection. object, such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery Infants and Young Children 0 45. Review Also, in nearly all states and in all bag, laptop, or other electronic device, is on and follow the rules for children in addition Canadian provinces, the law requires the front passenger seat. If this happens, to the following rules. wearing seat belts. remove the object from the seat or buckle the seat belt to shift out of P (Park). It is very important for all occupants to Buckle To Drive buckle up. Statistics show that unbelted If the driver, or on some vehicles, the people are hurt more often in crashes than If equipped, this feature prevents the vehicle present front passenger, remains unbuckled, those who are wearing seat belts. from being shifted out of P (Park) when the DIC message will turn off after several Teen Driver is active, and the driver seat seconds and the vehicle can be shifted out There are important things to know about belt is not buckled. See Teen Driver 0 153. of P (Park). See “Seat Belts” and “Child wearing a seat belt properly. If the engine is running, the driver seat belt Restraints” in the Index for information is not buckled, and the brake pedal is about the importance of proper pressed with the vehicle in P (Park), a restraint use. message displays in the Driver Information GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 29

{ Warning You can be seriously injured, or even killed, by not wearing your seat belt properly.

. Sit up straight and always keep your feet Never allow the lap or shoulder belt to on the floor in front of you (if possible). become loose or twisted. . Always use the correct buckle for your seating position. . Wear the lap part of the belt low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs. In a crash, this applies force to the strong pelvic bones and you would be less likely to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. . Wear the shoulder belt over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

30 Seats and Restraints If you are using a rear seating position with a detachable seat belt and the seat belt is not attached, see Rear Seats 0 25 for instructions on reconnecting the seat belt to the mini-buckle. The following instructions explain how to wear a lap-shoulder belt properly. 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is adjustable, so you can sit up straight. To see how, see “Seats” in the Index.

Never wear the shoulder belt under both Never route the lap or shoulder belt over an arms or behind your back. armrest.

{ Warning The seat belt can be pinched if it is routed under plastic trim on the seat, such as trim around the rear seatback folding handle or side airbag. In a crash, pinched seat belts might not be able to provide adequate protection. Never allow seat belts to be routed under plastic trim 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt pieces. across you. Do not let it get twisted. Lap-Shoulder Belt Always use the correct buckle for your All seating positions in the vehicle have a seating position. lap-shoulder belt. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 31 The lap-shoulder belt may lock if you If the webbing locks in the latch plate Adjuster” later in this section for pull the belt across you very quickly. before it reaches the buckle, tilt the latch instructions on use and important safety If this happens, let the belt go back plate flat to unlock. information. slightly to unlock it. Then pull the belt across you more slowly. If the shoulder portion of a passenger belt is pulled out all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. See Child Restraint Systems 0 47. If this occurs, let the belt go back all the way and start again. If the locking feature stays engaged after letting the belt go back to stowed position on the seat, move the seat rearward or recline the seat until the shoulder belt retractor lock releases. 3. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 5. To make the lap part tight, pull up on it clicks. the shoulder belt. Pull up on the latch plate to make sure it is secure. If the belt is not long enough, see Seat Belt Extender 0 33. Position the release button on the buckle so that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. 4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

32 Seats and Restraints Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster After the adjuster is set to the desired position, try to move it down without The vehicle has a shoulder belt height pushing the release button to make sure it adjuster for the driver and front outboard has locked into position. passenger seating positions. Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of Seat Belt Pretensioners the belt is on the shoulder and not falling This vehicle has seat belt pretensioners for off of it. The belt should be close to, but not the front outboard occupants. Although the contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt seat belt pretensioners cannot be seen, they height adjustment could reduce the are part of the seat belt assembly. They can effectiveness of the seat belt in a crash. See help tighten the seat belts during the early How to Wear Seat Belts Properly 0 28. stages of a moderate to severe frontal, near frontal, or rear crash if the threshold To unlatch the belt, push the button on the conditions for pretensioner activation are buckle. The belt should return to its stowed met. Seat belt pretensioners can also help position. tighten the seat belts in a side crash or a Always stow the seat belt slowly. If the seat rollover event. belt webbing returns quickly to the stowed Pretensioners work only once. If the position, the retractor may lock and cannot pretensioners activate in a crash, the be pulled out. If this happens, pull the seat pretensioners and probably other parts of belt straight out firmly to unlock the the vehicle's seat belt system will need to webbing, and then release it. If the webbing be replaced. See Replacing Seat Belt System is still locked in the retractor, see your Parts after a Crash 0 34. dealer. Do not sit on the outboard seat belt while Before a door is closed, be sure the seat belt entering or exiting the vehicle or at any is out of the way. If a door is slammed Push up on the release button and move the height adjuster to the desired position. time while sitting in the seat. Sitting on the against a seat belt, damage can occur to seat belt can damage the webbing and both the seat belt and the vehicle. hardware. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 33 Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides But if a seat belt is not long enough, your dealer will order you an extender. When Rear seat belt comfort guides may provide you go in to order it, take the heaviest coat added seat belt comfort for older children you will wear, so the extender will be long who have outgrown booster seats and for enough for you. To help avoid personal some adults. When installed on a shoulder injury, do not let someone else use it, and belt, the comfort guide positions the use it only for the seat it is made to fit. The shoulder belt away from the neck and head. extender has been designed for adults. Comfort guides are available through your Never use it for securing child restraints. For dealer for the rear outboard seating more information on the proper use and fit positions. Instructions are included with the of seat belt extenders see the instruction guides. sheet that comes with the extender. Seat Belt Use During Pregnancy A pregnant woman should wear a Safety System Check lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should Seat belts work for everyone, including be worn as low as possible, below the Periodically check the seat belt reminder, pregnant women. Like all occupants, they rounding, throughout the pregnancy. seat belts, buckles, latch plates, retractors, are more likely to be seriously injured if shoulder belt height adjusters (if equipped), they do not wear seat belts. The best way to protect the fetus is to and seat belt anchorages to make sure they protect the mother. When a seat belt is are all in working order. Look for any other worn properly, it is more likely that the loose or damaged seat belt system parts fetus will not be hurt in a crash. For that might keep a seat belt system from pregnant women, as for anyone, the key to performing properly. See your dealer to making seat belts effective is wearing them have it repaired. Torn, frayed, or twisted properly. seat belts may not protect you in a crash. Torn or frayed seat belts can rip apart under Seat Belt Extender impact forces. If a belt is torn or frayed, If the vehicle's seat belt will fasten around have it replaced immediately. If a belt is you, you should use it. twisted, it may be possible to untwist by GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

34 Seats and Restraints reversing the latch plate on the webbing. New parts and repairs may be necessary If the twist cannot be corrected, ask your Warning (Continued) even if the seat belt system was not being dealer to fix it. provide adequate protection. Clean and used at the time of the crash. Make sure the seat belt reminder light is rinse seat belt webbing only with mild Have the seat belt pretensioners checked if working. See Seat Belt Reminders 0 85. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the the vehicle has been in a crash, or if the webbing to dry. Keep seat belts clean and dry. See Seat Belt airbag readiness light stays on after you Care 0 34. start the vehicle or while you are driving. Replacing Seat Belt System Parts See Airbag Readiness Light 0 86. Seat Belt Care after a Crash Keep belts clean and dry. Airbag System { Warning Seat belts should be properly cared for and The vehicle has the following airbags: maintained. A crash can damage the seat belt system . A frontal airbag for the driver in the vehicle. A damaged seat belt Seat belt hardware should be kept dry and . A frontal airbag for the front outboard system may not properly protect the free of dust or debris. As necessary, exterior passenger hard surfaces and seat belt webbing may be person using it, resulting in serious injury . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the lightly cleaned with mild soap and water. or even death in a crash. To help make driver Ensure there is not excessive dust or debris sure the seat belt systems are working . A seat-mounted side impact airbag for the in the mechanism. If dust or debris exists in properly after a crash, have them front outboard passenger inspected and any necessary the system please see the dealer. Parts may . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the need to be replaced to ensure proper replacements made as soon as possible. passenger seated directly behind the functionality of the system. driver After a minor crash, replacement of seat . A roof-rail airbag for the front outboard { Warning belts may not be necessary. But the seat belt assemblies that were used during any passenger and the passenger seated Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. crash may have been stressed or damaged. directly behind the front outboard It may severely weaken the webbing. In See your dealer to have the seat belt passenger a crash, they might not be able to assemblies inspected or replaced. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 35 All vehicle airbags have the word AIRBAG on the trim or on a label near the deployment Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) opening. replace them. Also, airbags are not crash. Always wear a seat belt, even with For frontal airbags, the word AIRBAG is on designed to inflate in every crash. In airbags. The driver should sit as far back the center of the steering wheel for the some crashes seat belts are the only as possible while still maintaining control driver and on the instrument panel for the restraint. See When Should an Airbag of the vehicle. The seat belts and the front outboard passenger. Inflate? 0 37. front outboard passenger airbags are For seat-mounted side impact airbags, the Wearing your seat belt during a crash most effective when you are sitting well word AIRBAG is on the side of the seatback helps reduce your chance of hitting back and upright in the seat with both or side of the seat closest to the door. things inside the vehicle or being ejected feet on the floor. For roof-rail airbags, the word AIRBAG is on from it. Airbags are “supplemental Occupants should not lean on or sleep the ceiling or trim. restraints” to the seat belts. Everyone in against the door or side windows in the vehicle should wear a seat belt seating positions with seat-mounted side Airbags are designed to supplement the properly, whether or not there is an impact airbags and/or roof-rail airbags. protection provided by seat belts. Even though today's airbags are also designed to airbag for that person. help reduce the risk of injury from the force of an inflating bag, all airbags must inflate { Warning very quickly to do their job. { Warning Children who are up against, or very Here are the most important things to know Because airbags inflate with great force close to, any airbag when it inflates can about the airbag system: and faster than the blink of an eye, be seriously injured or killed. Always anyone who is up against, or very close secure children properly in the vehicle. To 0 { Warning to, any airbag when it inflates can be read how, see Older Children 44 or seriously injured or killed. Do not sit Infants and Young Children 0 45. You can be severely injured or killed in a unnecessarily close to any airbag, as you crash if you are not wearing your seat would be if sitting on the edge of the belt, even with airbags. Airbags are seat or leaning forward. Seat belts help designed to work with seat belts, not keep you in position before and during a (Continued) (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

36 Seats and Restraints The driver and front outboard passenger seat-mounted side impact airbags are in the side of the seatbacks closest to the door.

There is an airbag readiness light on the instrument cluster, which shows the airbag symbol. The system checks the airbag electrical system for malfunctions. The light tells you if there is an electrical problem. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 86. The front outboard passenger frontal airbag Where Are the Airbags? is in the passenger side instrument panel.

Driver Side Crew Cab Shown, Passenger Side and Extended Cab Similar The roof-rail airbags for the driver, front outboard passenger, and second row outboard passengers are in the ceiling above the side windows.

{ Warning If something is between an occupant and an airbag, the airbag might not inflate The driver frontal airbag is in the center of Driver Side Shown, Passenger Side Similar properly or it might force the object into the steering wheel. that person causing severe injury or even (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 37 determine the severity of the impact. the impact. Seat-mounted side impact Warning (Continued) Deployment thresholds can vary with airbags are not designed to inflate in frontal death. The path of an inflating airbag specific vehicle design. impacts, near frontal impacts, rollovers, must be kept clear. Do not put anything Frontal airbags are designed to inflate in or rear impacts. A seat-mounted side impact between an occupant and an airbag, and moderate to severe frontal or near frontal airbag is designed to inflate on the side of do not attach or put anything on the crashes to help reduce the potential for the vehicle that is struck. steering wheel hub or on or near any severe injuries, mainly to the driver's or Roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate in other airbag covering. front outboard passenger's head and chest. moderate to severe side crashes depending on the location of the impact. In addition, Do not use seat accessories that block the Whether the frontal airbags will or should inflate is not based primarily on how fast these roof-rail airbags are designed to inflate inflation path of a seat-mounted side during a rollover or in a severe frontal impact airbag. the vehicle is traveling. It depends on what is hit, the direction of the impact, and how impact. Roof-rail airbags are not designed to Never secure anything to the roof of a quickly the vehicle slows down. inflate in rear impacts. Both roof-rail airbags vehicle with roof-rail airbags by routing a will inflate when either side of the vehicle is rope or tie‐down through any door or Frontal airbags may inflate at different crash struck, if the sensing system predicts that window opening. If you do, the path of speeds depending on whether the vehicle the vehicle is about to roll over on its side, hits an object straight on or at an angle, an inflating roof-rail airbag will be or in a severe frontal impact. and whether the object is fixed or moving, blocked. rigid or deformable, narrow or wide. In any particular crash, no one can say whether an airbag should have inflated When Should an Airbag Inflate? Frontal airbags are not intended to inflate simply because of the vehicle damage or during vehicle rollovers, in rear impacts, repair costs. This vehicle is equipped with airbags. See or in many side impacts. Airbag System 0 34. Airbags are designed to What Makes an Airbag Inflate? inflate if the impact exceeds the specific In addition, the vehicle has advanced airbag system's deployment threshold. technology frontal airbags. Advanced In a deployment event, the sensing system Deployment thresholds are used to predict technology frontal airbags adjust the sends an electrical signal triggering a release how severe a crash is likely to be in time restraint according to crash severity. of gas from the inflator. Gas from the for the airbags to inflate and help restrain Seat-mounted side impact airbags are inflator fills the airbag causing the bag to the occupants. The vehicle has electronic designed to inflate in moderate to severe sensors that help the airbag system side crashes depending on the location of GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

38 Seats and Restraints break out of the cover. The inflator, the But airbags would not help in many types airbag, and related hardware are all part of of collisions, primarily because the { Warning the airbag module. occupant's motion is not toward those When an airbag inflates, there may be airbags. See When Should an Airbag Inflate? dust in the air. This dust could cause For airbag locations, see Where Are the 0 Airbags? 0 36. 37. breathing problems for people with a Airbags should never be regarded as history of asthma or other breathing How Does an Airbag Restrain? anything more than a supplement to seat trouble. To avoid this, everyone in the In moderate to severe frontal or near frontal belts. vehicle should get out as soon as it is collisions, even belted occupants can contact safe to do so. If you have breathing the steering wheel or the instrument panel. What Will You See after an problems but cannot get out of the In moderate to severe side collisions, even Airbag Inflates? vehicle after an airbag inflates, then get belted occupants can contact the inside of After frontal and seat-mounted side impact fresh air by opening a window or a door. the vehicle. airbags inflate, they quickly deflate, so If you experience breathing problems Airbags supplement the protection provided quickly that some people may not even following an airbag deployment, you by seat belts by distributing the force of the realize the airbags inflated. Roof-rail airbags should seek medical attention. impact more evenly over the may still be at least partially inflated for occupant's body. some time after they inflate. Some The vehicle has a feature that may components of the airbag module may be automatically unlock the doors, turn on the Rollover capable roof-rail airbags are hot for several minutes. For location of the interior lamps and hazard warning flashers, designed to help contain the head and chest airbags, see Where Are the Airbags? 0 36. and shut off the fuel system after the of occupants in the outboard seating airbags inflate. The feature may also positions in the first and second rows. The The parts of the airbag that come into activate, without airbag inflation, after an rollover capable roof-rail airbags are contact with you may be warm, but not too event that exceeds a predetermined designed to help reduce the risk of full or hot to touch. There may be some smoke threshold. After turning the ignition off and partial ejection in rollover events, although and dust coming from the vents in the then on again, the fuel system will return to no system can prevent all such ejections. deflated airbags. Airbag inflation does not normal operation; the doors can be locked, prevent the driver from seeing out of the the interior lamps can be turned off, and windshield or being able to steer the the hazard warning flashers can be turned vehicle, nor does it prevent people from leaving the vehicle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 39 off using the controls for those features. include airbag modules and possibly other If any of these systems are damaged in the parts. The service manual for the vehicle crash they may not operate as normal. covers the need to replace other parts. . The vehicle has a crash sensing and { Warning diagnostic module which records A crash severe enough to inflate the information after a crash. See Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy 0 336 and Canada airbags may have also damaged 0 important functions in the vehicle, such Event Data Recorders 337. The words ON and OFF, or the symbols for as the fuel system, brake and steering . Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems. Improper service can on and off, will be visible during the system systems, etc. Even if the vehicle appears check. When the system check is complete, to be drivable after a moderate crash, mean that an airbag system will not work properly. See your dealer for service. either the word ON or OFF, or the symbol there may be concealed damage that for on and off, will be visible. See Passenger could make it difficult to safely operate Passenger Sensing System Airbag Status Indicator 0 86. the vehicle. The vehicle has a passenger sensing system The passenger sensing system turns off the Use caution if you should attempt to for the front outboard passenger position. front outboard passenger frontal airbag restart the engine after a crash has The passenger airbag status indicator will under certain conditions. No other airbag is occurred. light on the overhead console when the affected by the passenger sensing system. vehicle is started. The passenger sensing system works with In many crashes severe enough to inflate sensors that are part of the front outboard the airbag, windshields are broken by passenger seat and seat belt. The sensors vehicle deformation. Additional windshield are designed to detect the presence of a breakage may also occur from the front properly seated occupant and determine if outboard passenger airbag. the front outboard passenger frontal airbag . Airbags are designed to inflate only once. should be allowed to inflate or not. After an airbag inflates, you will need some new parts for the airbag system. United States According to accident statistics, children are If you do not get them, the airbag safer when properly secured in a rear seat system will not be there to help protect in the correct child restraint for their weight you in another crash. A new system will and size. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

40 Seats and Restraints Whenever possible, children aged 12 and . A front outboard passenger takes his/her under should be secured in a rear seating Warning (Continued) weight off of the seat for a period position. Never put a rear-facing child restraint in of time. Never put a rear-facing child seat in the the front seat, even if the airbag is off. . The front outboard passenger seat is front. This is because the risk to the If securing a forward-facing child restraint occupied by a smaller person, such as a rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag in the front outboard passenger seat, child who has outgrown child restraints. inflates. always move the seat as far back as it . There is a critical problem with the airbag will go. It is better to secure child system or the passenger sensing system. { Warning restraints in the rear seat. Consider using When the passenger sensing system has A child in a rear-facing child restraint can another vehicle to transport the child turned off the front outboard passenger be seriously injured or killed if the when a rear seat is not available. frontal airbag, the OFF indicator will light passenger frontal airbag inflates. This is and stay lit as a reminder that the airbag is If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that because the back of the rear-facing child off. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator will accommodate a rear-facing child 0 86. restraint would be very close to the restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should inflating airbag. A child in a not be installed in the vehicle, even if the The passenger sensing system is designed to forward-facing child restraint can be airbag is off. turn on the front outboard passenger frontal seriously injured or killed if the passenger airbag anytime the system senses that a frontal airbag inflates and the passenger The passenger sensing system is designed to person of adult size is sitting properly in the turn off the front outboard passenger seat is in a forward position. front outboard passenger seat. When the frontal airbag if: passenger sensing system has allowed the Even if the passenger sensing system has . The front outboard passenger seat is airbag to be enabled, the ON indicator will turned off the passenger frontal airbag, unoccupied. light and stay lit as a reminder that the no system is fail-safe. No one can . The system determines that an infant is airbag is active. guarantee that an airbag will not deploy present in a rear-facing infant seat. For some children who have outgrown child under some unusual circumstance, even . The system determines that a small child restraints, and for very small adults, the though the airbag is turned off. is present in a child restraint. passenger sensing system may or may not (Continued) . The system determines that a small child turn off the front outboard passenger is present in a booster seat. frontal airbag, depending upon the person's seating posture and body build. Everyone in GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 41 the vehicle who has outgrown child 4. Reinstall the child restraint following the If the Off Indicator Is Lit for an restraints should wear a seat belt properly directions provided by the child restraint Adult-Sized Occupant — whether or not there is an airbag for that manufacturer and refer to Securing Child person. Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 64 or { Warning Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 69. If the airbag readiness light ever comes on and stays on, it means that 5. If, after reinstalling the child restraint something may be wrong with the airbag and restarting the vehicle, the ON system. To help avoid injury to yourself indicator is still lit, turn the vehicle off. Then slightly recline the vehicle seatback or others, have the vehicle serviced right and adjust the seat cushion, away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 86 if adjustable, to make sure that the for more information, including important vehicle seatback is not pushing the child safety information. restraint into the seat cushion. Also make sure the child restraint is not If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child If a person of adult-size is sitting in the trapped under the vehicle head restraint. front outboard passenger seat, but the OFF Restraint If this happens, adjust the head restraint. indicator is lit, it could be because that If a child restraint has been installed and See Head Restraints 0 21. person is not sitting properly in the seat or the ON indicator is lit: 6. Restart the vehicle. that the child restraint locking feature is engaged. Use the following steps to allow 1. Turn the vehicle off. If the ON indicator is still lit, secure the child the system to detect that person and enable in the child restraint in a rear seat position 2. Remove the child restraint from the the front outboard passenger frontal airbag: vehicle. in the vehicle, and check with your dealer. 1. Turn the vehicle off. 3. Remove any additional items from the If no rear seat is available, do not install a seat such as blankets, cushions, seat child restraint in this vehicle and check with 2. Remove any additional material from the covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. your dealer. seat, such as blankets, cushions, seat covers, seat heaters, or seat massagers. 3. Place the seatback in the fully upright position. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

42 Seats and Restraints 4. Have the person sit upright in the seat, Additional Factors Affecting System centered on the seat cushion, with legs Operation { Warning comfortably extended. Stowing articles under the passenger seat Seat belts help keep the passenger in 5. If the shoulder portion of the belt is position on the seat during vehicle or between the passenger seat cushion pulled out all the way, the child restraint maneuvers and braking, which helps the and seatback may interfere with the locking feature will be engaged. This passenger sensing system maintain the proper operation of the passenger may unintentionally cause the passenger passenger airbag status. See “Seat Belts” sensing system. sensing system to turn the airbag off for and “Child Restraints” in the Index for some adult-sized occupants. If this additional information about the importance Servicing the Airbag-Equipped happens, unbuckle the belt, let the belt of proper restraint use. go back all the way, and then buckle the Vehicle belt again without pulling the belt out A thick layer of additional material, such as Airbags affect how the vehicle should be all the way. a blanket or cushion, or aftermarket serviced. There are parts of the airbag equipment such as seat covers, seat heaters, 6. Restart the vehicle and have the person system in several places around the vehicle. and seat massagers can affect how well the remain in this position for two to Your dealer and the service manual have passenger sensing system operates. We three minutes after the ON indicator information about servicing the vehicle and recommend that you not use seat covers or is lit. the airbag system. To purchase a service other aftermarket equipment except when manual, see Publication Ordering approved by GM for your specific vehicle. Information 0 334. { Warning See Adding Equipment to the 0 If the front outboard passenger airbag is Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 43 for more { Warning turned off for an adult-sized occupant, information about modifications that can the airbag will not be able to inflate and affect how the system operates. For up to 10 seconds after the vehicle is turned off and the battery is help protect that person in a crash, The ON indicator may be lit if an object, resulting in an increased risk of serious such as a briefcase, handbag, grocery bag, disconnected, an airbag can still inflate injury or even death. An adult-sized laptop, or other electronic device, is put on during improper service. You can be occupant should not ride in the front an unoccupied seat. If this is not desired injured if you are close to an airbag outboard passenger seat, if the passenger remove the object from the seat. when it inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. airbag off indicator is lit. They are probably part of the airbag (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 43 diagnostic module, steering wheel, If the vehicle has rollover roof-rail airbags, Warning (Continued) instrument panel, inner door seals including see Different Size Tires and Wheels 0 279 for system. Be sure to follow proper service the speakers, any of the airbag modules, additional important information. procedures, and make sure the person ceiling or pillar garnish trim, overhead If the vehicle must be modified because you performing work for you is qualified to console, front sensors, side impact sensors, have a disability and have questions about do so. or airbag wiring. whether the modifications will affect the Your dealer and the service manual have vehicle's airbag system, or if you have Adding Equipment to the information about the location of the airbag questions about whether the airbag system Airbag-Equipped Vehicle sensors, sensing and diagnostic module, and will be affected if the vehicle is modified for airbag wiring. any other reason, call Customer Assistance. See Customer Assistance Offices 0 329. { Warning In addition, the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the front outboard Airbag System Check If a snow plow or similar equipment is passenger position, which includes sensors installed on the vehicle, the airbag that are part of the passenger seat. The The airbag system does not need regularly system may not function properly. An passenger sensing system may not operate scheduled maintenance or replacement. airbag could inflate when it is not properly if the original seat trim is replaced Make sure the airbag readiness light is supposed to inflate. People riding in the with non-GM covers, upholstery, or trim; or working. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 86. vehicle could be injured, and the vehicle with GM covers, upholstery, or trim and/or snow plow could be damaged. Do designed for a different vehicle. Any object, Caution not install a snow plow or similar such as an aftermarket seat heater or a If an airbag covering is damaged, opened, equipment on the vehicle. comfort-enhancing pad or device, installed or broken, the airbag may not work under or on top of the seat fabric, could properly. Do not open or break the airbag Adding accessories that change the vehicle's also interfere with the operation of the coverings. If there are any opened or frame, bumper system, height, front end, passenger sensing system. This could either broken airbag coverings, have the airbag or side sheet metal may keep the airbag prevent proper deployment of the passenger covering and/or airbag module replaced. system from working properly. airbag(s) or prevent the passenger sensing For the location of the airbags, see Where The operation of the airbag system can also system from properly turning off the 0 passenger airbag(s). See Passenger Sensing Are the Airbags? 36. See your dealer be affected by changing any parts of the 0 for service. front seats, seat belts, airbag sensing and System 39. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

44 Seats and Restraints Replacing Airbag System Parts Child Restraints belt comfort guide, if available. See “Rear after a Crash Seat Belt Comfort Guides” under Older Children Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 30. If a comfort guide is not available, or if the shoulder belt { Warning still does not rest on the shoulder, then A crash can damage the airbag systems return to the booster seat. in the vehicle. A damaged airbag system . Does the lap belt fit low and snug on the may not properly protect you and your hips, touching the thighs? If yes, continue. passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in If no, return to the booster seat. serious injury or even death. To help . Can proper seat belt fit be maintained for make sure the airbag systems are the length of the trip? If yes, continue. working properly after a crash, have If no, return to the booster seat. them inspected and any necessary Q: What is the proper way to wear seat replacements made as soon as possible. belts? If an airbag inflates, you will need to A: An older child should wear a lap-shoulder replace airbag system parts. See your dealer Older children who have outgrown booster belt and get the additional restraint a for service. seats should wear the vehicle’s seat belts. shoulder belt can provide. The shoulder belt should not cross the face or neck. If the airbag readiness light stays on after The manufacturer instructions that come The lap belt should fit snugly below the the vehicle is started or comes on when you with the booster seat state the weight and hips, just touching the top of the thighs. are driving, the airbag system may not work height limitations for that booster. Use a This applies belt force to the child's properly. Have the vehicle serviced right booster seat with a lap-shoulder belt until pelvic bones in a crash. It should never 0 away. See Airbag Readiness Light 86. the child passes the fit test below: be worn over the abdomen, which could . Sit all the way back on the seat. Do the cause severe or even fatal internal knees bend at the seat edge? If yes, injuries in a crash. continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Seat Belt Comfort Guides” . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. Does the under Lap-Shoulder Belt 0 30. shoulder belt rest on the shoulder? If yes, continue. If no, try using the rear seat GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 45 According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in a rear { Warning seating position. Never allow a child to wear the seat belt In a crash, children who are not buckled up shoulder belt under both arms or behind can strike other people who are buckled up, their back. A child can be seriously or can be thrown out of the vehicle. Older injured by not wearing the lap-shoulder children need to use seat belts properly. belt properly. In a crash, the child would not be restrained by the shoulder belt. { Warning The child could move too far forward Never allow more than one child to wear increasing the chance of head and neck the same seat belt. The seat belt cannot injury. The child might also slide under properly spread the impact forces. In a the lap belt. The belt force would then be crash, they can be crushed together and applied right on the abdomen. That could Infants and Young Children cause serious or fatal injuries. The seriously injured. A seat belt must be Everyone in a vehicle needs protection! This used by only one person at a time. shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. includes infants and all other children. Neither the distance traveled nor the age and size of the traveler changes the need, for everyone, to use safety restraints. In fact, the law in every state in the United States and in every Canadian province says children up to some age must be restrained while in a vehicle.

{ Warning Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck. The shoulder belt can (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

46 Seats and Restraints

Warning (Continued) { Warning { Warning tighten but cannot be loosened if it is Never hold an infant or a child while Children who are up against, or very locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is riding in a vehicle. Due to crash forces, an close to, any airbag when it inflates can pulled all the way out of the retractor. infant or a child will become so heavy it be seriously injured or killed. Never put a It unlocks when the shoulder belt is is not possible to hold it during a crash. rear-facing child restraint in the front allowed to go all the way back into the For example, in a crash at only outboard seat. Secure a rear-facing child retractor, but it cannot do this if it is 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) infant restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to wrapped around a child’s neck. If the will suddenly become a 110 kg (240 lb) secure a forward-facing child restraint in shoulder belt is locked and tightened force on a person's arms. An infant or a rear seat. If you must secure a around a child’s neck, the only way to child should be secured in an appropriate forward-facing child restraint in the front loosen the belt is to cut it. child restraint. outboard seat, always move the front Never leave children unattended in a passenger seat as far back as it will go. vehicle and never allow children to play with the seat belts.

Every time infants and young children ride in vehicles, they should have the protection provided by appropriate child restraints. Neither the vehicle's seat belt system nor its airbag system is designed for them. Children who are not restrained properly can strike other people, or can be thrown out of the vehicle.

Child restraints are devices used to restrain, seat, or position children in the vehicle and are sometimes called child seats or car seats. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 47 There are three basic types of child Child Restraint Systems restraints: { Warning . Forward-facing child restraints To reduce the risk of neck and head . Rear-facing child restraints injury in a crash, infants and toddlers . Belt-positioning booster seats should be secured in a rear-facing child restraint until age two, or until they The proper child restraint for your child reach the maximum height and weight depends on their size, weight, and age, and limits of their child restraint. also on whether the child restraint is compatible with the vehicle in which it will be used. { Warning For each type of child restraint, there are A young child's hip bones are still so many different models available. When small that the vehicle seat belt may not purchasing a child restraint, be sure it is designed to be used in a motor vehicle. If it remain low on the hip bones, as it Rear-Facing Infant Restraint is, the child restraint will have a label saying should. Instead, it may settle up around A rear-facing child restraint provides that it meets federal motor vehicle safety the child's abdomen. In a crash, the belt restraint with the seating surface against standards. would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by any bony structure. This the back of the infant. The instruction manual that is provided with alone could cause serious or fatal injuries. The harness system holds the infant in place the child restraint states the weight and To reduce the risk of serious or fatal and, in a crash, acts to keep the infant height limitations for that particular child positioned in the restraint. restraint. In addition, there are many kinds injuries during a crash, young children of child restraints available for children with should always be secured in an special needs. appropriate child restraint. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

48 Seats and Restraints Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle

{ Warning A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle seat belt or LATCH system, following the instructions that came with that child restraint and the Forward-Facing Child Restraint Booster Seats instructions in this manual. A forward-facing child restraint provides A belt-positioning booster seat is used for To help reduce the chance of injury, the restraint for the child's body with the children who have outgrown their child restraint must be secured in the harness. forward-facing child restraint. Boosters are vehicle. Child restraints must be secured in designed to improve the fit of the vehicle's vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt seat belt system until the child is large portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the enough for the vehicle seat belts to fit LATCH system. See Lower Anchors and properly without a booster seat. See the Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 50 for seat belt fit test in Older Children 0 44. more information. Children can be endangered in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. When securing an add-on child restraint, refer to the following: 1. Instruction labels provided on the child restraint GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 49 2. Instruction manual provided with the Securing the Child Within the Child child restraint Restraint { Warning 3. This vehicle owner's manual A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the front The child restraint instructions are { Warning passenger airbag inflates. This is because important, so if they are not available, A child can be seriously injured or killed obtain a replacement copy from the in a crash if the child is not properly the back of the rear-facing child restraint would be very close to the inflating manufacturer. secured in the child restraint. Secure the child properly following the instructions airbag. A child in a forward-facing child Keep in mind that an unsecured child restraint can be seriously injured or killed that came with that child restraint. restraint can move around in a collision or if the front passenger airbag inflates and sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. the passenger seat is in a forward Be sure to properly secure any child Where to Put the Restraint position. restraint in the vehicle — even when no According to accident statistics, children and child is in it. Even if the passenger sensing system has infants are safer when properly restrained in In some areas Certified Child Passenger an appropriate child restraint secured in a turned off the front passenger frontal Safety Technicians (CPSTs) are available to rear seating position. airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can inspect and demonstrate how to correctly guarantee that an airbag will not deploy Whenever possible, children aged 12 and use and install child restraints. In the U.S., under some unusual circumstance, even under should be secured in a rear seating refer to the National Highway Traffic Safety though it is turned off. position. Administration (NHTSA) website to locate Secure rear-facing child restraints in a the nearest child safety seat inspection Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you station. For CPST availability in Canada, front. This is because the risk to the secure a forward-facing child restraint in check with Transport Canada or the rear-facing child is so great if the airbag Provincial Ministry of Transportation office. deploys. the front seat, always move the front passenger seat as far back as it will go. It is better to secure the child restraint in a rear seat. See Passenger Sensing System 0 39 for additional information. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

50 Seats and Restraints If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that The seat in front of an installed child will accommodate a rear-facing child Warning (Continued) restraint should be adjusted to ensure restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat proper installation according to the child not be secured in the vehicle, even if the Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 64 or restraint manual. airbag is off. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Wherever a child restraint is installed, be Belt in the Front Seat) 0 69. sure to follow the instructions that came { Warning with the child restraint and secure the child Never secure a rear-facing or Never secure a rear-facing or forward-facing restraint properly. forward-facing child restraint in the left child restraint in the left rear seating position in an extended cab model. Keep in mind that an unsecured child rear seating position in an extended cab restraint can move around in a collision or model. This seating position is not When securing a child restraint with the sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. suitable for child restraint installation. seat belts in a rear seat position, study the Be sure to properly secure any child The seat cushion is too short to properly instructions that came with the child restraint in the vehicle — even when no support a rear-facing or forward-facing restraint to make sure it is compatible with child is in it. child restraint. A child could be seriously this vehicle. injured or killed in a sudden stop or Child restraints and booster seats vary Lower Anchors and Tethers for crash. considerably in size, and some may fit in Children (LATCH System) A rear-facing or forward-facing child certain seating positions better than others. The LATCH system secures a child restraint Do not install a child restraint in any rear restraint can be installed in the right rear during driving or in a crash. LATCH seating position where it cannot be installed seating position using the seat cushion attachments on the child restraint are used securely. extension in an extended cab model. to attach the child restraint to the anchors Never install a child restraint in the right Depending on where you place the child in the vehicle. The LATCH system is designed rear seating position without the seat restraint and the size of the child restraint, to make installation of a child restraint cushion extension. See Lower Anchors and you may not be able to access adjacent seat easier. Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 50 belts or LATCH anchors for additional In order to use the LATCH system in your passengers or child restraints. Adjacent and vehicle, you need a child restraint that has seating positions should not be used if the (Continued) LATCH attachments. LATCH-compatible child restraint prevents access to or rear-facing and forward-facing child seats can interferes with the routing of the seat belt. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 51 be properly installed using either the LATCH combined weight of the child and restraint anchors or the vehicle’s seat belts. Do not are greater than 29.5 kg (65 lb), use the seat use both the seat belts and the LATCH belt with the top tether anchorage only. anchorage system to secure a rear-facing or forward-facing child seat. Booster seats use the vehicle’s seat belts to secure the child and the booster seat. If the manufacturer recommends that the booster seat be secured with the LATCH system, this can be done as long as the booster seat can be positioned properly and there is no interference with the proper positioning of the lap-shoulder belt on the child. Make sure to follow the instructions that came with the child restraint, and also the instructions in this manual. When installing a child restraint with a top tether, you must also use either the lower anchors or the seat belts to properly secure the child restraint. A child restraint must never be attached using only the top tether. For a forward-facing 5-pt harness child restraint where the combined weight of the child and restraint are up to 29.5 kg (65 lb), use either the lower LATCH anchorages with the top tether anchorage, or the seat belt with the top tether anchorage. Where the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

52 Seats and Restraints Recommended Methods for Attaching Child Restraints Restraint Type Combined Weight of Use Only Approved Attachment Methods Shown with an X the Child + Child LATCH – Lower Seat Belt Only LATCH – Lower Seat Belt and Top Restraint Anchors Only Anchors and Top Tether Anchor Tether Anchor Rear-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Rear-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb) Forward-Facing Child Up to 29.5 kg (65 lb) XX Restraint Forward-Facing Child Greater than X Restraint 29.5 kg (65 lb)

See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Child restraints built after March 2014 will Not all vehicle seating positions have lower Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 64 or be labeled with the specific child weight up anchors. In this case, the seat belt must be Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt to which the LATCH system can be used to used (with top tether where available) to in the Front Seat) 0 69. install the restraint. secure the child restraint. See Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear The following explains how to attach a child 0 restraint with these attachments in the Seat) 64 or vehicle. Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 69. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 53 Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have a top tether, and that the tether be attached. Be sure to read and follow the instructions for your child restraint. Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations

Lower anchors (1) are metal bars built into A top tether (3,4) is used to secure the top the vehicle. There are two lower anchors for of the child restraint to the vehicle. A top each LATCH seating position that will tether anchor is built into the vehicle. The accommodate a child restraint with lower top tether attachment hook (2) on the child attachments (2). restraint connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Crew Cab The child restraint may have a single tether (3) or a dual tether (4). Either will I : Seating positions with top tether have a single attachment hook (2) to secure anchors. the top tether to the anchor. H : Seating positions with two lower Some child restraints with top tethers are anchors. designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

54 Seats and Restraints

To assist in locating the lower anchors on crew cab models, each seating position with lower anchors has two labels near the crease between the seatback and the seat cushion. A child restraint in the rear center seating position must be installed with a seat belt Extended Cab (Rear Seats Shown) Extended Cab without Rear Seats (Front Seats as it is not equipped with lower LATCH Shown) I : Seating positions with top tether anchors. See Securing Child Restraints (With 0 anchors. For extended cab models without rear seats, the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 64 or there is a top tether anchor provided for the Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt H : Seating positions with two lower front passenger seat. in the Front Seat) 0 69. anchors. For extended cab models with rear seats, there are exposed metal lower anchors for each rear seating position, attached to the back wall, near the seat cushion. Even though LATCH anchors are required for this position, a child restraint (forward-facing I or rear-facing) should not be installed in the : Seating positions with top tether left rear seat. anchors. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 55 For extended cab without rear seat and crew cab models, there are top tether anchor symbols to assist you in locating the top tether anchors.

Extended Cab with Rear Seats Extended Cab without Rear Seats The top tether anchors in an extended cab The top tether anchor in an extended cab model are loops near the top of each rear without rear seats is a metal wire on the seatback. See the instructions under lower inboard side of the cab wall directly Crew Cab “Securing a Child Restraint with the LATCH behind the front passenger seat. The top tether anchors in a crew cab model System” later in this section on how to Do not place heavy objects on the top are on the back wall behind each rear attach a top tether. tether anchor or use it as a tie down for seating position. Fold down the rear Do not attach a top tether to the loop near cargo as this may cause damage to the seatback to access the anchor. See the top of the seatback of the seating anchor. instructions for crew cab under Rear Seats position in which the child restraint is Do not secure a child restraint in a position 0 25. Be sure to use an anchor located installed. without a top tether anchor if a national or directly behind the seating position where local law requires that the top tether be the child restraint will be placed. attached, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top tether must be attached. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

56 Seats and Restraints According to accident statistics, children and infants are safer when properly restrained in Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) a child restraint system or infant restraint the anchor or attachment to come loose tighten the belt behind the child restraint system secured in a rear seating position. or even break during a crash. A child or after the child restraint has been 0 See Where to Put the Restraint 49 for others could be injured. installed. additional information.

Securing a Child Restraint with the Caution LATCH System { Warning Children can be seriously injured or Do not let the LATCH attachments rub { Warning strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped against the vehicle’s seat belts. This may around their neck. The shoulder belt can damage these parts. If necessary, move A child could be seriously injured or killed tighten but cannot be loosened if it is buckled seat belts to avoid rubbing the in a crash if the child restraint is not locked. The shoulder belt locks when it is LATCH attachments. properly attached to the vehicle using pulled all the way out of the retractor. either the LATCH anchors or the vehicle Do not fold the rear seatback when the It unlocks when the shoulder belt is seat belt. Follow the instructions that seat is occupied. Do not fold the empty allowed to go all the way back into the came with the child restraint and the rear seat with a seat belt buckled. This retractor, but it cannot do this if it is instructions in this manual. could damage the seat belt or the seat. wrapped around a child’s neck. If the Unbuckle and return the seat belt to its shoulder belt is locked and tightened stowed position, before folding the seat. { Warning around a child’s neck, the only way to loosen the belt is to cut it. If you need to secure more than one child To reduce the risk of serious or fatal restraint in the rear seat, see Where to Put Buckle any unused seat belts behind the injuries during a crash, do not attach the Restraint 0 49. more than one child restraint to a single child restraint so children cannot reach anchor. Attaching more than one child them. Pull the shoulder belt all the way Crew Cab restraint to a single anchor could cause out of the retractor to set the lock, and 1. When installing a rear-facing child (Continued) (Continued) restraint, it may be necessary to move the front seat forward to properly install GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 57 per the child restraint manufacturer 3.3. Route the top tether according to instructions. See Seat Adjustment 0 23 or your child restraint instructions and Power Seat Adjustment 0 23. the following instructions: 2. For rear outboard seating positions, if the head restraint interferes with the proper installation of the child restraint, the head restraint may be removed. See “Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and Reinstallation” at the end of this section. 3. If the child restraint manufacturer's instructions recommend that the top tether be attached, attach the top tether to the top tether anchor. Refer to the If the position you are using does If the position you are using has a child restraint instructions and the not have a head restraint and you fixed head restraint and you are following steps: are using a single tether, route the using a single tether, route the 3.1. Release and pull the rear seatback tether over the seatback. tether around the inboard or forward to access the top tether outboard side of the head restraint. anchors. See Rear Seats 0 25. 3.2. Put the child restraint on the seat. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

58 Seats and Restraints child restraint manufacturer instructions and Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 64 or Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) 0 69. 5. Tighten the top tether. 6. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint If the position you are using does at the LATCH path and attempt to move not have a head restraint and you it side to side and back and forth. There are using a dual tether, route the should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of tether over the seatback. 3.4. Adjust the top tether to its full movement for proper installation. length and attach the top tether Extended Cab with Rear Seats hook to the anchor. Make sure that you secure the top tether to the top tether anchor and not to the { Warning seatback latch. Never secure a rear-facing or 3.5. Push rearward on the seatback until forward-facing child restraint in the left it locks into its upright position. rear seating position in an extended cab Push and pull on the seatback to model. This seating position is not make sure it is secured properly. suitable for child restraint installation. If the position you are using has a 4. Attach and tighten the lower The seat cushion is too short to properly fixed head restraint and you are attachments to the lower anchors. If the support a rear-facing or forward-facing using a dual tether, route the child restraint does not have lower child restraint. A child could be seriously tether around the sides of the head attachments or the desired seating injured or killed in a sudden stop or restraint. position does not have lower anchors, crash. secure the child restraint with the seat (Continued) belt and the top tether. Refer to your GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 59

Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) { Warning A booster seat can be used in the left or rear-facing child restraint, the front The right rear seat cushion extension is right rear seating position if the base of seatback will need to be tilted forward designed to support the weight of a child the booster seat fits on the seat cushion which will not allow a passenger to sit in a child restraint or booster seat. It is and does not extend past the front edge. properly in the front outboard passenger neither designed nor intended to support If it does, it should be installed in the seat. The passenger could be seriously the weight of an adult. Use the seat right rear seating position using the seat injured or killed in a sudden stop or cushion extension only when a child cushion extension. Only install a booster crash. restraint or booster seat is installed in seat in either rear seating position if it the right rear seating position. can be properly installed according to the child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. { Warning When installing a rear-facing child restraint Do not attach a top tether to the loop in the right rear seating position, move the A rear-facing or forward-facing child front seat all the way forward and tilt the near the top of the seatback and directly restraint can be installed in the right rear seatback forward to properly install the child seating position using the seat cushion behind the seating position in which the restraint. See Power Seat Adjustment 0 23, extension in an extended cab model. child restraint is installed in an extended Seat Adjustment 0 23, and Reclining Never install a rear-facing or cab with rear seats. The top tether will Seatbacks 0 24. When a rear-facing child forward-facing child restraint in the right not be able to be properly tightened. See restraint is installed properly, the front rear seating position without the seat instructions below for how to properly passenger seat cannot be used. cushion extension. attach a top tether. 1. Always install the seat cushion extension in the right rear seating position when Extended Cab Rear Seat Cushion Extension installing a forward-facing or rear-facing { Warning The vehicle is equipped with a headrest that child restraint. Also use the seat cushion Do not let anyone ride in the front is used as a seat cushion extension for extension for booster seats that extend passenger seat when a rear-facing child installation of child restraints in the right past the front edge of the seat cushion. restraint is installed in the right rear rear seat. seating position. To properly fit the (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

60 Seats and Restraints 3. Insert the headrest posts into the holes attach the top tether hook to the top on the front of the passenger side seat tether loop at the top of the seatback cushion to install the seat cushion for the opposite rear seating position (3). extension. The notches on the posts 5. Attach and tighten the lower should face the passenger side of the attachments to the lower anchors. If the vehicle. Try to move the headrest to child restraint does not have lower make sure it is locked in place. attachments, secure the child restraint 4. If the child restraint manufacturer with the seat belt and the top tether (if recommends that the top tether be appropriate). See Securing Child attached, adjust the top tether to its full Restraints (With the Seat Belt in the Rear length and attach the top tether hook to Seat) 0 64 or the anchor. Refer to the child restraint Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat 0 2. Press the button for the passenger side instructions and the following: Belt in the Front Seat) 69. headrest at the top of the seatback and 6. Tighten the top tether. The child pull up. restraint instructions will show you how. 7. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. There should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement for proper installation. 8. Always reinstall the headrest before the seating position is used by another occupant. See “Head Restraint/Headrest Route the top tether (1) through the Removal and Reinstallation” at the end loop (2) at the top of the seatback of this section. directly behind the child restraint and GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 61 Extended Cab without Rear Seats The vehicle has a front outboard passenger frontal airbag and a passenger sensing { Warning system. The passenger sensing system is designed to turn off the front passenger A child in a rear-facing child restraint can frontal airbag when an infant in a be seriously injured or killed if the right rear-facing infant seat or a small child in a front passenger airbag inflates. This is forward-facing child restraint or booster seat because the back of the rear-facing child is detected. See Securing Child Restraints restraint would be very close to the (With the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) 0 64 or inflating airbag. A child in a Securing Child Restraints (With the Seat Belt If you are using a single tether, forward-facing child restraint can be in the Front Seat) 0 69 and 0 raise the headrest or head restraint seriously injured or killed if the right Passenger Sensing System 39 for and route the tether under the front passenger airbag inflates and the important seat information and additional headrest or head restraint and in passenger seat is in a forward position. information on installing a child restraint in between the headrest or head the front passenger position. Even if the passenger sensing system has restraint posts. turned off the right front passenger 1. Put the child restraint on the right front passenger seat. frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee that an airbag will not 2. If the child restraint manufacturer's deploy under some unusual circumstance, instructions recommend that the top even though it is turned off. tether be attached, attach and tighten the top tether hook to the top tether Since this vehicle does not have a rear anchor. seat that will accommodate a rear-facing 2.1. Route the top tether according to child restraint, a rear-facing child restraint your child restraint instructions and should not be installed in your vehicle, the following instructions: If you are using a dual tether, route even if the airbag is off. the tether around the headrest or See Passenger Sensing System 0 39 for head restraint. additional information. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

62 Seats and Restraints Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and To remove the head restraint: Reinstallation

{ Warning With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/spinal injury in a crash. Do not drive until the head restraints for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly.

2.2. Attach the top tether hook to the Crew Cab metal wire on the lower inboard 1. Partially fold the seat forward. side of the cab wall directly behind The rear outboard head restraints can be the front passenger seat. removed if they interfere with the proper 2. Press the button on the side of the head installation of the child restraint. restraint post at the top of the seatback 2.3. Tighten the top tether. and pull up on the head restraint. 3. Before placing a child in the child 3. Store the head restraint in a secure restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the LATCH path and attempt to move 4. Always reinstall the head restraint before it side to side and back and forth. There the seating position is used by another should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of occupant. movement for proper installation. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 63 To reinstall the head restraint: Extended Cab position, see the instructions in “Securing To remove the headrest: a Child Restraint with the LATCH System” earlier in this section. 4. Always reinstall the headrest before the seating position is used by another occupant. To reinstall the headrest:

1. Insert the posts into the holes in the top of the seatback. The notch on the post 1. Press the button on the side of the should face the driver side of the vehicle. headrest post on the top of the seatback 2. Push the head restraint down. Pull up on and pull up. the head restraint to make sure it is 2. If removing the headrest to install a locked in place. booster seat in the left rear seating position, store the headrest in a secure 1. If installed as a seat cushion extension, place. first press both buttons on the front of Never install a forward-facing or the seat cushion to remove the headrest. rearward-facing child restraint in the left rear seating position. 3. If removing the headrest to install as a seat cushion extension for a forward-facing or rearward-facing child restraint in the right rear seating GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

64 Seats and Restraints a seat belt and it uses a top tether, see Warning (Continued) Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children restraint, resulting in serious injury or (LATCH System) 0 50 for top tether anchor even death in a crash. To help make sure locations. the LATCH system is working properly Do not secure a child seat in a position after a crash, see your dealer to have the without a top tether anchor if a national or system inspected and any necessary local law requires that the top tether be replacements made as soon as possible. anchored, or if the instructions that come with the child restraint say that the top If the vehicle has the LATCH system and it tether must be anchored. was being used during a crash, new LATCH In Canada, the law requires that system parts may be needed. forward-facing child restraints have a top 2. To reinstall the headrest, insert the posts New parts and repairs may be necessary tether, and that the tether be attached. into the holes in the top of the seatback. even if the LATCH system was not being If the child restraint or vehicle seat position The notches on the posts should face the used at the time of the crash. driver side of the vehicle. does not have the LATCH system, you will Securing Child Restraints (With be using the seat belt to secure the child 3. Push the headrest down. Pull up on the restraint. Be sure to follow the instructions headrest to make sure it is locked in the Seat Belt in the Rear Seat) that came with the child restraint. place. When securing a child restraint with the If more than one child restraint needs to be Replacing LATCH System Parts seat belts in a rear seat position, study the installed in the rear seat, be sure to read instructions that came with the child Where to Put the Restraint 0 49. After a Crash restraint to make sure it is compatible with this vehicle. { Warning If the child restraint has the LATCH system, A crash can damage the LATCH system in see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children the vehicle. A damaged LATCH system (LATCH System) 0 50 for how and where to may not properly secure the child install the child restraint using LATCH. If a (Continued) child restraint is secured in the vehicle using GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 65 Extended Cab front of the seat cushion, it should be used Warning (Continued) in the right rear seating position with the { Warning extension in an extended cab model. seat cushion extension. Never secure a rear-facing or Never install a rear-facing or When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure forward-facing child restraint in the left forward-facing child restraint in the right the child restraint in this position, follow the rear seating position in an extended cab rear seating position without the seat instructions that came with the child model. This seating position is not cushion extension. restraint and the following instructions: suitable for child restraint installation. 1. Always install the seat cushion extension The seat cushion is too short to properly in the right rear seat position when { Warning support a rear-facing or forward-facing installing a forward-facing or rear-facing child restraint. A child could be seriously Do not let anyone ride in the front child restraint. Also use the seat cushion injured or killed in a sudden stop or passenger seat when a rear-facing child extension for booster seats that extend crash. restraint is installed in the right rear past the front edge of the seat cushion. seating position. To properly fit the A booster seat can be used in the left or rear-facing child restraint, the front right rear seating position if the base of seatback will need to be tilted forward the booster seat fits on the seat cushion which will not allow a passenger to sit and does not extend past the front edge. properly in the front outboard passenger If it does, it should be installed in the seat. The passenger could be seriously right rear seating position using the seat injured or killed in a sudden stop or cushion extension. Only install a booster crash. seat in either rear seating position if it can be properly installed according to the A booster seat may be used in the left rear child restraint manufacturer’s instructions. seating position if the base of the booster A rear-facing or forward-facing child seat fits on the seat cushion and does not restraint can be installed in the right rear extend past the front edge of the seat 2. Press the button on the passenger side seating position using the seat cushion cushion. If the booster seat extends past the headrest and pull up. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

66 Seats and Restraints rear-facing child restraint is installed Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if properly, the front passenger seat cannot needed. be used. 5. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether, adjust the top tether to its full length and attach it to the top tether anchor. Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 50. 6. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap 3. Insert the headrest posts into the holes and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat on the front of the passenger side seat belt through or around the child cushion to install the seat cushion restraint. The child restraint instructions extension. The notches on the post will show you how. 7. Push the latch plate into the buckle until should face the passenger side of the it clicks. vehicle. Try to move the headrest to Position the release button on the make sure it is locked in place. buckle, away from the child restraint, so 4. Put the child restraint on the seat. that the seat belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. When installing a rear-facing child restraint, move the front seat all the way forward and tilt the seatback forward to properly install the child restraint per the child restraint manufacturer instructions. See Seat Adjustment 0 23 and Reclining Seatbacks 0 24. When a GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 67 11. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle’s seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. 8. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 9. To tighten the belt, push down on the Reinstall the headrest in the seatback before the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion the seating position is used. See “Head retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of Restraint/Headrest Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back 0 retractor. into the retractor. When installing a Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 50 for forward-facing child restraint, it may be additional information on installing the helpful to use your knee to push down headrest properly. on the child restraint as you tighten Crew Cab the belt. When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure Try to pull the belt out of the retractor the child restraint in this position, follow the to make sure the retractor is locked. instructions that came with the child If the retractor is not locked, repeat restraint and the following instructions: Steps 6 and 7. 1. If the head restraint interferes with the 10. Tighten the top tether. See Lower proper installation of the child restraint, Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH the head restraint may be removed. See System) 0 50. “Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

68 Seats and Restraints Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 50. 2. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends using a top tether, adjust the top tether to its full length and attach it to the top tether anchor. Refer to the instructions that came with the child restraint and see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 50. 3. Put the child restraint on the seat. 4. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap 5. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 6. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of and shoulder portions of the vehicle's it clicks. the retractor to set the lock. When the seat belt through or around the child Position the release button on the retractor lock is set, the belt can be restraint. The child restraint instructions buckle, away from the child restraint, so tightened but not pulled out of the will show you how. that the seat belt could be quickly retractor. unbuckled if necessary. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 69 9. Before placing a child in the child under certain conditions. See Passenger restraint, make sure it is securely held in Sensing System 0 39 and place. To check, grasp the child restraint Passenger Airbag Status Indicator 0 86 for at the seat belt path and attempt to more information, including important move it side to side and back and forth. safety information. When the child restraint is properly Never put a rear-facing child restraint in the installed, there should be no more than front. This is because the risk to the 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. rear-facing child is so great, if the airbag To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the deploys. vehicle’s seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. If the top tether is attached { Warning to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. If the A child in a rear-facing child restraint can 7. To tighten the belt, push down on the head restraint was removed, reinstall it before the seating position is used. See be seriously injured or killed if the front child restraint, pull the shoulder portion outboard passenger frontal airbag of the belt to tighten the lap portion of “Head Restraint/Headrest Removal and Reinstallation” under Lower Anchors and inflates. This is because the back of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back 0 rear-facing child restraint would be very into the retractor. When installing a Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 50 for close to the inflating airbag. A child in a forward-facing child restraint, it may be additional information on installing the head forward-facing child restraint can be helpful to use your knee to push down restraint properly. seriously injured or killed if the front on the child restraint as you tighten Securing Child Restraints (With the belt. outboard passenger frontal airbag inflates and the passenger seat is in a forward Try to pull the belt out of the retractor the Seat Belt in the Front Seat) position. to make sure the retractor is locked. This vehicle has airbags. A rear seat is a If the retractor is not locked, repeat safer place to secure a forward-facing child Even if the passenger sensing system has Steps 6 and 7. restraint. See Where to Put the Restraint turned off the front outboard passenger 0 8. Tighten the top tether. See Lower 49. frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH In addition, the vehicle has a passenger (Continued) System) 0 50. sensing system which is designed to turn off the front outboard passenger's frontal airbag GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

70 Seats and Restraints anchored, or if the instructions that come 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap Warning (Continued) with the child restraint say that the top and shoulder portions of the vehicle seat one can guarantee that an airbag will not tether must be anchored. belt through or around the child deploy under some unusual circumstance, In Canada, the law requires that restraint. The child restraint instructions even though it is turned off. forward-facing child restraints have a top will show you how. Secure rear-facing child restraints in a tether, and that the tether be attached. rear seat, even if the airbag is off. If you When using the lap-shoulder belt to secure secure a forward-facing child restraint in the child restraint in this position, follow the the front outboard passenger seat, instructions that came with the child always move the seat as far back as it restraint and the following instructions: will go. It is better to secure the child 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go restraint in a rear seat. before securing the forward-facing child restraint. Move the seat upward or the See Passenger Sensing System 0 39 for seatback to an upright position, additional information. if needed, to get a tight installation of the child restraint. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that will accommodate a rear-facing child When the passenger sensing system has restraint, a rear-facing child restraint should turned off the front outboard passenger Tilt the latch plate to adjust the belt if not be installed in the vehicle, even if the frontal airbag, the OFF indicator on the needed. airbag is off. passenger airbag status indicator should light and stay lit when you start the If a child restraint uses a top tether, see vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children Indicator 0 86. (LATCH System) 0 50 for top tether anchor locations. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. Do not secure a child seat in a position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires that the top tether be GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Seats and Restraints 71

4. Push the latch plate into the buckle until 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way out of 7. To tighten the belt, push down on the it clicks. the retractor to set the lock. When the child restraint, pull the shoulder portion Position the release button on the retractor lock is set, the belt can be of the belt to tighten the lap portion of buckle, away from the child restraint, so tightened but not pulled out of the the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back that the seat belt could be quickly retractor. into the retractor. When installing a unbuckled if necessary. 6. If the vehicle does not have a rear seat forward-facing child restraint, it may be and the child restraint manufacturer helpful to use your knee to push down recommends using a top tether anchor, on the child restraint as you tighten attach the top tether to the top tether the belt. anchor. Refer to the instructions that Try to pull the belt out of the retractor came with the child restraint and to to make sure the retractor is locked. Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children If the retractor is not locked, repeat (LATCH System) 0 50. Steps 5 and 7. 8. Tighten the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) 0 50. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

72 Seats and Restraints 9. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, grasp the child restraint at the seat belt path and attempt to move it side to side and back and forth. When the child restraint is properly installed, there should be no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. If the airbag is off, the OFF indicator on the passenger airbag status indicator will come on and stay on when the vehicle is started. If a child restraint has been installed and on indicator is lit, see “If the On Indicator Is Lit for a Child Restraint” under Passenger Sensing System 0 39. To remove the child restraint, unbuckle the vehicle seat belt and let it return to the stowed position. If the top tether is attached to a top tether anchor, disconnect it. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Storage 73 Storage Compartments If equipped, pull the armrest to lower. There Storage are two cupholders in the armrest. Storage Compartments { Warning Sunglasses Storage Storage Compartments ...... 73 Do not store heavy or sharp objects in Glove Box ...... 73 storage compartments. In a crash, these Cupholders ...... 73 objects may cause the cover to open and Sunglasses Storage ...... 73 could result in injury. Underseat Storage ...... 74 Center Console Storage ...... 74 Glove Box Lift up on the glove box lever to open it. Cupholders Crew Cab

If equipped, press and release to access. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

74 Storage Underseat Storage Center Console Storage

Extended Cab Shown, Crew Model Similar There is storage under the armrest in the If equipped, there is storage under the rear center console. Press the button and lift. seat. Pull the release strap or lever and then There may be a USB port and/or auxiliary raise the seat cushion. Pull the strap or lever jack inside. See Power Outlets 0 78 or the again to lower the cushion. infotainment manual. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 75 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Warning Engine Power Messages ...... 99 Instruments and Controls Light ...... 89 Vehicle Speed Messages ...... 99 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 89 Controls Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 90 Vehicle Personalization Steering Wheel Adjustment ...... 76 Hill Descent Control Light ...... 90 Vehicle Personalization ...... 99 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 76 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) Heated Steering Wheel ...... 76 Light ...... 90 Horn ...... 77 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 90 Windshield Wiper/Washer ...... 77 Traction Off Light ...... 90 Compass ...... 78 StabiliTrak OFF Light ...... 91 Clock ...... 78 Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Power Outlets ...... 78 Light ...... 91 Wireless Charging ...... 78 Tire Pressure Light ...... 91 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators Engine Oil Pressure Light ...... 92 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Low Fuel Warning Light (Base Level) . . . 92 Indicators ...... 80 Low Fuel Warning Light (Uplevel) ...... 93 Instrument Cluster ...... 81 Security Light ...... 93 Speedometer ...... 84 High-Beam On Light ...... 93 Odometer ...... 84 Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 93 Trip Odometer ...... 84 Lamps On Reminder ...... 93 Tachometer ...... 84 Cruise Control Light ...... 93 Fuel Gauge ...... 84 Door Ajar Light (Uplevel Cluster) ...... 94 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge . . . . 85 Information Displays Seat Belt Reminders ...... 85 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Airbag Readiness Light ...... 86 Level) ...... 94 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 86 Driver Information Center (DIC) Charging System Light ...... 87 (Uplevel) ...... 96 Malfunction Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) ...... 87 Vehicle Messages Brake System Warning Light ...... 89 Vehicle Messages ...... 98 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

76 Instruments and Controls Controls Tilt and Telescoping Steering Wheel Steering Wheel Controls The infotainment system can be operated Steering Wheel Adjustment by using the steering wheel controls. See Steering Wheel Controls 0 112. Heated Steering Wheel

To adjust the tilt and telescoping steering wheel, if equipped: To adjust the steering wheel: 1. Pull the lever down. 1. Pull the lever down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 2. Move the steering wheel up or down. 3. Pull or push the steering wheel closer or ( : If equipped, press to turn it on or off. 3. Pull the lever up to lock the steering away from you. A light next to the button displays when the wheel in place. 4. Pull the lever up to lock the steering wheel in place. feature is turned on. Do not adjust the steering wheel while The steering wheel takes about driving. three minutes to start heating. If equipped with remote start heated seats, the heated steering wheel will come on along with remote start heated seats. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 77 Horn INT : Move the lever up to INT for intermittent wipes, then turn the x INT { Warning To sound the horn, press a on the band up for more frequent wipes or down In freezing weather, do not use the steering wheel. for less frequent wipes. washer until the windshield is warmed. Windshield Wiper/Washer OFF : Use to turn the wipers off. Otherwise the washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision. 1X : For a single wipe, briefly move the wiper lever down. For several wipes, hold the wiper lever down. { Warning n L : Pull the windshield wiper lever Before driving the vehicle, always clear toward you to spray windshield washer fluid snow and ice from the hood, windshield, and activate the wipers. The wipers will roof, and rear of the vehicle, including all The windshield wiper/washer lever is on the continue until the lever is released or the lamps and windows. Reduced visibility right side of the steering column. With the maximum wash time is reached. When the from snow and ice buildup could lead to ignition on or in ACC/ACCESSORY, move the windshield wiper lever is released, additional a crash. windshield wiper lever to select the wiper wipes may occur depending on how long speed. the windshield washer had been activated. Wiper Parking See Washer Fluid 0 249 for information on HI : Use for fast wipes. filling the windshield washer fluid reservoir. If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are on LO, HI, or INT, they will LO : Use for slow wipes. Clear snow and ice from the wiper blades immediately stop. and windshield before using them. If frozen to the windshield, carefully loosen or thaw If the windshield wiper lever is then moved them. Damaged blades should be replaced. to OFF before the driver door is opened or See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 254. within 10 minutes, the wipers will restart and move to the base of the windshield. Heavy snow or ice can overload the wiper motor. If the ignition is turned off while the wipers are performing wipes due to windshield washing, the wipers continue to run until they reach the base of the windshield. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

78 Instruments and Controls

Compass Accessory power outlets can be used to plug Caution (Continued) in electrical equipment, such as a cell phone, The vehicle may have a compass display on MP3 player, etc. not in use and do not plug in equipment the Driver Information Center (DIC). The that exceeds the maximum 15 amp The vehicle may have accessory power compass receives its heading and other rating. information from the Global Positioning outlets: System (GPS) antenna, StabiliTrak/Electronic . On the center stack below the climate Certain power accessory plugs may not be Stability Control (ESC), and vehicle speed control system, if equipped. compatible with the accessory power outlet information. . On the center floor console, if equipped. and could overload vehicle or adapter fuses. The compass system is designed to operate . On the rear of the center storage console. If a problem is experienced, see your dealer. for a certain number of miles or degrees of Lift the cover to access and replace when When adding electrical equipment, be sure turn before needing a signal from the GPS not in use. to follow the proper installation instructions satellites. When the compass display shows included with the equipment. See Add-On CAL, drive the vehicle for a short distance in { Warning Electrical Equipment 0 232. an open area where it can receive a GPS signal. The compass system will Power is supplied to the outlets when the Caution ignition is on. When not in use, do not automatically determine when a GPS signal Hanging heavy equipment from the is restored and provide a heading again. leave electrical equipment plugged in. The power outlet can cause damage not vehicle could catch fire and cause injury covered by the vehicle warranty. The Clock or death. power outlets are designed for accessory Set the time and date using the power plugs only, such as cell phone infotainment system. See "Time / Date" Caution charge cords. under Settings 0 147. Leaving electrical equipment plugged in Power Outlets for an extended period of time while the Wireless Charging For USB charging port locations, see the vehicle is off will drain the battery. If equipped, the vehicle has wireless infotainment manual. Always unplug electrical equipment when charging in front of the center floor console. (Continued) The system operates at 145 kHz and wirelessly charges one Qi compatible smartphone. The power output of the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 79 system is capable of charging at a rate up To charge a compatible smartphone: { Warning to 1 amp (5W), as requested by the 1. Remove all objects from the charging compatible smartphone. See Radio Remove all objects from the charging pad pad. The system may not charge if there 0 Frequency Statement 335. before charging your compatible are any objects between the smartphone { smartphone. Objects, such as coins, keys, and charging pad. Warning rings, paper clips, or cards, between the 2. Place the smartphone face up on the Wireless charging can affect the smartphone and charging pad will charging symbol. operation of an implanted pacemaker or become very hot. On the rare occasion To maximize the charge rate, ensure the other medical devices. If you have one, it that the charging system does not detect smartphone is fully seated and centered is recommended to consult with your an object, and the object gets wedged in the holder with nothing under it. doctor before using the wireless charging between the smartphone and charger, A thick smartphone case may prevent system. remove the smartphone and allow the the wireless charger from working, object to cool before removing it from or may reduce the charging performance. The vehicle must be on, in ACC/ACCESSORY, the charging pad, to prevent burns. See your dealer for additional or Retained Accessory Power (RAP) must be information. active. The wireless charging feature may 5 not correctly indicate charging when the 3. A green } next to will display on vehicle is in RAP. See Retained Accessory the infotainment screen. This indicates Power (RAP) 0 190. that the smartphone is properly positioned and charging. The operating temperature is −20 °C (−4 °F) to 60 °C (140 °F) for the charging system If } turns yellow, ensure that the and 0 °C (32 °F) to 35 °C (95 °F) for the charging pad is clear of any objects and smartphone. that the smartphone is capable of wireless charging before repositioning it. If } does not illuminate, the smartphone may need to be repositioned. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

80 Instruments and Controls To reposition, remove the smartphone email request to [email protected]. This NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER from the pad, turn it 180 degrees, and offer is valid for three (3) years from the OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY wait three seconds before placing/ date on which you purchased the product. DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, aligning the smartphone on the pad Freescale-WCT library EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES again. (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, The smartphone may become warm Copyright (c) 2012-2014 Freescale PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR during charging. This is normal. In Semiconductor, Inc.. All rights reserved. SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; warmer temperatures, the speed of 1. Redistributions of source code must OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER charging may be reduced. retain the above copyright notice, this CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, list of conditions and the following WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR Software Acknowledgements disclaimer. TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR Certain Wireless Charging Module product 2. Redistributions in binary form must OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF from LG Electronics, Inc. ("LGE") contains the reproduce the above copyright notice, THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF open source software detailed below. Refer this list of conditions and the following ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH to the indicated open source licenses (as are disclaimer in the documentation and/or DAMAGE. included following this notice) for the terms other materials provided with the and conditions of their use. distribution. Warning Lights, Gauges, and OSS Notice Information 3. Neither the name of the copyright holder Indicators To obtain the source code that is contained nor the names of its contributors may be used to endorse or promote products Warning lights and gauges can signal that in this product, please visit http:// something is wrong before it becomes opensource.lge.com. In addition to the derived from this software without specific prior written permission. serious enough to cause an expensive repair source code, all referred license terms, or replacement. Paying attention to the warranty disclaimers and copyright notices THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE warning lights and gauges could prevent are available for download. LG Electronics COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS injury. will also provide open source code to you "AS IS" AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED on CD-ROM for a charge covering the cost of WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED Some warning lights come on briefly when performing such distribution (such as the TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF the engine is started to indicate they are cost of media, shipping, and handling) upon MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A working. When one of the warning lights PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN comes on and stays on while driving, GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 81 or when one of the gauges shows there Instrument Cluster may be a problem, check the section that explains what to do. Waiting to do repairs can be costly and even dangerous.

Base Level English Shown, Metric Similar

1. Tachometer 0 84 4. Speedometer 0 84 2. Fuel Gauge 0 84 5. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Level) 0 94 or 0 85 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 96 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

82 Instruments and Controls If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. Uplevel Cluster Menu There is an interactive display area in the center of the instrument cluster.

Uplevel English Shown, Metric Similar

1. Tachometer 0 84 4. Speedometer 0 84 Use the right steering wheel control to open 2. Fuel Gauge 0 84 5. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base and scroll through the different items and 3. Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge Level) 0 94 or displays. 0 85 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 96 Press o or p to change between the cluster applications. Press w or x to scroll through the list of available features within each application. Press V to select. Not all GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 83 applications will be available on all vehicles. over recent driving history and the amount Options Some may be temporarily restricted when of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel the vehicle is off or in ACC/ACCESSORY. range cannot be reset. Press w or x to scroll through items in the Options menu. Press V to select the . Home Page Audio . Info App. This is where the selected Driver item. Press o to exit the item. Information Center (DIC) displays can be Press w or x to scroll through radio Units : Choose US or Metric units. A selected viewed. See “Driver Information Center stations or move to the next or previous mark will be displayed next to the (DIC) (Uplevel)” in the Index. track of a CD/USB/Bluetooth device that is selected item. connected to the vehicle. Press V to enter . Audio Info Page Options : Select the items to be the Audio menu to browse for music, select . Phone displayed in the Info app. A selected mark from favorites, or change the audio source. . Navigation will be displayed next to the selected item. . Options Phone Home Page Options : Select the available Home In the Phone menu, if there is no active elements to display. Not all elements will be phone call, view recent calls, scroll through available on all vehicles: Speedometer, Speed Information displayed here can be contacts, select from the favorites, or change Sign, Time, and Fuel Range. customized from the Options menu. the phone source. If there is an active call, Speed Warning : Allows the driver to set a Speedometer : Displays how fast the vehicle mute the phone or switch to handset speed that they do not want to exceed. is moving in either kilometers per hour operation. Press w or x to adjust the value. Press V (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). Navigation to set the speed. Once the speed is set, this Speed Sign : Shows sign information, which feature can be turned off by pressing V In the Navigation menu, if there is no active comes from a roadway database in the while viewing this page. If the selected onboard navigation, if equipped. route, you can resume the last route and turn the voice prompts on or off. If there is speed limit is exceeded, a pop-up warning is displayed with a chime. Time : Displays the current time. an active route, press V to cancel route Fuel Range : Displays the approximate guidance or turn the voice prompts on Software Information : Displays open source distance the vehicle can be driven without or off. software information. refueling. The fuel range estimate is based on an average of the vehicle’s fuel economy GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

84 Instruments and Controls Speedometer Fuel Gauge When the ignition is on, the fuel gauge indicates about how much fuel is left in The speedometer shows the vehicle's speed the tank. in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates the side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. Odometer When the indicator nears empty, the low The odometer shows how far the vehicle has fuel light comes on. There is a small amount been driven, in either kilometers or miles. of fuel left, but the fuel tank should be filled soon. Trip Odometer Here are four things that some owners ask The trip odometer shows how far the about. None of these show a problem with vehicle has been driven since the trip the fuel gauge: odometer was last reset. . At the service station, the fuel pump Metric The trip odometer is accessed and reset shuts off before the gauge reads full. through the Driver Information Center (DIC). . It takes a little more or less fuel to fill up See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base than the gauge indicated. For example, Level) 0 94 or the gauge indicated the tank was half Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) full, but it actually took a little more or 0 96. less than half the tank's capacity to fill the tank. Tachometer . The gauge moves a little while turning a The tachometer displays the engine speed in corner or speeding up. revolutions per minute (rpm). . The gauge takes a few seconds to stabilize after the ignition is turned on, and goes back to empty when the ignition is turned off. English GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 85 Engine Coolant Temperature This gauge shows the engine coolant Then the light stays on solid until the belt is Gauge temperature. buckled. This cycle may continue several If the pointer moves toward the warning times if the driver remains or becomes area at the high end of the gauge, the unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. engine is too hot. If the driver seat belt is buckled, neither the This reading indicates the same thing as the light nor the chime comes on. warning light. It means that the engine Front Passenger Seat Belt Reminder coolant has overheated. If the vehicle has Light been operating under normal driving conditions, pull off the road, stop the The vehicle may have a front passenger seat vehicle, and turn off the engine as soon as belt reminder light near the passenger possible. See Engine Overheating 0 247. airbag status indicator. See Passenger Sensing System 0 39. Seat Belt Reminders Metric Driver Seat Belt Reminder Light There is a driver seat belt reminder light on the instrument cluster.

When the vehicle is started, this light flashes and a chime may come on to remind passengers to fasten their seat belt. Then the light stays on solid until the belt is buckled. This cycle continues several times if When the vehicle is started, this light the front passenger remains or becomes flashes and a chime may come on to remind unbuckled while the vehicle is moving. the driver to fasten their seat belt. If the front passenger seat belt is buckled, English neither the chime nor the light comes on. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

86 Instruments and Controls The front passenger seat belt reminder light and chime may come on if an object is put { Warning on the seat such as a briefcase, handbag, If the airbag readiness light stays on grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic after the vehicle is started or comes on device. To turn off the reminder light and/or while driving, it means the airbag system chime, remove the object from the seat or might not be working properly. The buckle the seat belt. airbags in the vehicle might not inflate in Canada Airbag Readiness Light a crash, or they could even inflate without a crash. To help avoid injury, When the vehicle is started, the passenger This light shows if there is an electrical have the vehicle serviced right away. airbag status indicator will light ON and OFF, problem with the airbag system. The system or the symbol for on and off, for several check includes the airbag sensor(s), the If there is a problem with the airbag seconds as a system check. Then, after passenger sensing system, the pretensioners, system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) several more seconds, the status indicator the airbag modules, the wiring, and the message may also come on. will light either ON or OFF, or either the on crash sensing and diagnostic module. For or off symbol, to let you know the status of more information on the airbag system, see Passenger Airbag Status Indicator the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. Airbag System 0 34. The vehicle has a passenger sensing system. If the word ON or the on symbol is lit on See Passenger Sensing System 0 39 for the passenger airbag status indicator, it important safety information. The overhead means that the front outboard passenger console has a passenger airbag status frontal airbag is allowed to inflate. indicator. If the word OFF or the off symbol is lit on the airbag status indicator, it means that the passenger sensing system has turned off The airbag readiness light comes on for the front outboard passenger frontal airbag. several seconds when the vehicle is started. If, after several seconds, both status If the light does not come on then, have it indicator lights remain on, or if there are no fixed immediately. lights at all, there may be a problem with United States the lights or the passenger sensing system. See your dealer for service. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 87 If the light stays on, or comes on while Malfunctions are often indicated by the { Warning driving, there may be a problem with the system before any problem is noticeable. If the airbag readiness light ever comes electrical charging system. Have it checked Being aware of the light and seeking service on and stays on, it means that by your dealer. Driving while this light is on promptly when it comes on may prevent something may be wrong with the airbag could drain the battery. damage. system. To help avoid injury to yourself When this light comes on, the Driver Caution or others, have the vehicle serviced right Information Center (DIC) also displays a away. See Airbag Readiness Light 0 86 message. If the vehicle is driven continually with this light on, the emission control system for more information, including important If a short distance must be driven with the may not work as well, the fuel economy safety information. light on, be sure to turn off all accessories, may be lower, and the vehicle may not such as the radio and air conditioner. Charging System Light run smoothly. This could lead to costly Malfunction Indicator Lamp repairs that might not be covered by the (Check Engine Light) vehicle warranty. This light is part of the vehicle’s emission control on-board diagnostic system. If this Caution light is on while the engine is running, a Modifications to the engine, transmission, malfunction has been detected and the exhaust, intake, or fuel system, or the The charging system light comes on briefly vehicle may require service. The light should use of replacement tires that do not when the ignition is turned on, but the come on to show that it is working when meet the original tire specifications, can engine is not running, as a check to show the ignition is on and the engine is not cause this light to come on. This could running. See Ignition Positions 0 186. the light is working. The light turns off lead to costly repairs not covered by the when the engine is started. If it does not, vehicle warranty. This could also affect have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. the vehicle’s ability to pass an Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test. See Accessories and Modifications 0 234. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

88 Instruments and Controls If the light is flashing : A malfunction has the atmosphere. A few driving trips with service the vehicle may affect vehicle been detected that could damage the the adapter removed may turn off the operation. See Add-On Electrical Equipment emission control system and increase vehicle light. 0 232. See your dealer if assistance is emissions. Diagnosis and service may be . Poor fuel quality can cause inefficient needed. required. engine operation and poor driveability, The vehicle may not pass inspection if: which may go away once the engine is To help prevent damage, reduce vehicle . The light is on when the engine is speed and avoid hard accelerations and warmed up. If this occurs, change the fuel running. uphill grades. If towing a trailer, reduce the brand. It may require at least one full tank of the proper fuel to turn the light . The light does not come on when the amount of cargo being hauled as soon as ignition is on while the engine is off. possible. off. See Recommended Fuel 0 214. . Critical emission control systems have not If the light continues to flash, find a safe If the light remains on, see your dealer. been completely diagnosed. If this place to park. Turn the vehicle off and wait Emissions Inspection and Maintenance happens, the vehicle would not be ready at least 10 seconds before restarting the Programs for inspection and might require engine. If the light is still flashing, follow several days of routine driving before the the previous guidelines and see your dealer If the vehicle requires an Emissions system is ready for inspection. This can for service as soon as possible. Inspection/Maintenance test, the test happen if the 12-volt battery has recently If the light is on steady : A malfunction has equipment will likely connect to the been replaced or run down, or if the been detected. Diagnosis and service may be vehicle's Data Link Connector (DLC). vehicle has been recently serviced. required. See your dealer if the vehicle will not pass Check the following: or cannot be made ready for the test. . If fuel has been added to the vehicle using the capless funnel adapter, make sure that it has been removed. See “Filling the Tank with a Portable Gas Can” under Filling the Tank 0 215. The The DLC is under the instrument panel to diagnostic system can detect if the the left of the steering wheel. Connecting adapter has been left installed in the devices that are not used to perform an vehicle, allowing fuel to evaporate into Emissions Inspection/Maintenance test or to GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 89 Brake System Warning Light the system. If the ABS light stays on, { Warning or comes on again while driving, the vehicle The brake system might not be working needs service. A chime may also sound properly if the brake system warning when the light comes on steady. light is on. Driving with the brake system If the ABS light is the only light on, the warning light on can lead to a crash. vehicle has regular brakes, but the antilock If the light is still on after the vehicle has brakes are not functioning. Metric English been pulled off the road and carefully If both the ABS and the brake system stopped, have the vehicle towed for warning light are on, the vehicle's antilock This light should come on briefly when the service. brakes are not functioning and there is a vehicle is turned on. If it does not come on problem with the regular brakes. See your then, have it fixed so it will be ready to Antilock Brake System (ABS) dealer for service. warn you if there is a problem. Warning Light See Brake System Warning Light 0 89. When the vehicle is on, the brake system warning light also comes on when the Four-Wheel-Drive Light parking brake is set. The light stays on if the parking brake does not fully release. If it stays on after the parking brake is fully released, there is a brake problem. Have the brake system inspected right away. If the light comes on while driving, pull off This light comes on briefly when the engine is started. the road and stop carefully. The brake pedal Auto Mode Shown, Other Modes Similar might be harder to push, or the brake pedal If the light does not come on, have it fixed may go closer to the floor. It could take so it will be ready to warn if there is a If equipped, the four-wheel-drive light longer to stop. If the light is still on, have problem. displays what mode the vehicle is in. The the vehicle towed for service. See Towing light will show each mode: 2WD, 4HI, AUTO If the light comes on while driving, stop as the Vehicle 0 296. (all transfer cases); 4LOW and N (two-speed soon as it is safely possible and turn off the transfer case only). vehicle. Then start the engine again to reset GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

90 Instruments and Controls The light will flash when a shift is in If equipped, the Hill Descent Control light Vehicle Ahead Indicator progress. Once the shift is complete the comes on when the system is ready for use. light will be steady. When the light flashes, the system is active. If the light turns amber, there may be a See Hill Descent Control (HDC) 0 205. malfunction with the four-wheel-drive system. See your dealer. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) See Four-Wheel Drive 0 197. Light Tow/Haul Mode Light If equipped, this indicator will display green when a vehicle is detected ahead and amber when you are following a vehicle ahead much too closely. See Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 0 211. This light is green if LDW is on and ready to operate. Traction Off Light For vehicles with the Tow/Haul Mode This light changes to amber and flashes to feature, this light comes on when the Tow/ indicate that the lane marking has been Haul Mode has been activated. crossed without using a turn signal in that See Tow/Haul Mode 0 196. direction. 0 Hill Descent Control Light See Lane Departure Warning (LDW) 213. This light comes on briefly while starting the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the system is working normally, the indicator light then turns off. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 91 The traction off light comes on when the If StabiliTrak/ESC and TCS are off, the DIC messages to determine which feature(s) Traction Control System (TCS) has been system does not assist in controlling the is no longer functioning and whether the turned off by pressing and releasing the vehicle. Turn on the TCS and the StabiliTrak/ vehicle requires service. TCS/StabiliTrak/ESC button. ESC systems, and the warning light If the light is on and flashing, the TCS and/ This light and the StabiliTrak/ESC OFF light turns off. or the StabiliTrak/ESC system is actively come on when StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability See Traction Control/Electronic Stability working. 0 Control (ESC) is turned off. Control 204. See Traction Control/Electronic Stability If the TCS is off, wheel spin is not limited. Traction Control System (TCS)/ Control 0 204. Adjust driving accordingly. StabiliTrak Light Tire Pressure Light See Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 204. StabiliTrak OFF Light

This light comes on briefly when the engine For vehicles with the Tire Pressure Monitor is started. System (TPMS), this light comes on briefly If the light does not come on, have the when the engine is started. It provides This light comes on briefly while starting vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the information about tire pressures and the engine. If it does not, have the vehicle system is working normally, the indicator the TPMS. serviced by your dealer. light turns off. When the Light Is On Steady This light comes on when the StabiliTrak/ If the light is on and not flashing, the TCS This indicates that one or more of the tires Electronic Stability Control (ESC) system is and potentially the StabiliTrak/ESC system are significantly underinflated. have been disabled. A Driver Information turned off. If StabiliTrak/ESC is off, the A Driver Information Center (DIC) tire Center (DIC) message may display. Check the Traction Control System (TCS) is also off. pressure message may also display. Stop as soon as possible, and inflate the tires to the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

92 Instruments and Controls pressure value shown on the Tire and Low Fuel Warning Light (Base Loading Information label. See Tire Pressure 0 272. Level) When the Light Flashes First and Then Is On Steady If the light flashes for about a minute and then stays on, there may be a problem with This light should come on briefly as the the TPMS. If the problem is not corrected, engine is started. If it does not come on, the light will come on at every ignition have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation If the light comes on and stays on, it means 0 274. that oil is not flowing through the engine properly. The vehicle could be low on oil Engine Oil Pressure Light and might have some other system problem. See your dealer. Caution English Shown Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. Driving with the This light comes on for a few seconds when engine oil low can also damage the the ignition is turned on as a check to engine. The repairs would not be covered indicate it is working. If it does not come by the vehicle warranty. Check the oil on, have it fixed. level as soon as possible. Add oil if The low fuel warning light comes on and a required, but if the oil level is within the chime sounds when the vehicle is low on operating range and the oil pressure is fuel. The light turns off when fuel is added still low, have the vehicle serviced. to the fuel tank. Always follow the maintenance schedule for changing engine oil. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 93 Low Fuel Warning Light (Uplevel) If the light stays on and the engine does The light goes out when the fog lamps are not start, there could be a problem with the turned off. See Fog Lamps 0 105 for more theft-deterrent system. See Immobilizer information. Operation 0 15. Lamps On Reminder High-Beam On Light

This light is near the fuel gauge and comes on briefly when the ignition is turned on as a check to show it is working. It also comes on when the fuel tank is low This light comes on when the exterior lamps on fuel. The light turns off when fuel is This light comes on when the high-beam are in use, except when only the Daytime added. If it does not, have the vehicle headlamps are in use. Running Lamps (DRL) are active. See Exterior serviced. 0 See Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer Lamp Controls 102. Security Light 0 103. Cruise Control Light Front Fog Lamp Light

The security light should come on briefly as The cruise control light is white when the the engine is started. If it does not come on, cruise control is on and ready, and turns have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. The fog lamp light comes on when the fog lamps are in use. green when the cruise control is set and If the system is working normally, the active. indicator light turns off. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

94 Instruments and Controls The light goes out when the cruise control is DIC Operation and Displays Trip/Fuel Menu (TRIP) Items turned off. See Cruise Control 0 206. The DIC has different displays which can be Press MENU on the turn signal lever until Door Ajar Light (Uplevel Cluster) accessed by using the DIC buttons on the the TRIP menu displays. Use w x to scroll turn signal lever. through the menu items. Not all items are DIC Buttons available on every vehicle. The following is a list of all possible menu items: Digital Speed : Displays how fast the vehicle is moving in either kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per hour (mph). The speedometer cannot be reset. This light comes on when a door is open or not securely latched. Before driving, check Trip 1 or Trip 2, Average Fuel Economy : that all doors are properly closed. 1. SET/CLR: Press to set, or press and hold Displays the current distance traveled, in to clear, the menu item displayed. either kilometers (km) or miles (mi), from the last reset for the trip odometer. The trip Information Displays 2. w x : Use the band to scroll through odometer can be reset to zero by pressing Driver Information Center (DIC) the items in each menu. and holding the SET/CLR button while the 3. MENU: Press to display the Trip/Fuel trip odometer display is showing. (Base Level) Menu, the Vehicle Information Menu, Also displays the approximate average liters The DIC displays information about your and the ECO Menu. This button is also per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per vehicle. It also displays warning messages if used to return to or exit the last screen gallon (mpg). This number is based on the a system problem is detected. See Vehicle displayed on the DIC. number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded since Messages 0 98. All messages appear in the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the the last time this menu item was reset. This DIC display in the center of the instrument Duramax diesel supplement for additional number reflects only the approximate cluster. DIC pages. average fuel economy that the vehicle has right now, and will change as driving conditions change. Reset the average consumption by pressing SET/CLR when it is displayed. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 95 Fuel Range : Displays the approximate Vehicle Information Menu (VEHICLE) Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is displayed in distance the vehicle can be driven without Items either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per refueling. The fuel range estimate is based square inch (psi). Press MENU on the turn signal lever until on an average of the vehicle's fuel economy Tire Pressure : Displays a vehicle with the over recent driving history and the amount the VEHICLE menu is displayed. Use w x to scroll through the menu items. Not all approximate pressures of all four tires. Tire of fuel remaining in the fuel tank. Fuel pressure is displayed in either range cannot be reset. items are available on every vehicle. The following is a list of all possible menu items: kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per square Average Vehicle Speed : Displays the inch (psi). See Tire Pressure Monitor System average vehicle speed of the vehicle in Remaining Oil Life : Displays an estimate of 0 273 and kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per the oil's remaining useful life. If REMAINING Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 274. hour (mph). This average is based on the OIL LIFE 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the current oil life remains. Battery Voltage : Displays the current various vehicle speeds recorded since the battery voltage, if equipped. Battery voltage last reset. Reset the average speed by When the remaining oil life is low, the changes are normal while driving. See pressing SET/CLR when it is displayed. CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will Charging System Light 0 87. If there is a Timer : To start the timer, press SET/CLR appear on the display. The oil should be problem with the battery charging system, while Timer is displayed. The display will changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil the DIC will display a message. show the amount of time that has passed 0 240. In addition to the engine oil life system monitoring the oil life, additional Engine Hours : Shows the total number of since the timer was last reset, not including hours the engine has run. time the ignition is off. Time will continue maintenance is recommended in the to be counted as long as the ignition is on, Maintenance Schedule in this manual. See Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the even if another display is being shown on Maintenance Schedule 0 310. temperature of the automatic transmission the DIC. The timer will record up to The Oil Life display must be reset after each fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees 99 hours, 59 minutes, and 59 seconds oil change. Do not reset the Oil Life display Fahrenheit (°F). (99:59:59) after which the display will return accidentally at any time other than when Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : TRAILER GAIN to zero. To stop the timer, press SET/CLR the oil has just been changed. It cannot be shows the trailer gain setting. This setting briefly while Timer is displayed. To reset the reset accurately until the next oil change. To can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either timer to zero, press and hold SET/CLR. reset the engine oil life system, see Engine a trailer connected or disconnected. Blank Display : Displays no information. Oil Life System 0 242. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

96 Instruments and Controls OUTPUT shows the power output to the When viewing best AFE, a several second trailer anytime a trailer with electric brakes press and hold of SET/CLR will reset the best is connected. Output is displayed as a bar value. The best value will show “---“ until graph. Dashes may appear in the OUTPUT the selected distance has been traveled. display if a trailer is not connected. The display provides feedback on how Units : Move w x to change between current driving behavior in the bar graph Metric or US when the Unit display is active. affects the running average in the top Press SET/CLR to confirm the setting. This display and how well recent driving will change the displays on the DIC to the compares to the best that has been type of measurements you select. achieved. ECO Drive Assist Menu (ECO) Items Driver Information Center (DIC) This menu is only available on some (Uplevel) w or x : Press to move up or down in vehicles. Press MENU on the turn signal The DIC displays are shown in the center of a list. lever until the ECO menu is displayed. Use the instrument cluster in the Info app. See or : Press to move between the to scroll through the menu items. 0 o p w x Instrument Cluster 81. The displays show interactive display zones in the cluster. Not all items are available on every vehicle. the status of many vehicle systems. The The following is a list of all possible menu controls for the DIC are on the right steering V : Press to open a menu or select a menu items: wheel control. item. Press and hold to reset values on Best Average Fuel Economy : The bottom certain screens. displays the best average fuel economy If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the (AFE) that is achieved for a selected Duramax diesel supplement for additional distance. The top displays a running average DIC pages. of fuel economy for the most recently traveled selected distance. The center bar DIC Info Page Options graph displays the instantaneous fuel The info pages on the DIC can be turned on economy. Quickly press the SET/CLR button or off through the Options menu. to change the settings for the distance options. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 97 1. Press o or p to scroll to the Options Trip 1 or Trip 2 : Shows the current distance Oil Life : Shows an estimate of the oil's application. traveled, in either kilometers (km) or remaining useful life. If REMAINING OIL LIFE V miles (mi), since the trip odometer was last 99% is displayed, that means 99% of the 2. Scroll to Info Page Options and press . reset. current oil life remains. 3. Press w or x to move through the list This also shows the approximate average When the remaining oil life is low, the of possible information displays. liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message will 4. Press V while an item is highlighted to per gallon (mpg). This number is calculated appear on the display. The oil should be select or deselect that item. When an based on the number of L/100 km (mpg) changed as soon as possible. See Engine Oil item is selected, a checkmark will appear recorded since the last time this menu item 0 240. In addition to the engine oil life next to it. was reset. This number reflects only the system monitoring the oil life, additional approximate average fuel economy that the maintenance is recommended. See DIC Info Pages vehicle has right now, and will change as Maintenance Schedule 0 310. The following is the list of all possible DIC driving conditions change. The Oil Life display must be reset after each info page displays. Some may not be Press and hold V while this display is active oil change. It will not reset itself. Do not to available for your particular vehicle. Some to reset the trip odometer and the average reset the Oil Life display at any time other items may not be turned on by default but fuel economy. Trip 1 and Trip 2 can also be than when the oil has just been changed. can be turned on through the Settings app. reset by pressing V and choosing reset. It cannot be reset accurately until the next See “DIC Info Page Options” earlier in this oil change. To reset the engine oil life section. Fuel Range : Shows the approximate system, press and hold V for several distance the vehicle can be driven without Speed : Shows the vehicle speed in either seconds while the Oil Life display is active. refueling. LOW will be displayed when the kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per See Engine Oil Life System 0 242. V vehicle is low on fuel. The fuel range hour (mph). If equipped, press to open estimate is based on an average of the Tire Pressure : Shows the approximate the menu and select to display speed limit vehicle's fuel economy over recent driving pressures of all four tires. Tire pressure is signs. The sign will show “− −” when there history and the amount of fuel remaining in displayed in either kilopascal (kPa) or in is no detected speed limit or the system is the fuel tank. pounds per square inch (psi). If the pressure unavailable. is low, the value for that tire is shown in amber. See Tire Pressure Monitor System 0 273 and Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 274. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

98 Instruments and Controls Instantaneous Fuel Economy : Displays the select “Reset Best Score.” Press V to reset Oil Pressure : Oil pressure is displayed in current fuel economy in liters per the best average fuel economy. After reset, either kilopascal (kPa) or in pounds per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles per the best value displays “-,-” until the square inch (psi). gallon (mpg). This number reflects only the selected distance has been traveled. Engine Hours : Shows the total number of approximate fuel economy that the vehicle hours the engine has run. has right now and changes frequently as The display provides information on how driving conditions change. This display current driving behavior affects the running Transmission Fluid Temperature : Shows the cannot be reset. average and how well recent driving temperature of the automatic transmission compares to the best that has been fluid in either degrees Celsius (°C) or degrees Average Vehicle Speed : Displays the achieved for the selected distance. Fahrenheit (°F). average vehicle speed of the vehicle in kilometers per hour (km/h) or miles per Engine Hours (Hourmeter) : Shows the total Trailer Brake (If Equipped) : TRAILER GAIN hour (mph). This average is based on the number of hours the engine has run. This shows the trailer gain setting. This setting various vehicle speeds recorded since the display also shows the engine idle hours. can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either last reset. Reset the average speed by Timer : This display can be used as a timer. a trailer connected or disconnected. pressing V when it is displayed. To start the timer, press V while this OUTPUT shows the power output to the Fuel Economy : The center displays the display is active. The display will show the trailer anytime a trailer with electric brakes approximate instantaneous fuel economy as amount of time that has passed since the is connected. Output is displayed as a bar a number and bar graph. Displayed above timer was last reset. To stop the timer, graph. Dashes may appear in the OUTPUT the bar graph is a running average of fuel press V briefly while this display is active display if a trailer is not connected. economy for the most recently traveled and the timer is running. To reset the timer Blank Page : Shows no information. selected distance. Displayed below the bar to zero, press and hold V while this display graph is the best average fuel economy that is active. Vehicle Messages has been achieved for the selected distance. The selected distance is displayed at the top Battery Voltage : Displays the current Messages displayed on the DIC indicate the of the page as “last xxx mi/km.” battery voltage, if equipped. Battery voltage status of the vehicle or some action that changes are normal while driving. See V 0 may be needed to correct a condition. Press to select the distance or reset best Charging System Light 87. If there is a Multiple messages may appear one after value. Use w and x to choose the problem with the battery charging system, another. distance and press V. Press w and x to the DIC will display a message. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 99 The messages that do not require . Engine and Transmission Vehicle Speed Messages immediate action can be acknowledged and . Tire Pressure cleared by pressing V. The messages that . Battery SPEED LIMITED TO XXX KM/H (MPH) require immediate action cannot be cleared This message shows that the vehicle speed until that action is performed. Engine Power Messages has been limited to the speed displayed. The All messages should be taken seriously; ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED limited speed is a protection for various clearing the message does not correct the propulsion and vehicle systems, such as problem. This message displays when the vehicle's lubrication, brakes, thermal, suspension, propulsion power is reduced. A reduction in Teen Driver if equipped, or tires. If a SERVICE message appears, see your propulsion power can affect the vehicle's dealer. ability to accelerate. If this message is on, If equipped with a diesel engine, see the Duramax Diesel supplement. Follow the instructions given in the but there is no observed reduction in messages. The system displays messages performance, proceed to your destination. regarding the following topics: Under certain conditions the performance Vehicle Personalization . Service Messages may be reduced the next time the vehicle is The following are all possible vehicle driven. The vehicle may be driven while this . Fluid Levels personalization features. Depending on the message is on, but maximum acceleration vehicle, some may not be available. . Vehicle Security and speed may be reduced. Anytime this . Brakes message stays on, or displays repeatedly, For System, Apps, and Personal features and . Steering the vehicle should be taken to your dealer functions, see “Settings” in the infotainment manual. . Ride Control Systems for service as soon as possible. . Driver Assistance Systems Under certain operating conditions, To access the vehicle personalization menu: . Cruise Control propulsion will be disabled. Try restarting 1. Touch the SETTINGS icon on the Home after the ignition has been off for . Lighting and Bulb Replacement Page of the infotainment display. 30 seconds. . Wiper/Washer Systems 2. Touch Vehicle to display a list of . Doors and Windows available options. . Seat Belts 3. Touch to select the desired feature setting. . Airbag Systems GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

100 Instruments and Controls 4. Touch 9 or R to turn a feature off or on. Auto Rear Defog Touch the controls on the infotainment display to adjust the volume. 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the This setting automatically turns the rear Settings menu. defogger on when the engine is started. Lighting The menu may contain the following: Touch Off or On. Touch and the following may display: Rear Seat Reminder Collision/Detection Systems . Vehicle Locator Lights . Exit Lighting This allows for a chime and a message when Touch and the following may display: the rear door has been opened before or . Park Assist Vehicle Locator Lights during operation of the vehicle. . Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols This setting flashes the vehicle’s headlamps Touch Off or On. Park Assist when K is pressed on the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. Climate and Air Quality This allows the feature to be turned on or off. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Touch Off or On. Touch and the following may display: Backing 0 209. Exit Lighting . Auto Fan Speed Touch Off or On. . Auto Defog This setting specifies how long the headlamps stay on after the vehicle is . Auto Rear Defog Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols turned off and exited. Auto Fan Speed This setting enables the Rear Camera Park Assist Symbols. See Assistance Systems for Touch Off, 30 Seconds, 60 Seconds, This setting specifies the amount of airflow Parking or Backing 0 209. or 120 Seconds. when the climate control fan setting is Auto Fan. Touch Off or On. Power Door Locks Touch Low, Medium, or High. Comfort and Convenience Touch and the following may display: . Open Door Anti-Lockout Auto Defog Touch and the following may display: . Auto Door Unlock This setting automatically turns the front . Chime Volume . Delayed Door Lock defogger on when the engine is started. Chime Volume Touch Off or On. This determines the chime volume level. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Instruments and Controls 101 Open Door Anti Lock Out Remote Unlock Light Feedback Remote Start Auto Heat Seats This setting prevents the driver door from When on, the exterior lamps will flash when If equipped and turned on, this feature will locking when the door is open. If this unlocking the vehicle with the RKE turn on the heated seats when using remote setting is on, the Delayed Door Lock menu transmitter. start on cold days. See Heated and 0 will not be available. Touch Off or Flash Lights. Ventilated Front Seats 25 and Remote Vehicle Start 0 11. Touch Off or On. Remote Lock Feedback Touch Off or On. Auto Door Unlock This allows selection of what type of This allows selection of which of the doors feedback is given when locking the vehicle Teen Driver will automatically unlock when the vehicle is with the RKE transmitter. See “Teen Driver” under “Settings” in the shifted into P (Park). Touch Off, Lights and Horn, Lights Only, infotainment manual. Touch Off, All Doors, or Driver Door. or Horn Only. Valet Mode Delayed Door Lock Remote Door Unlock This will lock the infotainment system and When on, this feature will delay the locking This allows selection of which doors will steering wheel controls. It may also limit of the doors. To override the delay, press unlock when pressing K on the RKE access to vehicle storage locations, the power door lock switch on the door. transmitter. if equipped. Touch Off or On. Touch All Doors or Driver Door. To enable valet mode: Remote Lock, Unlock, and Start Remote Start Auto Cool Seats 1. Enter a four-digit code on the keypad. 2. Select Enter to go to the confirmation Touch and the following may display: If equipped and turned on, this feature will screen. . Remote Unlock Light Feedback turn the ventilated seats on when using remote start on warm days. See Heated and 3. Re-enter the four-digit code. . Remote Lock Feedback Ventilated Front Seats 0 25. . Remote Door Unlock Touch Lock or Unlock to lock or unlock the system. Touch Back to go back to the . Remote Start Auto Cool Seats Touch Off or On. previous menu. . Remote Start Auto Heat Seats GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

102 Lighting Lighting Exterior Lighting . License Plate Lamps . Front/Rear Sidemarker Lamps Exterior Lighting Exterior Lamp Controls When the vehicle is turned off and the Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 102 headlamps are in AUTO, the headlamps turn Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 103 off. When the key is removed, they Headlamp High/Low-Beam Changer . . . 103 automatically turn on for a set time. The Flash-to-Pass ...... 103 time of the delay can be changed using the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 103 DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) Automatic Headlamp System ...... 103 (Base Level) 0 94 or Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 104 Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 105 0 96. Fog Lamps ...... 105 ; : Turns on the parking lamps including Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 105 The exterior lamp control is on the all lamps, except the headlamps. Interior Lighting instrument panel to the left of the steering 2 : Turns on the headlamps together with Instrument Panel Illumination wheel. the parking lamps and instrument panel Control ...... 106 O : Turns off the automatic headlamps and lights. Dome Lamps ...... 106 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). Turn the Reading Lamps ...... 106 When the headlamps are turned on while headlamp control to O again to turn the the vehicle is on, the headlamps turn off Lighting Features automatic headlamps or DRL back on. automatically 10 minutes after the ignition Entry Lighting ...... 107 For vehicles first sold in Canada, off will only is turned off. When the headlamps are Exit Lighting ...... 107 work when the vehicle is in P (Park). turned on while the vehicle is off, the Battery Load Management ...... 107 headlamps will stay on for 10 minutes Battery Power Protection ...... 107 AUTO : Automatically turns on the before turning off to prevent the battery Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 108 headlamps at normal brightness, together from being drained. Turn the headlamp with the following: control off and then back to the headlamp . Parking Lamps on position to make the headlamps stay on . Instrument Panel Lights . Taillamps GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Lighting 103 for an additional 10 minutes. To keep the When the high-beam headlamps are on, this . The parking brake is released or the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the indicator light on the instrument cluster will vehicle is not in P (Park). ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. also be on. . The light sensor determines it is daytime. # : If equipped, this turns on the fog Flash-to-Pass When the DRL system is on, only the DRL lamps. See Fog Lamps 0 105. are on. The taillamps, sidemarker lamps, This feature lets you use the high-beam instrument panel lights, and other lamps Exterior Lamps Off Reminder headlamps to signal a driver in front of you will not be on. that you want to pass. It works even if the A reminder chime sounds when the headlamps are in the automatic position. When it begins to get dark, the automatic headlamps or parking lamps are manually headlamp system switches from DRL to the turned on, the ignition is off, and a door is To use it, pull the turn signal lever toward headlamps. open. To disable the chime, turn the you, then release it. To turn off the DRL, turn the exterior lamp lamps off. If the headlamps are in the automatic control to O and then release. For vehicles Headlamp High/Low-Beam position or on low beam, the high-beam first sold in Canada, off will only work when headlamps will turn on. They will stay on as the vehicle is parked. Changer long as you hold the lever toward you. The Push the turn signal lever away from you high-beam indicator on the instrument Automatic Headlamp System and release to turn the high beams on. cluster will come on. Release the lever to return to normal operation. When the exterior lamp control is set to To return to low beams, push the lever AUTO and it is dark enough outside, the again or pull it toward you and release. Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) headlamps come on automatically. DRL can make it easier for others to see the front of the vehicle during the day. Fully functional DRL are required on all vehicles first sold in Canada. The DRL system comes on when the following conditions are met: . The ignition is on. . The exterior lamp control is in AUTO. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

104 Lighting When it is bright enough outside, the Hazard Warning Flashers headlamps will turn off or may change to Daytime Running Lamps (DRL). The automatic headlamp system turns off when the exterior lamp control is turned to O or the ignition is off. Lights On with Wipers If the windshield wipers are activated in There is a light sensor on top of the daylight with the engine on, and the instrument panel. Do not cover the sensor, exterior lamp control is in AUTO, the otherwise the headlamps will come on when headlamps, parking lamps, and other they are not needed. exterior lamps come on. The transition time The system may also turn on the headlamps for the lamps coming on varies based on when driving through a parking garage or wiper speed. When the wipers are not | : Press to make the front and rear turn tunnel. operating, these lamps turn off. Move the signal lamps flash on and off. Press again to turn the flashers off. If the vehicle is started in a dark garage, the exterior lamp control to O or ; to disable automatic headlamp system comes on this feature. When the hazard warning flashers are on, immediately. If it is light outside when the the vehicle's turn signals will not work. vehicle leaves the garage, there is a slight delay before the automatic headlamp system changes to the DRL. During that delay, the instrument cluster may not be as bright as usual. Make sure the instrument panel brightness control is in the full bright position. See Instrument Panel Illumination Control 0 106. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Lighting 105 Turn and Lane-Change Signals Turn Signal On Chime When the fog lamps are turned on, the If the turn signal is left on for more than parking lamps automatically turn on. 1.2 km (0.75 mi), a chime sounds at each When the headlamps are changed to high flash of the turn signal. The message TURN beam, the fog lamps go off. When the SIGNAL ON will also appear in the Driver high-beam headlamps are turned off, the fog Information Center (DIC). To turn the chime lamps will come on again. and message off, move the turn signal lever Some localities have laws that require the to the off position. headlamps to be on with the fog lamps. An arrow on the instrument cluster flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change. Fog Lamps Exterior Cargo Lamps Move the turn signal lever all the way up or down to signal a turn. Raise or lower the lever for less than one second until the arrow starts to flash to signal a lane change. This causes the turn signals to automatically flash three times. Holding the turn signal lever for more than one second will cause the turn signals to flash until the lever is released. If equipped, the control is on the center of The lever returns to its starting position the exterior lamp control, to the left of the whenever it is released. steering column. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the The ignition must be on for the fog lamps The cargo lamp provides more light in the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a to come on. signal bulb could be burned out. cargo area of the vehicle, if needed. The # : Press to turn the fog lamps on or off. lamps inside the pickup box also turn on, Replace any burned out bulbs. If a bulb is A light will come on in the instrument if equipped. not burned out, check the fuse. See Fuses cluster. and Circuit Breakers 0 259. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

106 Lighting Press the switch down to turn the cargo Dome Lamps Reading Lamps lamp on or off. The shift lever must be in P (Park), R (Reverse), or N (Neutral) to operate the cargo lamp. Become familiar with and follow all state and local laws that apply to cargo lamp operation. Interior Lighting

Instrument Panel Illumination The interior lamps control in the overhead The front reading lamps, if equipped, are in Control console controls both the front and rear the overhead console. interior lamps. To operate: ( : Turns the lamps off. H : Turns the lamps on when any door is opened. ' : Keeps the lamps on all the time. The interior lamps turn on automatically if This feature controls the brightness of the the airbags are deployed. The rear reading lamps, if equipped, are in steering wheel and instrument panel lights. the headliner. The instrument panel illumination control is # $ next to the exterior lamp control. or : Press to turn each lamp on or off. D : Move the thumbwheel up or down to brighten or dim the lights. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Lighting 107 Lighting Features The exterior lamps turn off immediately by A high electrical load occurs when several of turning the exterior lamps control off. the following are on, such as: headlamps, Entry Lighting This feature can be changed. See Vehicle high beams, fog lamps, rear window Personalization 0 99. defogger, climate control fan at high speed, Some exterior lamps and the interior lamps heated seats, engine cooling fans, trailer turn on briefly at night, or in areas with Battery Load Management loads, and loads plugged into accessory limited lighting, when K is pressed on the power outlets. Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. The vehicle has Electric Power Management (EPM), which estimates the battery's EPM works to prevent excessive discharge of When a door is opened, the interior lamps the battery. It does this by balancing the come on if the dome lamp control is in the temperature and state of charge. It then adjusts the voltage for best performance generator's output and the vehicle's H position. After about 30 seconds the and extended life of the battery. electrical needs. It can increase engine idle exterior lamps turn off. Entry lighting can be speed to generate more power, whenever disabled manually by changing the ignition When the battery's state of charge is low, needed. It can temporarily reduce the power out of the OFF position, or by pressing Q the voltage is raised slightly to quickly bring demands of some accessories. on the RKE transmitter. the charge back up. When the state of charge is high, the voltage is lowered Normally, these actions occur in steps or This feature can be changed. See “Vehicle slightly to prevent overcharging. The levels, without being noticeable. In rare Locator Lights” under Vehicle Personalization voltmeter gauge or the voltage display on cases at the highest levels of corrective 0 99. the Driver Information Center (DIC), action, this action may be noticeable to the if equipped, may show the voltage moving driver. If so, a DIC message might be Exit Lighting up or down. This is normal. If there is a displayed and it is recommended that the Some exterior lamps and the interior lamps problem, an alert will be displayed. driver reduce the electrical loads as much as possible. come on at night, or in areas with limited The battery can be discharged at idle if the lighting when the key is removed from the electrical loads are very high. This is true for Battery Power Protection ignition. The exterior and interior lamps all vehicles. This is because the generator remain on for a set amount of time and (alternator) may not be spinning fast This feature shuts off the dome and reading then automatically turn off. The interior enough at idle to produce all the power that lamps, if they are left on for more than lamps do not come on if the dome lamp is needed for very high electrical loads. 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off. control is in the Off position. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

108 Lighting The cargo lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. This prevents the battery from running down. Exterior Lighting Battery Saver The exterior lamps turn off about 10 minutes after the ignition is turned off, if the parking lamps or headlamps have been manually left on. This protects against draining the battery. To restart the 10-minute timer, turn the exterior lamp control to the O position and then back to the ; or 2 position. To keep the lamps on for more than 10 minutes, the ignition must be on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 109 OnStar System ...... 134 Introduction Infotainment System Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 134 Vehicle Positioning ...... 135 Read the following pages to become familiar Introduction Problems with Route Guidance ...... 135 with the features. Introduction ...... 109 If the System Needs Service ...... 135 Overview ...... 110 Map Data Updates ...... 135 { Warning Steering Wheel Controls ...... 112 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 136 Using the System ...... 113 Taking your eyes off the road for too Software Updates ...... 116 Voice Recognition long or too often while using any Voice Recognition ...... 136 infotainment feature can cause a crash. Radio You or others could be injured or killed. AM-FM Radio ...... 116 Phone Do not give extended attention to HD Radio Technology ...... 117 Bluetooth (Overview) ...... 141 infotainment tasks while driving. Limit Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 118 Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a your glances at the vehicle displays and Satellite Radio ...... 118 Phone) ...... 142 focus your attention on driving. Use voice Radio Reception ...... 119 Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 146 Multi-Band Antenna ...... 119 commands whenever possible. Settings Audio Players Settings ...... 147 The infotainment system has built-in Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices . . . . . 119 Teen Driver ...... 153 features intended to help avoid distraction USB Port ...... 119 by disabling some features when driving. Auxiliary Jack ...... 122 Trademarks and License Agreements These features may gray out when they are Bluetooth Audio ...... 122 Trademarks and License unavailable. Many infotainment features are Agreements ...... 156 also available through the instrument cluster OnStar System and steering wheel controls. OnStar System ...... 123 Before driving: Navigation . Become familiar with the operation, Using the Navigation System ...... 124 center stack controls, steering wheel Maps ...... 127 controls, and infotainment display. Navigation Symbols ...... 127 Destination ...... 128 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

110 Infotainment System . Set up the audio by presetting favorite stations, setting the tone, and adjusting the speakers. . Set up phone numbers in advance so they can be called easily by pressing a single control or by using a single voice command. See Distracted Driving 0 171. Active Noise Cancellation (ANC) If equipped, ANC reduces engine noise in the vehicle’s interior. ANC requires the factory-installed audio system, radio, Uplevel Radio speakers, amplifier (if equipped), induction system, and exhaust system to work . Turn to decrease or increase the properly. Deactivation is required by your 1. O (Power) volume. dealer if related aftermarket equipment is . Press to turn the power on. 2. 7 installed. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to Overview power off. . Press to mute/unmute the system the previous station or channel. when on. Press and hold to fast seek the Infotainment System next strongest previous station or The infotainment system is controlled by . When the power is on and the channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 116. system is not muted, a quick using the infotainment display, controls on . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to status pane will display when O is the center stack, steering wheel controls, the beginning of the current or and voice recognition. pressed. Pressing O will mute the previous track. Press and hold to system and trigger this pane to quickly reverse through a track. show a long press is required to Release to return to playing speed. actually power down the system. See USB Port 0 119 or Bluetooth Audio 0 122. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 111 3. { . Press to go to the Home Page. See “Home Page” later in this section. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and hold. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 146. 4. 6 . Radio: Press and release to go to the next station or channel. Press and hold to fast seek the next strongest station or channel. 1. { (Home Page) . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek to the beginning of the current or . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the . Press to go to the Home Page. See previous track. Press and hold to next track. Press and hold to fast “Home Page” later in this section. forward through a track. Release to quickly reverse through a track. . Press to exit Android Auto or Apple return to playing speed. See USB Release to return to playing speed. CarPlay. To enter back into Android 0 Port 0 119 or See USB Port 119 or 0 Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and Bluetooth Audio 0 122. Bluetooth Audio 122. hold. See Apple CarPlay and 3. O (Power) 5. o BACK Android Auto 0 146. . Press to return to the previous 2. 7 . Press to turn the power on. display in a menu. . Press and hold to turn the . Radio: Press and release to go to power off. 6. V the previous station or channel. . Turn to highlight a feature. Press Press and hold to fast seek the . Press to mute/unmute the system to activate the highlighted feature. next strongest previous station or when on. channel. See AM-FM Radio 0 116. . When the power is on and the system is not muted, a quick status pane will display when O is GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

112 Infotainment System pressed. Pressing O will mute the Swipe left or right across the display to Steering Wheel Controls system and trigger this pane to access the pages of icons. show a long press is required to Managing Home Page Icons actually power down the system. 1. Touch and hold any of the Home Page . Turn to decrease or increase the icons to enter edit mode. volume. 2. Continue holding the icon and drag it to 4. 6 the desired position. . Radio: Press and release to go to 3. Release your finger to drop the icon in the next station or channel. Press the desired position. and hold to fast seek the next strongest station or channel. 4. To move an application to another page, drag the icon to the edge of the display . USB/Bluetooth: Press to seek the toward the desired page. next track. Press and hold to fast forward through a track. Release to 5. Continue dragging and dropping If equipped, some audio controls can be return to playing speed. See USB application icons as desired. adjusted at the steering wheel. Port 0 119 or Bluetooth Audio 0 122. g : Press to answer an incoming call or 5. v start voice recognition (if equipped). Press and hold to activate Bluetooth Voice . Press and release to access the Recognition/Siri Eyes Free. See Voice phone display or answer an 0 incoming call. Recognition 136 and Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 142 Home Page or 0 The Home Page is where vehicle application Bluetooth (Overview) 141. icons are accessed. Some applications are i : Press to decline an incoming call or disabled when the vehicle is moving. end a current call. Press to mute or unmute The Home Page can be set up to have up to the infotainment system when not on a call. four pages with eight icons per page. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 113 o or p : Press the five-way control to go 2. Volume: Press to increase or decrease creating or signing into an existing profile. to the previous or next area of a display in the volume. The removed profile can be logged into at a later time. the instrument cluster. Using the System w or x : Press the five-way control to go Settings Audio up or down in a list on the instrument Touch the Settings icon to display the cluster. Touch the Audio icon to display the active Settings menu. See Settings 0 147. V audio source page. Examples of available : Press to select a highlighted menu Apple CarPlay option. sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), USB, AUX, and Bluetooth. Touch the Apple CarPlay icon to activate Phone Apple CarPlay (if equipped) after a supported device is connected. See Apple Touch the Phone icon to display the Phone CarPlay and Android Auto 0 146. main page. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Phone) 0 142 or Android Auto Bluetooth (Overview) 0 141. Touch the Android Auto icon to activate Nav Android Auto (if equipped) after a supported device is connected. See Apple CarPlay and If equipped, touch the Nav icon to display Android Auto 0 146. the navigation map. See Using the Navigation System 0 124. Apps Users If equipped, in-vehicle apps are available for The favorites and volume switches are on download. Touch the Apps icon on the the back of the steering wheel. If equipped, touch the Users icon to sign in Home Page to begin. or create a new user profile, and follow the Downloading and using in-vehicle apps 1. Favorite: When on a radio source, press on-screen instructions. to select the next or previous audio requires Internet connectivity which can be broadcast favorite. When listening to a Only four user profiles can be active at one accessed with a data plan through the media device, press to select the next or time in the vehicle. It may be necessary to vehicle’s built-in 4G LTE Wi-Fi hotspot, previous track. remove a profile from the menu before if equipped, or a compatible mobile device GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

114 Infotainment System hotspot. On most mobile devices, activation Infotainment Display Features Touch and Hold of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the device’s Infotainment display features show on the Settings menu under Mobile Network display when available. When a feature is Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, unavailable, it may gray out. When a or similar. feature is touched, it may highlight. Availability of apps and connectivity varies by vehicle, conditions, and location. Data Haptic Feedback plan rates apply. Features are subject to If equipped, haptic feedback is a pulse that change. For more information, see occurs when an icon or option is touched on www.my.gmc.com/learn. the display or when controls on the center OnStar Services stack are pressed. Touch and hold can be used to start another gesture, or to move or delete an application. If equipped, touch the OnStar Services icon Infotainment Gestures Drag to display the OnStar Services and Account Use the following finger gestures to control pages. See OnStar Overview 0 339 and the infotainment system. OnStar System 0 123. Touch/Tap Camera If equipped, touch the Camera icon to access the camera application. See Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing 0 209. Shortcut Tray The shortcut tray is near the bottom of the Drag is used to move applications on the display. It shows up to four applications. Home Page, or to pan the map. To drag the item, it must be held and moved along the Touch/tap is used to select an icon or display to the new location. This can be option, activate an application, or change the location inside a map. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 115 done up, down, right, or left. This feature is Fling or swipe is used to scroll through a Pinch only available when vehicle is parked and list, pan the map, or change page views. Do not in motion. this by placing a finger on the display then Nudge moving it rapidly up and down or right and left. Spread

Pinch is used to zoom out on a map, certain images, or a web page. Place finger and thumb apart on the display, then move Nudge is used to move items a short them together. distance on a list or a map. To nudge, hold Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle and move the selected item up or down to Spread is used to zoom in on a map, certain Information and Radio Displays a new location. images, or a web page. Place finger and For vehicles with high gloss surfaces or Fling or Swipe thumb together on the display, then move them apart. vehicle displays, use a microfiber cloth to wipe surfaces. Before wiping the surface with the microfiber cloth, use a soft bristle brush to remove dirt that could scratch the surface. Then use the microfiber cloth by gently rubbing to clean. Never use window cleaners or solvents. Periodically hand wash the microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse thoroughly and air dry before next use. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

116 Infotainment System Software Updates Fade/Balance : Touch to adjust by using the Direct Tune controls on the infotainment display or by Over-the-Air Software Updates tapping/dragging the crosshair. If equipped, see “Updates” under Settings Finding a Station 0 147 for details on software updates. Seeking a Station Radio AM-FM Radio

Playing the Radio Access Direct Tune by touching the Tune From the Home Page, touch the Audio icon icon on the infotainment display to bring up to display the active audio source page. the keypad. Navigate through all frequencies Choose from the three most recently used using the arrows on the right side of the sources listed at the left side of the display Direct Tune display. Directly enter a station or touch the More option to display a list of From the AM, FM, or SXM (if equipped) or channel using the keypad. When a new available sources. Examples of available option, press 6 or 7 on the center stack station or channel is entered, the sources may include AM, FM, SXM (if to search for the previous or next strong information about that station or channel equipped), MyMedia, USB, AUX (if station or channel. displays on the right side. This information equipped), and Bluetooth. will update with each new valid frequency. Browsing Stations Touch H to save the station or channel as Infotainment System Sound Menu Touch the Browse option to list all available a favorite. From any of the audio source main pages, stations or channels. Navigate up and down The keypad will gray out entries that do not touch Sound to display the following: through all stations by scrolling the list. contribute to a valid frequency and will Touch the station or channel you want to Equalizer : Touch to adjust Bass, Midrange, automatically place a decimal point within Treble, and Surround (if equipped) using the listen to. Touch H to save the station or the frequency number. channel as a favorite. options on the infotainment display. Touch (X) to delete one number at a time. If equipped, touch Update Station List to Touch and hold (X) to delete all numbers. update the active stations in your area. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 117 A valid AM or FM station will automatically AM, FM, and SXM Categories Favorites can also be stored by touching H tune to the new frequency but not close the in a station or channel list. This will Direct Tune display. When listening to SXM highlight indicating that it is now saved as a (if equipped), touch Go after entering the favorite. channel. Touch the Back icon on the The number of favorites displayed is infotainment display or touch z to exit out automatically adjusted by default, but can of Direct Tune. be manually adjusted in Settings in the The tune arrows on the right side of the System tab under Favorites and then Set Direct Tune display will tune through the Number of Audio Favorites. It can also be complete station or channel list one station adjusted in Settings in the Apps tab under step at a time per touch. A touch and hold From the AM stations, if equipped with HD Audio and then Set Number of Audio advances through stations or channels Radio, FM, or SXM (if equipped) display, Favorites. quickly. touch Categories at the top of the Browse HD Radio Technology If equipped, HD Radio multicast stations menu to access the categories list. The list cannot be tuned directly through the Direct contains names associated with the AM or If equipped, HD Radio is a free service with Tune feature. Only the analog or FM stations, or SXM channels. Touch a features such as digital quality sound, more HD1 station can use that feature. Use the category name to display a list of stations stations available on a single frequency such display arrows to adjust to the multicast or channels for that category. Touching a as HD2 and HD3, and display information stations. station or channel from the list will tune the such as artist and song title. radio to that station or channel. From the Now Playing display, touch the HD Storing Radio Station Presets Radio icon to turn HD on or off. Favorites show in the area at the top of the Station Access display. To access HD Radio stations: AM, FM, SXM (if equipped), and HD Radio 1. Tune the radio to the station. If HD Stations (if equipped) : Press and hold a Radio is turned on and the station is preset to store the current station or broadcasting in HD Radio, the radio will channel as a favorite. Touch a saved favorite automatically tune to the HD version of to recall a favorite station or channel. the current channel (HD1) after several GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

118 Infotainment System seconds. The radio will also display icons If the HD Radio signal loses reception while Satellite Radio representing additional channels (HD2, listening to stations HD2 to HD8, the radio ...HD8), that may be available. When the mutes until the signal can be recovered or SiriusXM Radio Service radio successfully tunes to a HD station, until the station is changed. If equipped, vehicles with a valid SiriusXM the HD logo will display and digital HD Radio can be disabled if driving in a radio subscription can receive SiriusXM audio will play. weak signal area. Touch HD Radio On/Off to programming. 2. Touch the display arrows to tune to the toggle HD Radio reception on and off. previous or next HD Radio station. SiriusXM radio has a wide variety of Radio Data System (RDS) programming and commercial-free music, There may be a delay before the station coast to coast, in digital-quality sound. In starts playing. If equipped, RDS features are available for the U.S., see www.siriusxm.com or call The HD Radio station number is indicated use only on FM stations that broadcast RDS 1-888-601-6296. In Canada, see next to the HD logo. information. With RDS, the radio can: www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. . Group stations by Category (i.e., Program HD Radio stations can be saved as favorites. When SiriusXM is active, the channel name, Type) such as Rock, Jazz, Classical, etc. number, song title, and artist appear on the For a list of all stations, see . Display messages from radio stations. display. www.hdradio.com. This system relies on receiving specific SiriusXM with 360L HD Radio Troubleshooting information from these stations and only SiriusXM with 360L interface has enhanced Digital Audio Delay : Wait for the signal to works when the information is available. in-vehicle listening experience for process. This can take several seconds. It is possible that a radio station could broadcast incorrect information that causes subscribers. The experience now offers more Volume Change, Audio Skip, Echo, Digital the radio features to work improperly. If this categories and system learned Audio Lost : Station signal strength may be happens, contact the radio station. recommendations toward discovering more weak, the station is out of range, or the personalized content. station may be out of alignment. Verify When information is broadcast from a RDS To use the full SiriusXM 360L program, proper reception on another station. station, the station name or call letters display on the audio screen. Radio text including streaming content and listening If the HD Radio signal weakens while supporting the currently playing broadcast recommendations, OnStar Connected Access listening to HD1, the radio will automatically may also appear. is required. Connected vehicle services vary switch to the analog version of the radio station. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 119 by model and require a complete working SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service Audio Players electrical system, cell reception, and GPS If equipped, SiriusXM Satellite Radio Service signal. An active connected plan is required. provides digital radio reception. Tall Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices Reference the SiriusXM user guide for use buildings or hills can interfere with satellite When using media devices such as SD cards, and subscription information. radio signals, causing the sound to fade in USB devices, and mobile devices, consider and out. In addition, traveling or standing Radio Reception the source. Untrusted media devices could under heavy foliage, bridges, garages, contain files that affect system operation or Unplug electronic devices from the accessory or tunnels may cause loss of the SiriusXM performance. Avoid use if the content or power outlets if there is interference or signal for a period of time. Some cellular origin cannot be trusted. static in the radio. services may interfere with SXM reception causing loss of signal. USB Port FM Mobile Device Usage Audio stored on a USB device may be FM signals only reach about 16 to 65 km (10 listened to. to 40 mi). Although the radio has a built-in Mobile device usage, such as making or electronic circuit that automatically works to receiving calls, charging, or just having the The vehicle may be equipped with two USB reduce interference, some static can occur, mobile device on may cause static ports on the center stack. These ports are especially around tall buildings or hills, interference in the radio. Unplug the mobile for data and charging. There may also be causing the sound to fade in and out. device or turn it off if this happens. two USB ports for charging only at the rear of the center console. AM Multi-Band Antenna Caution The range for most AM stations is greater The roof antenna is for AM, FM, SiriusXM than for FM, especially at night. The longer Satellite Radio, OnStar, and GPS (Global To avoid vehicle damage, unplug all range can cause station frequencies to Positioning System). Keep clear of accessories and disconnect all accessory interfere with each other. Static can also obstructions for clear reception. If the cables from the vehicle when not in use. occur when things like storms and power vehicle has a sunroof, and it is open, Accessory cables left plugged into the lines interfere with radio reception. When reception can also be affected. vehicle, unconnected to a device, could be this happens, try reducing the treble on the damaged or cause an electrical short if radio. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

120 Infotainment System My Media Library . Touch and hold to reverse quickly Caution (Continued) through playback. Release to return to MyMedia is only available when more than the unconnected end comes in contact playing speed. Elapsed time displays. one indexed device is connected. It allows with liquids or another power source such access to content from all indexed media 6 as the accessory power outlet. : sources. MyMedia will show as an available . Touch to seek the next track. source in the Source page. Playing from a USB . Touch and hold to advance quickly USB MP3 Player and USB Devices through playback. Release to return to A USB mass storage device can be connected playing speed. Elapsed time displays. to the USB port. The USB MP3 players and USB devices connected must comply with the USB Mass Shuffle : Touch the shuffle icon to play Audio extensions supported by the USB may Storage Class specification (USB MSC). music in random order. include: . MP3 To play a USB device: USB Sound Menu . AAC 1. Connect the USB. See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” . OGG 2. Touch Audio from the Home Page. under AM-FM Radio 0 116. . 3GP 3. Touch the More option and then touch USB Browse Menu the USB device. Gracenote When a list of songs, albums, artists, Use the following when playing an active When plugging in a USB device, Gracenote or other types of media displays, the up and USB source: service builds voice tags for music. Voice down arrows and A-Z appear on the left side. Select A-Z to view a display that will tags allow artists, albums with hard to p : Touch to play the current media source. pronounce names, and nicknames to be used show all letters of the alphabet and select to play music through voice recognition, j : Touch to pause playback of the current the letter to go to. if equipped. media source. Touch the up and down arrows to move the While indexing, infotainment features may 7 : list up and down. be available. . Touch to seek the beginning of the current or previous track. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 121 Touch Browse and the following may 2. Touch the album to view a list of all 3. Touch a file from the list to begin display: songs on the album. playback. Playlists: 3. Touch a song from the list to begin Podcasts : Touch to view the podcasts on 1. Touch to view the playlists stored on playback. the connected Apple device and get a list of the USB. Genres: podcast episodes. 2. Touch a playlist to view the list of all 1. Touch to view the genres on the USB. Audiobooks: songs in that playlist. 2. Touch a genre to view a list of artists. 1. Touch to view the audiobooks stored on 3. Touch a song from the list to begin 3. Touch an artist to view albums by that the Apple device. playback. artist. 2. Touch an audiobook to get a list of Supported playlist extensions are m3u 4. Touch an album to view songs on the chapters. and pls. album. 3. Touch the chapter from the list to begin Artists: 5. Touch a song to start playback. playback. 1. Touch to view the list of artists stored Composers: File System and Naming on the USB. 1. Touch to view the composers on File systems supported by the USB may 2. Touch an artist name to view a list of all the USB. include: albums by the artist. 2. Touch a Composer to view a list of . FAT32 3. To select a song, touch All Songs or albums by that composer. . NTFS touch an album and then touch a song 3. Touch an album or All Songs to view a . HFS+ from the list. list of songs. The songs, artists, albums, and genres are Songs: 4. Touch a song from the list to begin taken from the file’s song information and 1. Touch to display a list of all songs on playback. are only displayed if present. The radio the USB. displays the file name as the track name if Folders: the song information is not available. 2. To begin playback, touch a song from 1. Touch to view the directories on the list. the USB. Supported Apple Devices Albums: 2. Touch a folder to view a list of all files. To view supported devices, see 1. Touch to view the albums on the USB. my.gmc.com/learn. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

122 Infotainment System Storing and Recalling Media Favorites Podcasts : Touch H next to any podcast to Connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable from the auxiliary device to the auxiliary input jack. To store media favorites, touch Browse to store the podcast as a favorite. Touch a When a device is connected, the system can display a list of media types. saved favorite to recall a favorite podcast. The podcast begins to play. play audio from the device over the vehicle Touch one of the following Browse options speakers. to save a favorite: Audiobooks : Touch H next to any audiobook to store the audiobook as a If an auxiliary device has already been connected, but a different source is currently Playlists : Touch H next to any playlist to favorite. Touch a saved favorite to recall a active, touch More and then touch AUX to store the playlist as a favorite. Touch a favorite audiobook. The first chapter in the make the source active. saved favorite to recall a favorite playlist. audiobook begins to play. The first song in the playlist begins to play. Shuffle and Browse are not available in the Media Playback and Mute Artists : Touch H next to any artist to AUX source menu. store the artist as a favorite. Touch a saved USB playback will be paused if the system is Bluetooth Audio favorite to recall a favorite artist. The first muted. If the steering wheel mute control is song in the artist list begins to play. pressed again, playback will resume. Music may be played from a paired If the source is changed while in mute, Bluetooth device. See Bluetooth (Pairing and Songs : Touch H next to any song to store 0 playback resumes and audio will unmute. Using a Phone) 142 or the song as a favorite. Touch a saved Bluetooth (Overview) 0 141 for help pairing a favorite to recall a favorite song. Auxiliary Jack device. Albums : Touch H next to any album to If equipped, this vehicle has an auxiliary Volume and song selection may be store the album as a favorite. Touch a saved input jack in the center stack. Possible controlled by using the infotainment favorite to recall a favorite album. The first auxiliary audio sources include: controls or the mobile device. If Bluetooth is song in the album list begins to play. . Laptop computer selected and no volume is present, check the volume setting on the infotainment system. Genres : Touch H next to any genre to . Audio music player Music can be launched by touching store the genre as a favorite. Touch a saved This jack is not an audio output. Do not Bluetooth from the recent sources list on favorite to recall a favorite genre. The first plug headphones into the auxiliary input the left of the display or by touching the song of the genre begins to play. jack. Set up an auxiliary device while the More option and then touching the vehicle is in P (Park). Bluetooth device. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 123 To play music via Bluetooth: Browse functionality will be provided where LTE performance is based on industry 1. Power on the device, and pair to connect supported by the Bluetooth device. This averages and vehicle systems design. Some the device. media content will not be part of the services require a data plan. MyMedia source mode. 2. Once paired, touch Audio from the Home The OnStar App Page, then touch Bluetooth from the Some smartphones support sending recent sources list on the left of the Bluetooth music information to display on If equipped, the infotainment system has display. the radio. When the radio receives this OnStar controls in the embedded OnStar app information, it will check to see if any is on the Home Page. Most OnStar functions Bluetooth Sound Menu available and display it. For more that can be performed with the buttons can See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” information about supported Bluetooth be done using the app. To open the app, under AM-FM Radio 0 116. features, see my.gmc.com/learn. touch the OnStar icon on the Home Page. App updates require a corresponding service Manage Bluetooth Devices plan. Features vary by region and model. From the Home Page: OnStar System Features are subject to change. For more information, see my.gmc.com/learn or 1. Touch Audio. 4G LTE press Q. 2. Touch More. If equipped with 4G LTE, up to seven 3. Touch Bluetooth. devices, such as smartphones, tablets, and Services 4. Touch Devices to add or delete devices. laptops, can be connected to high-speed The Services tab displays the default view Internet through the vehicle’s built-in Wi-Fi for the app. Use this page to launch the When touching Bluetooth, the radio may hotspot. available OnStar services. Touch a service to not be able to launch the audio player on open its display. Touch Wi-Fi to launch the the connected device to start playing. When Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to connect to an OnStar Advisor for assistance. connections manager. Turn-by-Turn and the vehicle is not moving, use the mobile Advisor Call are the other tiled options. device to begin playback. See www.onstar.com for vehicle availability, details, and system limitations. Service and All devices launch audio differently. When connectivity may vary by make, model, selecting Bluetooth as a source, the radio year, carrier, availability, and conditions. 4G may show as paused on the display. Press LTE service is available in select markets. 4G play on the device or touch p on the display to begin playback. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

124 Infotainment System Account Wi-Fi Hotspot Predictive Navigation may learn elements The Account tab displays a snapshot of the Touch to display the Settings page, which such as: account linked with the vehicle. If there is shows the configurations for the vehicle . Personalized routes based on preferred no such account, this tab will show all hotspot and allows them to be changed. streets. values as ——. The advisor call icon will be For more information, see www.onstar.com. . Search results that provide best matches active even if there is no active account. at the top of the list. Advisor Call Navigation . Predictive traffic. . Local map content updating. Selecting Advisor Call is the same as pressing Q or calling 1-888-4ONSTAR Using the Navigation System Predictive Navigation can also be enabled or (1-888-466-7827). The X option in the upper If equipped, launch the Nav application by disabled at a later time by touching A right corner of the screen does not end the touching the Nav icon on the Home Page or (Options). While in Options, touch Settings, call, but returns to the previous screen. on the shortcut tray near the bottom of the then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Predictive Navigation. See Settings 0 147. Turn-by-Turn Directions infotainment display. Navigation Map View With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor When the Nav application is launched for can download a destination to the vehicle or the first time, a product walkthrough is its embedded navigation system, available. Use of the feature requires the if equipped. Select Turn-by-Turn Directions Terms and Conditions and the Privacy from the Services tab of the OnStar app to statement to be confirmed. If available and call an Advisor or select a recent or favorite signed into a profile, it is also suggested to destination. Touch the navigation icons to enable and confirm Predictive Navigation. select home, address or place. A destination Predictive Navigation (If Equipped) transfer from OnStar will show the detail view of the destination when it is If Predictive Navigation is available and transferred from OnStar to the Navigation confirmed, this feature learns preferences by remembering where the vehicle has been. After opening the Nav application for the application. See www.onstar.com for a first time, the application will always open coverage map. Services vary by model. Map It uses the locations and navigation history to personalize routes and results. in full map view displaying the vehicle’s coverage is available in the United States, current location. When the vehicle is Puerto Rico, and Canada. stopped, the search bar will appear along GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 125 the top of the navigation map view. customized profile, the current location . About Manually close the search bar by touching symbol will show a customized icon. See To exit a list, touch z in the top right z } Navigation Symbols 0 127. . When the vehicle is moving, the corner to return to the main map view. (Search) icon will replace the search bar to Map and Navigation Settings maximize the full map view. Make sure to set up preferences before Touch A while in the map view to display setting a destination and starting active Destination Card Preferences options. The following may display: guidance. From the Nav application, set up Home and . 3D Heading Up, 2D Heading Up, 2D North Map Preferences Work addresses to enable one-touch . Show on Map navigation. To set up Home and Work Touch to choose between basic map feature . Traffic Events (available with OnStar configurations: addresses, touch A and select Settings, Connected Navigation) then Map and Navigation Settings, and then Map Colors . Settings Destination Card Preferences. Show My . Auto – Touch to automatically change Places on Map should be on by default. . Edit Destination (if a route has been set) modes based on lighting conditions. . Avoid on Route (if a route has been set) Select and enter Home and/or Work address . Day (Light) and save. Touch Settings to view Map and Navigation . Night (Dark) Settings. The following may display: 3D Landmark (Default is On) : Touch On or . Destination Card Preferences Off. When turned on, the system will . Map Preferences display all 3D Landmarks on the map . Route Preferences depending on the zoom level. . Navigation Voice Control 3D Building (Default is Off) : Touch On or . Traffic Preferences Off. When turned on, the system will . Alert Preferences display all of the possible 3D building shapes . Fuel Grade Preferences on the map depending on the zoom level. If the vehicle’s system is not signed into a . Manage History Show Terrain in 3D (Default is Off) : customized profile, the current location icon . Predictive Navigation: See “Predictive If equipped, touch On or Off. When turned uses a generic symbol. Once signed into a Navigation (If Equipped)” previously in on, the system will display terrain this section. information on the map in 3D view. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

126 Infotainment System Auto-Zoom (Default is On) : Touch On or ‐ Tunnels Traffic on Map is turned on, the feature Off. When turned on, the system will ‐ Country Borders provides an overview of the traffic flow automatically adjust the zoom level when using different coded colors. The following the vehicle is approaching a turn. After the Navigation Voice Control options are available for rerouting: turn is completed, the system automatically Touch to access the voice control setting . Auto Reroute to Better Route – The brings the zoom back to the originally set display. system will automatically reroute if the level. If the vehicle is approaching a turn . Navigation Volume – To adjust the system detects there is a traffic issue with the next turn occurring shortly after, volume level, touch the up and down ahead. the Auto-Zoom will remain on until both arrows. If the voice guidance prompt is . Ask Before Rerouting (Default) – If the turns are completed. being heard, volume can also be adjusted system detects there is a traffic issue Route Preferences using the knob on the center stack or the ahead, it will display a pop-up with volume switch on the steering wheel. Touch to access the Route Preferences. The details about the issue. Choose to reroute choices are: . Navigation Voice Prompt Level during a or cancel the alert. Call. Options available are: . Never Search for Better Route – The . Preferred Route – Choose from two different route options: Fastest or ‐ Full Prompt (Selected by default) system will not check for a better route until one of the above options is selected. Eco-Friendly. ‐ Tone Only ‐ Fastest would be the route with the ‐ None Alert Preferences shortest drive time. Traffic Events (If Equipped) Set alerts on or off during both inactive and ‐ Eco-Friendly would be the most active guidance views. The following alerts fuel-efficient route. This feature provides a list of events that may be available: A . Avoid on Current Route – Choose any of are on the route or nearby. Touch and . Road Safety Alerts – Touch to display the road features to avoid while on route: then select Traffic Events. An OnStar upcoming School Zones. connected Navigation service plan is . Traffic Camera Alerts ‐ Highways required. ‐ Unpaved Roads Traffic Preferences (If Equipped) ‐ Ferries While in Map View, touch A, then Settings ‐ Carpool Lanes and then Map and Navigation Settings to ‐ Toll Roads access Traffic Preferences. When Show GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 127 Manage History SD Card Error Messages Navigation Symbols Touch Manage History to access the History The SD card only works for one unique Following are the most common symbols options: vehicle. The SD card must pass that may appear in the Nav application. . Clear Recent Destinations – Touch \ to authentication verification to be used for clear the recent destinations. that specific vehicle. Potential error scenarios and messages include: . Clear Search History – Touch to clear \ . The SD card has initialized for the first the search history. time: “Once initialized, this SD card can About only be used for navigation in this vehicle.” Touch to display software information, such as: . The SD card is not working properly: “SD This indicates the vehicle’s current location card is not functioning properly. and direction on the map. . Telenav Terms and Conditions (Error Code).” . Telenav Privacy Statement . The SD card is not paired with the . Navigation Version existing system: “This SD card is not valid Maps in this vehicle for navigation. See Owner’s Manual for more detail or visit your The Nav application requires a map database dealer. (Error Code).” to run. It is stored on an SD card that is . The SD card has been removed from the connected to the infotainment system. If the This is the vehicle’s current location icon slot: “SD card has been removed. during inactive guidance mode. Once a user map database is not available, a missing SD (Error Code).” card error message will be displayed. profile is created, the current location icon Touch Continue to resume after the can be customized. initialization error message. For the other This icon indicates the vehicle’s current messages, touch OK to return to the location and direction on the map. Home Page. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

128 Infotainment System The progress bar provides an overview of . An application downloaded to the vehicle the route progress and may show traffic and such as OnStar Services that can send incidents along the way. As the route destinations to the navigation system. proceeds, the vehicle icon moves up the bar. Waypoints Touch the icon to zoom out on the map and view the entire route. Touch it again to Add up to five waypoints, which are The destination pin marks the location of return to the previous view. additional destinations, along the route. To the final destination. Touch the pin to view add an additional stop or waypoint: View the drive time by touching the } the destination address or to add it or estimated time of arrival (ETA). 1. From active guidance, touch . remove it from the Favorites list. Hide the 2. Search for the destination using One-Box, Current Location information by touching the pin one more Voice search, or the Quick Category time. It will automatically time out if no When the vehicle is parked and not in a icons. action is taken. Navigation session, the user icon is centered 3. Choose search results Along Route, on the map view, highlighting the current Nearby, or Near Destination. location. 4. Choose the desired waypoint and touch Destination Add to Trip or replace the current destination by touching New Destination. Receiving Destination Directions from Different Sources Route options are not available for waypoints. If equipped, smart Points of Interest (POIs) Destinations can be received or transferred are places of interest for parking and gas from different sources to the Nav application Arriving at a Waypoint stations. for route guidance. If equipped, some of When approaching a waypoint, the system these sources may include: will display a Destination Arrival view. To . Navigation from search results. continue on to the next destination touch . OnStar Advisor destination download. the Drive to message on the infotainment . An address from the Contacts list. display. . An application on the smartphone that can send destinations to the vehicle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 129 If the vehicle passes the waypoint or gets If there is only one address in the Zoom Control out of the current route, the system will destinations list, the system will The zoom control display is shown on the automatically reroute back to this waypoint. disable the move and delete map view. A few ways to zoom in or At the same time, it will show a Drive to functions. The system will not allow out are: icon along with the next waypoint address the final destination to be deleted. so the current waypoint can be skipped and . Touch + or – to zoom in or out on guidance can resume to the next waypoint Map Information the map. or destination. Road network attributes are contained in the . Double tap with one finger to zoom in or single tap with two fingers to zoom out Editing a Waypoint map database for map information. Attributes include information such as street on the map. When waypoints are added during active names, street addresses, and turn . Use the index finger and thumb to zoom guidance, the system allows a stop to be restrictions. A detailed area includes all out by pinching and then zoom in by deleted or the order to be changed. To edit major highways, service roads, and spreading those two fingers on the map. a waypoint: residential roads. The detailed areas include 1. Touch A. Places of Interest (POIs) such as restaurants, Map Gestures and Map Scale airports, banks, hospitals, police stations, gas 2. Touch Edit Destinations. Use the following gestures on the stations, tourist attractions, and historical infotainment display to adjust the map scale . Modify destination order by touching monuments. and display options. and holding the arrow until it is highlighted. Drag to move the If the vehicle does not have an applicable . Pinch to zoom in or out. waypoint up or down the list. service plan, the map database may not . Pan the map. Y include data for newly constructed areas or . Use two fingers to tilt down and change . Delete a waypoint by touching . map database corrections that are A pop-up will appear to confirm from 2D to 3D. Tilt up to change back completed after production. The navigation to 2D. waypoint removal. Once the request system provides full route guidance in the . Rotate the map. is confirmed, the system will remove detailed map areas. the address from the destinations list. See Using the System 0 113. Touch z on the top right corner so the system can recalculate the route. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

130 Infotainment System Mute . 2D North Up: 2D map with North pointing Quick-Turn View up. In this mode, the current location icon When in active guidance, the audio prompts will shift as the vehicle turns left and while using navigation can be muted. Touch right. the speaker icon on the right side of the upper bar. A slash will appear on the Touch the icon to change the map type. The speaker to indicate voice guidance is muted. icon and label will also update accordingly. Active Guidance View Depending on the zoom level of the 2D Heading Up and 3D Heading Up maps, the When a destination is chosen and a system may automatically switch to the 2D navigation session is active, the navigation North Up map. system enters into an Active Guidance When the vehicle is approaching a turn with View (AGV). When in AGV, the entire route can be viewed in 2D North Up by touching the the next turn following in quick succession, Map Orientation traffic bar. The map will zoom out and a quick-turn list appears below the primary turn indicator. An audio prompt will Touch A on the map to access map readjust to display the full route. When in 2D North Up Route View, the Recenter icon announce the quick turn. orientation settings. Map orientation is 3D will appear in the middle of the display. Auto-Zoom Heading Up by default. Touch either the Recenter icon or the traffic When approaching a maneuver, the map Available settings are: bar again to return to the previous view, will automatically zoom in to show both the . 3D Heading Up (Default): 3D map with either 2D or 3D. vehicle icon and the upcoming maneuver to the vehicle pointing up. In this mode, the Lane Guidance give a better view of the maneuver. Once current location icon will always head up the maneuver is complete, the system will and the map will rotate around it. The map will display the lane information for the upcoming maneuver if it is available. zoom back to the previous zoom level. . 2D Heading Up: 2D map with the vehicle Touch A on the map to access Settings, pointing up. In this mode, the current Junction View then touch Map Preferences to access location icon will always head up and the When a vehicle is on the highway and Auto-Zoom. This feature can be enabled or map will rotate around it. approaching the exit, an image displays the disabled. lane that the vehicle must stay in to complete the next maneuver. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 131 Directions Highway Exits List Destination, and Traffic Indicator are Touch the menu option next to the next displayed in a panel pinned on the right of turn street name to display Directions. the display. Directions displays the turns and directions Navigation Next Turn Maneuver Alert from the current location to the final If the Navigation application is not open destination. when a near maneuver prompt is given, it is Editing Directions shown as an alert. Touch the alert to go to the main navigation view or touch z to Directions can be edited by choosing y, dismiss the alert. which expands the list to fill the display and enters the Edit Mode. While in Edit Mode, Touch C to open the Exit list. This icon Repeat Voice Guidance an unwanted route segment can be displays next to the current street name removed from the route by touching Y next near the bottom of the display. The icon to the segment. A pop-up appears to only appears when on a highway with confirm segment removal. defined exits. When the route segment has been removed, While traveling on roads with designated all segments are replaced by an activity exits, an Exit list may be available. The Exit indicator while the new route is list displays the exit number, distance to the This symbol indicates the next guidance recalculated. When the recalculation is exit from the current vehicle position, and maneuver. Touch it to repeat the last complete, the activity indicator is replaced convenience stops that may be available, spoken guidance instruction. with the new route segments. such as gas, coffee, food, and lodging. Incident Alert (If Equipped) Next Maneuver Menu During active guidance, if the system When in Active Guidance, the Next determines that there is an incident ahead Maneuver Turn Arrow, Street Name, and but there is not a better route, the system Maneuver Distance are shown in the Next will play a tone and show a Quick Notice. Maneuver at the top of the display This will only show once per incident. overlaying the map. ETA, Distance to GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

132 Infotainment System Incident Reports (If Equipped) Accessing Favorites Recenter Position Icon Incident report icons, along with traffic flow In the Nav application, view the Favorites Touch the Recenter Position arrow in the data, display on the map during both active list by touching H in the search bar along middle of the map view to reset the map to and inactive guidance. the top of the Nav map view. If the search the current location. End Route bar is closed, touch } and select H. Last Parked Location Touch Cancel at the top right corner to end Saving Favorites The Last Parked Location is the last location active guidance and return to inactive Favorites can be added from a number of the vehicle engine was turned off. That guidance. If active guidance is canceled the system’s applications. Touch the location is displayed in the first row of the before the destination has been reached, a favorites icon to save content as a favorite. Recents list. Touching the last Parked pop-up option to Resume Trip will appear. Location shows the Address Details view to Renaming Navigation Favorites Resume Trip either save the address or drive to it. The 1. Touch the Settings icon on the Home Last Parked Location can be deleted by The trip can be resumed if it was canceled Page and touch the System tab. entering the Edit display. Once the Last by touching the Resume Trip pop-up option. 2. Touch Favorites to access the Manage Parked Location is deleted, it no longer If the system has determined that the Favorites option. appears in the Recents list, unless the vehicle is started at that location again. destination has been reached, either because 3. Touch a saved Navigation favorite to the arrival view displayed or the destination access the edit icon. Touch the edit icon Show POI Icons has been passed, the Resume Trip option to rename the favorite. will not appear. To see the POI categories, touch Options, 4. Touch Save to store the renamed then touch Show on Map. Up to eight Favorites favorite. categories of icons can be selected. The navigation favorites can have contacts, Recents addresses, or POIs that have been saved through the favorite icon on the Touch H to access a list of recent details view. destinations. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 133 Smart POI Icons on Map (If Equipped) attempt to display nearby parking Search While in Motion with No Front Seat destinations with pricing information, Passenger Present if available. The search display will not allow changes or Report an Issue Using POI Details (If text input with the keyboard when the Equipped) vehicle is in motion. As a result, a display In the POI details page, a POI issue can be showing three rows of the most commonly reported if the data is not accurate or the used categories appears. Touching the search address is incorrect. Touch Report an Issue box will activate speech recognition. near the bottom of the display to access the Search While in Motion with Front Seat issue selection page. Touch one of the Passenger Present The smart POI icons such as fuel stations predefined issues on the selection page, If the system detects that the front seat and parking may appear based on time, then touch Send. The system will send the passenger is present with both driver and location, driver search behavior, driving information for analysis. passenger seat belts buckled, touching the conditions, and vehicle conditions. Search search icon will display an alert message Touch a smart POI icon to open the Touch Search on the infotainment display to that allows the passenger to search for a corresponding details: open the search display. It has a search field destination as if the vehicle were stopped. . Left side: Name and address of the POI. entry box, quick category icon shortcuts, Connected Navigation . Right side: E + ETE (Estimated Time recents icon, favorites icon, and keyboard. Enroute.) Connected Navigation is a subscription Auto Complete service that enables certain capabilities Smart Fuel Station Icons Enter a partial location in the field entry box within the navigation system, such as Fuel station prices are shown if available for on the search display. Auto complete will Traffic, Smart Search/Routing, and Predictive nearby stations when the vehicle is low attempt to complete the destination based Navigation capabilities. The system will on fuel. on what is being entered. Touch the show an alert when the subscription is suggested item to search. expiring and will ask to renew the plan. Smart Parking Icons When reaching a densely populated destination and the system determines that parking may be limited, the system will GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

134 Infotainment System OnStar System If equipped, after touching the Turn-by-Turn Global Positioning System (GPS) Directions icon, select destinations from With a connected plan, an OnStar Advisor Recents or Favorites. Recents or Favorites If equipped, the position of the vehicle is can download a destination to the vehicle or will be empty if this is the first use. To find determined by using satellite signals, various into the built-in navigation system. new locations, touch OnStar Advisor, Home vehicle signals, and map data. Directions, Place Voice Search, or Address At times, other interference such as the Voice Search. satellite condition, road configuration, Lane Guidance condition of the vehicle, and/or other circumstances can affect the navigation system's ability to determine the accurate position of the vehicle. The GPS shows the current position of the vehicle using signals sent by GPS satellites. When the vehicle is not receiving signals Touch OnStar Services on the Home Page to from the satellites, a symbol appears in the access the OnStar menu. Touch Turn-by-Turn status bar. Directions icon while on the Services tab of This system might not be available or the OnStar menu. When available, the system will show the interference can occur if any of the Turn-by-Turn Navigation best lane(s) to be in for the next maneuver. following are true: Cancel a Route . Signals are obstructed by tall buildings, trees, large trucks, or a tunnel. If a route is in progress using either the . Satellites are being repaired or improved. vehicle navigation system or the Turn-by-Turn route, and a new route is For more information if the GPS is not requested, the current route in progress will functioning properly, see Problems with be canceled. Route Guidance 0 135 and If the System Needs Service 0 135. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 135 Vehicle Positioning . The tire pressure for the tires is incorrect. . Automatic rerouting might display a route . This is the first navigation use after the returning to the set waypoint if heading At times, the position of the vehicle on the map data is updated. for a destination without passing through map could be inaccurate due to one or more a set waypoint. of the following reasons: . The 12-volt battery has been disconnected for several days. . The route prohibits the entry of a vehicle . The road system has changed. . The vehicle is driving in heavy traffic due to a regulation by time or season or . The vehicle is driving on slippery road where driving is at low speeds, and the any other regulation which may be given. surfaces such as sand, gravel, or snow. vehicle is stopped and started repeatedly. . Some routes might not be searched. . The vehicle is traveling on winding roads . The route to the destination might not be or long, straight roads. Problems with Route Guidance shown if there are new roads, if roads . The vehicle is approaching a tall building Inappropriate route guidance can occur have recently changed, or if certain roads or a large vehicle. are not listed in the map data. See Maps under one or more of the following 0 . The surface streets run parallel to a conditions: 127. freeway. . The turn was not made on the road To recalibrate the vehicle's position on the . The vehicle has been transferred by a indicated. map, park with the vehicle running for two vehicle carrier or a ferry. . Route guidance might not be available to five minutes, until the vehicle position . The current position calibration is set when using automatic rerouting for the updates. Make sure the vehicle is parked in incorrectly. next right or left turn. a location that is safe and has a clear view of the sky and away from large . The vehicle is traveling at high speed. . The route might not be changed when obstructions. . The vehicle changes directions more than using automatic rerouting. once, or the vehicle is turning on a turn . There is no route guidance when turning If the System Needs Service table in a parking lot. at an intersection. If the navigation system needs service, see . The vehicle is entering and/or exiting a . Plural names of places might be your dealer. parking lot, garage, or a lot with a roof. announced occasionally. . The GPS signal is not received. . It could take a long time to operate Map Data Updates automatic rerouting during high-speed . A roof carrier is installed on the vehicle. The map data in the vehicle is the most driving. . Tire chains are installed on the vehicle. up-to-date information available when the . The tires are replaced or worn. vehicle was produced. The map data is GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

136 Infotainment System updated periodically, provided that the map See www.gmnavdisc.com for details on However, not all features within these areas information has changed and the vehicle has ordering, purchasing, and installing a new or are supported by voice commands. a relevant service plan. replacement SD card. Features are subject to Generally, only complex tasks that require change. For more information on this multiple manual interactions to complete Over-the-Air-Vehicle Map Updates feature, see my.gmc.com/learn. are supported by voice commands. If equipped, the infotainment system can Database Coverage Explanations For example, tasks that take more than one receive map updates over the air. Map or two touches, such as a song or artist to updates occur within a 161 km (100 mi) Coverage areas vary with respect to the play from a media device, would be radius around the home address on file. This level of map detail available for any given supported by voice commands. Other tasks, boundary will adjust over time based on area. Some areas feature greater levels of like adjusting the volume or seeking up or driving patterns. The vehicle uses a detail than others. If this happens, it does down, are audio features that are easily Cloud-connected service to receive the date not mean there is a problem with the performed by touching one or two options, and downloads it to the system’s onboard system. As the map data is updated, more and are not supported by voice commands. SD card, if equipped. A data plan or detail can become available for areas that In general there are flexible ways to speak compatible mobile device hotspot is previously had limited detail. See Map Data commands for completing the tasks. required. The SD card is required for Updates 0 135. navigation system function. If your language supports it, try stating a When a map update is available, a prompt Voice Recognition one-shot command, such as “Directions to will appear on the infotainment display. address .” Do not include the ZIP code download and run in the background hands-free operation within the navigation, while stating the address during the without interruption any infotainment audio, phone, and weather applications. This command. Another example of a one-shot functions. The download will carry over feature can be started by pressing g on the Destination Entry command is, “Directions to ignition cycles, stopping and starting where steering wheel or touching g on the Place of Interest at .” If these it left off. The updates can be set to infotainment display. commands do not work, try saying, “Take download automatically. me to Place of Interest” or “Find address” and the system will walk you through by asking additional questions. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 137 Hybrid Speech Recognition There are three voice prompt modes the voice recognition dialog will progress in supported: the same way as if the selection were made If equipped, this feature helps distinguish using a voice command. Once the system words by using Internet-based information . Informative verbal prompts: This type of completes the task, or the session is along with the system’s voice recognition prompt will provide more information terminated, the voice recognition dialog database. This allows you to speak more regarding the supported actions. stops. naturally when using voice recognition. . Short prompts: This type of prompt will provide simple instructions about what An example of this type of manual Using Voice Recognition can be stated. intervention is touching an entry of a Voice recognition becomes available once . Auto informative prompts: This type of displayed number list instead of speaking the system has been initialized. This begins prompt plays during the first few speech the number associated with the entry when the ignition is turned on. Initialization sessions, then automatically switches to desired. may take a few moments. the short prompt after some experience Canceling Voice Recognition has been gained through using the 1. Press on the steering wheel controls g system. . Touch or say “Cancel” or “Exit” to to activate voice recognition. terminate the voice recognition session 2. The audio system mutes and the system If a command is not spoken, the voice and show the display where voice plays a prompt. recognition system says a help prompt. recognition was initiated. 3. Clearly speak one of the commands Prompts and Infotainment Displays . Press i on the steering wheel controls described in this section. While a voice recognition session is active, to terminate the voice recognition session A voice recognition system prompt can there may be corresponding options and show the display where voice be interrupted while it is playing by showing on the displays. A selection can be recognition was initiated. pressing g again. made by manually touching the option, Natural Language Commands or by speaking the number for the option to Once voice recognition is started, both the select. Manual interaction in the voice Most languages do not support natural infotainment display and instrument cluster recognition session is permitted. Interaction language commands in sentence form. For show the selections and visual dialog during a voice session may be completed those languages, use direct commands like content. These displays can be turned on or entirely using voice commands while some the examples shown on the display. off in the Tutorial Mode under Settings manual commands may expedite a task. If a 0 147. selection is made using a manual control, GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

138 Infotainment System Helpful Hints for Speaking Commands place, such as an Address, Intersection, When a display contains a list, there may be POI, or Contact. If Address or Intersection options that are available but not displayed. Voice recognition can understand commands is selected, the second command is to The list on a voice recognition screen that are naturally stated in sentence form or say, “Change Country.” Once the system functions the same as a list on other direct commands that state the application responds, say the country before saying displays. Scrolling or flinging can be used to and the task. the rest of the address and/or help display other entries from the list. For best results: intersection. Manually scrolling or paging the list on a . Listen for the prompt before saying a If POI is asked for, say “Change Location,” display during a voice recognition session command or reply. then “Change Country.” suspends the current voice recognition event . Speak the command naturally, not too Direct commands might be more clearly and plays the prompt “Please select fast, not too slow. understood by the system. An example of a manually or touch the Back icon on the . Use direct commands without a lot of direct command would be “Call .” infotainment display to try again.” extra words. For example, “Call Examples of these direct commands are If manual selection takes more than at work,”“Play” followed by the artist or displayed on most of the screens while a 15 seconds, the session terminates and song name, or “Tune” followed by the voice session is active. If “Phone” or “Phone prompts that it has timed out. The display radio station number. Commands,” is spoken, the system returns to the display where voice . Navigation destinations can be made in a understands that a phone call is requested recognition was initiated. single command using keywords. A few and will respond with questions until The Back Command examples are: “I want directions to an enough details are gathered to make a call. address,”“I need to find a place of If a cell phone number has been saved with Say “Back” or touch the Back icon on the interest or (POI),” or “Find contact.” a name and a place, the direct command infotainment display to go to the The system responds by requesting more should include both, for example “Call previous menu. details. For other POIs, say the name of a at work.” If in voice recognition, and “Back” is spoken category like “Restaurants,”“Shopping all the way back to the starting display, and Malls,” or “Hospitals.” Using Voice Recognition for List Options then “Back” is spoken one more time, the . Navigating to a destination outside of the When a list is displayed, a voice prompt will voice recognition session will cancel. current country takes more than one ask to confirm or select an option from command. The first command is to tell that list. the system where the navigation will take GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 139 Help “Tune to FM HD” : Tune to “Play Song” : Begin a dialog to enter a Say “Help” on any voice recognition display the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose specific song name. and the help prompt for the display is frequency is identified in the command. “Play Song ” : Begin playback played. “Tune to FM HD ” : Tune to the HD Radio Voice Recognition for the Radio “Play Genre” : Begin a dialog to enter a station (if equipped) whose frequency and specific genre. If browsing the audio sources when voice is HD channel are identified in the command. touched, the voice recognition commands “Play Genre ” : Begin “Tune to SXM ” : playback of a specific genre. for AM, FM, and SiriusXM (if equipped) are Tune to the SiriusXM radio station whose available. channel number is identified in the “Play Playlist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Switch to AM” : Switch bands to AM and command. specific playlist name. tune to the last AM radio station. “Tune to SXM ” : Tune “Play Playlist ” : Begin “Switch to FM” : Switch bands to FM and to the SiriusXM radio station whose channel playback of a specific playlist. tune to the last FM radio station. name is identified in the command. “Play ” : Play music from a “Switch to SXM” : Switch bands to SiriusXM Voice Recognition for Audio MyMedia specific device identified by name. The and tune to the last SiriusXM channel. device name is the name displayed on the The available voice recognition commands display when the device is first selected as “Tune to AM” : Tune to for [browsing] MyMedia are: an audio source. the radio station whose frequency is identified in the command (like “nine fifty”). “Play Artist” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Chapter” : Begin a dialog to enter a specific artist name. specific name. “Tune to FM” : Tune to the radio station whose frequency is identified “Play Artist ” : Begin playback “Play Chapter ” : Begin in the command (like “one oh one of a specific artist. playback of a specific chapter. point one”). “Play Album” : Begin a dialog to enter a “Play Audiobook” : Begin a dialog to enter “Tune to AM HD” : Tune specific album name. a specific audiobook. to the HD Radio station (if equipped) whose “Play Album ” : Begin “Play Audiobook ” : frequency is identified in the command. playback of a specific album. Begin playback of a specific audiobook. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

140 Infotainment System “Play Episode” : Begin a dialog to enter a There are no restrictions if the number of The system will provide feedback the first specific name. files and albums is fewer than 12,000. When time voice recognition is initiated if it has “Play Episode ” : Begin the number of files connected to the system become apparent that any of these limits playback of a specific episode. is between 12,000 and 24,000, the content are reached during a device initializing cannot be accessed directly with one process. “Play Podcast” : Begin a dialog to enter a command like “Play .” specific podcast. Voice recognition performance will degrade The restriction is that the command “Play to some extent based on many factors when “Play Podcast ” : Begin Song” must be spoken first; the system will adding large amounts of data to recognize. playback of a specific podcast. then ask for the song name. The reply If this is the case, perhaps accessing songs “My Media” : Begin a dialog to enter the command would be to say the name of the through playlists or artist name would work desired media content. song to play. better. Handling Large Amounts of Media Content Similar limits exist for album content. Voice Recognition for Navigation (If If there are more than 12,000 albums, but Equipped) It is expected that large amounts of media fewer than 24,000, the content cannot be content will be brought into the vehicle. accessed directly with one command like, “Navigation” : Begin a dialog to enter It may be necessary to handle large “Play .” The command “Play specific destination information. amounts of media content in a different Album” must first be spoken; the system “Navigation Commands” : Begin a dialog to way than smaller amounts of media. The will then ask for the album name. The reply enter specific destination information. system may limit the options of voice would be to say the name of the album recognition by not allowing selection of files to play. “Address” : Begin a dialog to enter a by voice at the highest level if the number specific destination address, which includes of files exceeds the maximum limit. Once the number of files has exceeded the entire address consisting of the house approximately 24,000, there is no support number, street name, city, state/province, Changes to voice commands due to media for accessing the songs directly through and country. Do not include the ZIP code. content limits are: voice commands. There will still be access to . Files including other individual files of all the media content by using commands for “Place of Interest” : Begin a dialog to enter media types such as songs, audiobook playlists, artists, and genres. a destination Place of Interest category or chapters, podcast episodes, and videos. major brand name. The access commands for playlists, artists, . Album type folders including types such and genres are prohibited after the number as albums and audiobooks. of this type of media exceeds 12,000. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 141 The name must be precisely spoken. “Redial” : Initiate a call to the last dialed Phone Nicknames or short names for the number. businesses will not likely be found. Lesser “Switch Phone” : Select a different Bluetooth (Overview) known businesses might have to be located connected cell phone for outgoing calls. by category, such as fast food, hotels, The Bluetooth-capable system can interact or banks. “Voice Keypad” : Begin a dialog to enter with many mobile devices, allowing: special numbers like international numbers. “Navigate to Contact” : Begin a dialog to . Placement and receipt of calls in a The numbers can be entered in groups of hands-free mode. enter a specific destination contact name. digits with each group of digits being . Sharing of the device’s address book or “Cancel Route” : End route guidance. repeated back by the system. If the group contact list with the vehicle. of digits is not correct, the command “Take Me Home” : Create a route to a To minimize driver distraction, before stored home location. “Delete” will remove the last group of digits and allow them to be re-entered. Once the driving, and with the vehicle parked: Voice Recognition for the Phone entire number has been entered, the . Become familiar with the features of the command “Call” will start dialing the mobile device. Organize the phone book “Call ” : Initiate a call to a number. and contact lists clearly and delete stored contact. The command may include duplicate or rarely used entries. location if the contact has location numbers Phone Assistant Voice Recognition If possible, program speed dial or other stored. Press and hold g on the steering wheel shortcuts. “Call At Home,”“At Work,”“On controls to pass through and launch Google . Review the controls and operation of the Mobile,” or “On Other” : Initiate a call to a phone assistant or Siri. infotainment system. stored contact and location at home, at . Pair mobile device(s) to the vehicle. The work, on mobile device, or on another For the low radio, whether connected by system may not work with all mobile phone. Bluetooth or phone projection, the only available voice recognition is either Siri devices. See “Pairing” later in this section. “Call ” : Initiate a call (iPhone) or the Google Assistant (Android). Vehicles with a Bluetooth system can use a to a cell phone number of seven digits, 10 Bluetooth-capable mobile device with a digits, or three digit emergency numbers. Hands-Free Profile to make and receive “Pair Phone” : Begin the Bluetooth pairing phone calls. The infotainment system and process. Follow the instructions on the voice recognition are used to control the infotainment display. system. The system can be used while the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

142 Infotainment System ignition is on or in ACC/ACCESSORY. The Audio System Another way to connect is to touch the range of the Bluetooth system can be up to Phones tab at the top right of the display When using the Bluetooth mobile device 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all mobile devices support and then touch Add Phone. system, sound comes through the vehicle's all functions and not all mobile devices work front audio system speakers and overrides . A Bluetooth smartphone with music with the Bluetooth system. See my.gmc.com the audio system. The volume level while on capability can be paired to the vehicle as for more information about compatible a mobile device call can be adjusted by a smartphone and a music player at the mobile devices. pressing the steering wheel controls or the same time. Controls volume control on the center stack. The . Up to 10 devices can be paired to the adjusted volume level remains in memory Bluetooth system. Use the controls on the center stack and the for later calls. The volume cannot be . The pairing process is disabled when the steering wheel to operate the Bluetooth lowered beyond a certain level. vehicle is moving. system. . Pairing only needs to be completed once, Steering Wheel Controls Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a unless the pairing information on the cell g : Press to answer incoming calls and start Phone) phone changes or the cell phone is deleted from the system. voice recognition on your connected Pairing Bluetooth mobile device. . If multiple paired cell phones are within A Bluetooth-enabled mobile device must be range of the system, the system connects i : Press to end a call, decline a call, paired to the Bluetooth system and then to the paired cell phone that is set to or cancel an operation. Press to mute or connected to the vehicle before it can be First to Connect. If there is no cell phone unmute the infotainment system when not used. See the mobile device manufacturer's set to First to Connect, it will link to the on a call. user guide for Bluetooth functions before cell phone which was used last. To link to Infotainment System Controls pairing the device. a different paired cell phone, see “Linking to a Different Phone” later in this section. For information about how to navigate the Pairing Information menu system using the infotainment . If no mobile device has been connected, Pairing a Phone controls, see Using the System 0 113. the Phone main page on the infotainment 1. Make sure Bluetooth has been enabled display will show the Connect Phone on the cell phone before the pairing option. Touch this option to connect. process is started. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 143 2. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page 8. If the vehicle name does not appear on 3. Touch Phones to access all paired and all or the phone icon on the shortcut tray your cell phone, there are a few ways to connected cell phones and mobile near the bottom of the display. start the pairing process over: devices. 3. Touch Phones at the top of the . Turn the cell phone off and then 4. Touch the information icon to the right infotainment display. There is also a back on. of the cell phone to open the cell Connect Phones option in the middle of . Go back to the beginning of the phone’s settings menu. the Phone display which will shortcut to Phone menus on the infotainment 5. Touch the First to Connect option, to the Phone List menu. display and restart the pairing enable the setting for that device. process. 4. Touch Add Phone. Cell phones and mobile devices can be 5. Select the vehicle name shown on the . Reset the cell phone, but this step added, removed, connected, and infotainment display from your cell should be done as a last effort. disconnected. A sub-menu will display phone’s Bluetooth Settings list. 9. If the cell phone prompts to accept whenever a request is made to add or 6. Follow the instructions on the cell phone connection or allow phone book manage cell phones and mobile devices. download, touch Always Accept and to confirm the six-digit code showing on Secondary Phone the infotainment display and touch Pair. Allow. The phone book may not be The code on the cell phone and available if not accepted. A cell phone can be enabled as a Secondary infotainment display will need to be 10. Repeat Steps 1−8 to pair additional cell Phone by touching the information icon to acknowledged for a successful pair. phones. the right of the paired cell phone name to open the phone settings menu. If a cell 7. Start the pairing process on the cell First to Connect Paired Phones phone is enabled as a Secondary Phone, it phone to be paired to the vehicle. See If multiple paired cell phones are within can connect simultaneously alongside the cell phone manufacturer's user guide another Bluetooth mobile device. In doing for information on this process. Once the range of the system, the system connects to the paired cell phone that is set as First to so, the Secondary Phone will be labeled as cell phone is paired, it will show under Incoming Calls. This means the mobile Connected. Connect. To enable a paired cell phone as the First to Connect phone: device can only receive calls. The Address Book of a Secondary Phone will not be 1. Make sure the cell phone is turned on. available and hands-free outgoing calls 2. Touch Settings, then touch System. cannot be placed using this cell phone. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

144 Infotainment System If needed, touch the Secondary Phone while 3. Touch the information icon next to the . While the active call is on the handset, in the Phones list to swap it into the connected cell phone to display the cell touch the Handset option to switch to the Outgoing and Incoming role. This role makes phone’s or mobile device’s information hands-free mode. it possible to place outgoing calls from the display. Contacts and Recents list. Making a Call Using Contacts and Recent 4. Touch Forget Device. Calls Listing All Paired and Connected Phones Linking to a Different Phone Calls can be made through the Bluetooth 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page To link to a different cell phone, the new system using personal cell phone contact or the phone icon on the shortcut tray cell phone must be in the vehicle and paired information for all cell phones that support near the bottom of the display. to the Bluetooth system. the Phone Book feature. Become familiar 2. Touch Phones. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page with the cell phone settings and operation. Disconnecting a Connected Phone or the phone icon on the shortcut tray Verify the cell phone supports this feature. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. near the bottom of the display. The Contacts menu accesses the phone book 2. Touch Phones. 2. Touch Phones. stored in the cell phone. 3. Touch the information icon next to the 3. Touch the new cell phone to link to from The Recents menu accesses the recents call connected cell phone or mobile device to the not connected phone list. See “First list from your cell phone. show the cell phone’s or mobile device’s to Connect Paired Phones” and To make a call using the Contacts menu: information display. “Secondary Phone” previously in this section. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. 4. Touch Disconnect. 2. Touch Contacts. Deleting a Paired Phone Switching to Handset or Handsfree Mode 3. The Contacts list can be searched by 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page using the first character. Touch A-Z on or the phone icon on the shortcut tray To switch between handset or the infotainment display to scroll near the bottom of the display. handsfree mode: through the list of names. 2. Touch Phones. . While the active call is hands-free, touch Touch the name to call. the Handset option to switch to the 4. Touch the desired contact number to call. handset mode. The mute icon will not be available or To make a call using the Recents menu: functional while Handset mode is active. 1. Touch Phone on the Home Page. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 145 2. Touch Recents. Accepting a Call Switching Between Calls (Call Waiting 3. Touch the name or number to call. There are two ways to accept a call: Calls Only) Making a Call Using the Keypad . Press g on the steering wheel controls. To switch between calls, touch Phone on the Home Page to display Call View. While in To make a call by dialing the numbers: . Touch Answer on the infotainment Call View, touch the call information of the display. 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. call on hold to change calls. Declining a Call 2. Touch Keypad and enter a phone Three-Way Calling number. There are two ways to decline a call: Three-way calling must be supported on the 3. Touch # on the infotainment display to . Press i on the steering wheel controls. Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the start dialing the number. . Touch Ignore on the infotainment display. wireless service carrier to work. Searching Contacts Using the Keypad Call Waiting To start a three-way call while in a current call: To search for contacts using the keypad: Call waiting must be supported on the 1. In the Call View, touch Add Call to add 1. Touch the Phone icon on the Home Page. Bluetooth cell phone and enabled by the wireless service carrier to work. another call. 2. Touch Keypad and enter partial phone 2. Initiate the second call by selecting from Accepting a Call numbers or contact names using the Recents, Contacts, or Keypad. digits on the keypad to search. Press g to answer, then touch Switch on 3. When the second call is active, touch the Results will show on the right side of the the infotainment display. merge icon to conference the three-way display. Touch one to place a call. Declining a Call call together. Accepting or Declining a Call Press i to decline, then touch Ignore on Ending a Call When an incoming call is received, the the infotainment display . Press i on the steering wheel controls. infotainment system mutes and a ring tone is heard in the vehicle. . Touch # on the infotainment display, next to a call, to end only that call. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

146 Infotainment System Dual Tone Multi-Frequency (DTMF) Tones 3. When the phone is first connected to USB data port. For best performance, activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, it is highly recommended to use the The in-vehicle Bluetooth system can send accept the terms and conditions on both device’s factory-provided USB cable. numbers during a call. This is used when the infotainment system and the phone. Aftermarket or third-party cables may calling a menu-driven phone system. Use the not work. Keypad to enter the number. 4. Follow the instructions on the phone. . Connecting the phone over Bluetooth. The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons See Bluetooth (Pairing and Using a Apple CarPlay and Android Auto on the Home Page will illuminate depending Phone) 0 142 or on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or If equipped, Android Auto and/or Apple Bluetooth (Overview) 0 141. CarPlay capability may be available through Apple CarPlay may automatically launch a compatible smartphone. If available, the upon USB connection. If not, touch the 3. Make sure wireless is turned on the Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons will Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the phone for wireless projection to work. change from gray to color on the Home Home Page to launch. 4. When the phone is first connected to activate Apple CarPlay or Android Auto, Page of the infotainment display. Press { on the center stack to return to the agree to the terms and conditions on To use Android Auto and/or Apple CarPlay: Home Page. both the infotainment system and the For Wired Phone Projection For Wireless Phone Projection phone. 1. Download the Android Auto app to your Verify your phone is wireless compatible by 5. Follow the instructions on the phone. smartphone from the Google Play store. visiting the Google Android Auto or Apple The Android Auto and Apple CarPlay icons There is no app required for Apple CarPlay support page. on the Home Page will illuminate depending CarPlay. 1. Download the Android Auto app to your on the smartphone. Android Auto and/or 2. Connect your Android phone or Apple smartphone from the Google Play store. Apple CarPlay may automatically launch iPhone by using the factory-provided There is no app required for Apple upon wireless connection. If not, touch the phone USB cable and plugging into a CarPlay. Android Auto or Apple CarPlay icon on the USB data port. For best performance, it is 2. For first time connection, there are two Home Page to launch. highly recommended to use the device’s ways to set up wireless projection: factory-provided USB cable. Aftermarket To disconnect the phones wireless or third-party cables may not work. . Connect your Android phone or Apple projection: iPhone by using the factory-provided 1. Select Settings from the Home Page. phone USB cable and plugging into a 2. Select Phones GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 147 3. Touch 4 next to the phone to be Apple CarPlay and Android Auto can be 2. Touch the desired category to display a disconnected. disabled from the infotainment system. To list of available options. do this, touch Home, Settings, and then 4. Turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. 3. Touch to select the desired feature touch the Apps tab along the top of the setting. Press { on the center stack to return to the display. Use the On/Off toggled to turn off Apple CarPlay or Android Auto. 4. Touch the options on the infotainment Home Page. display to disable or enable a feature. Features are subject to change. For further 5. Touch z to go to the top level of the information on how to set up Android Auto Settings Settings menu. and Apple CarPlay in the vehicle, see Certain settings can be managed in the my.gmc.com. Owner Center sites when an account is System Android Auto is provided by Google and is established, and may be modified if other The menu may contain the following: subject to Google’s terms and privacy policy. users have accessed the vehicle or created Apple CarPlay is provided by Apple and is accounts. This may result in changes to the Time / Date subject to Apple’s terms and privacy policy. security or functionality of the infotainment Use the following features to set the clock: Data plan rates apply. For Android Auto system. Some settings may also be . Automatic Time and Date: Touch Off or support see https://support.google.com/ transferred to a new vehicle, if equipped. For On to enable or disable automatic update androidauto. For Apple CarPlay support see instructions, in the U.S. see my.gmc.com or of the time and date. When this feature www.apple.com/ios/carplay/. Apple or in Canada see mygmc.ca or mongmc.ca. is on, the time and date cannot be Google may change or suspend availability Refer to the User Terms and Privacy manually set. at any time. Android Auto, Android, Google, Statement for important details. To view, . Set Time: Touch to manually set the time Google Play, and other marks are touch the Settings icon on the Home Page using the controls on the infotainment trademarks of Google Inc.; Apple CarPlay is a of the infotainment display. display. trademark of Apple Inc. The settings menu may be organized into . Set Date: Touch to manually set the date Press { on the center stack to exit Android three categories. Select the desired category using the controls on the infotainment Auto or Apple CarPlay. To enter back into by touching System, Apps, or Vehicle. display. Android Auto or Apple CarPlay, press and To access the personalization menus: hold { on the center stack. 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page on the infotainment display. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

148 Infotainment System . Automatic Time Zone (If Equipped): Touch If a 4G LTE data package is not active on the Privacy Off or On to disable or enable automatic vehicle, the infotainment system can be Touch and the following may display: update of the time zone based on vehicle connected to an external protected Wi-Fi location. When this feature is on, the network, such as a mobile device or home . Location Services: This setting enables or time zone cannot be manually set. hotspot, to utilize connected services. disables sharing of vehicle location outside the vehicle. Emergency services . Select Time Zone: Touch to manually set Wi-Fi Hotspot will not be affected when Off is selected. the time zone. Touch a time zone from the list. Touch and the following may display: . Data Services: If equipped, this setting determines if data sharing can be used by . Use 24-hour Format: Touch to specify the . Wi-Fi Services: This allows devices to use features including Wi-Fi, Hotspot, and clock format shown. the vehicle hotspot. applications. Touch Off to disable data Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off or On to disable or enable. services. Emergency services and phone display to disable or enable. Language calls, such as calls with OnStar Advisors or . Wi-Fi Name: Touch to change the vehicle others, will not be affected when Off is This will set the display language used on Wi-Fi name. selected. the infotainment display. It may also use . Wi-Fi Password: Touch to change the . Voice Recognition Sharing: This setting the selected language for voice recognition vehicle Wi-Fi password. and audio feedback. Touch Language and determines if voice commands can be . Connected Devices: Touch to show touch the appropriate language. shared with a cloud-based voice connected devices. recognition system. Touch Off to prevent Phones . Share Hotspot Data: Touch On to allow the sharing and possible recording of your Touch to connect to a different cell phone or devices to use the vehicle hotspot and its voice commands with this system. This mobile device source, disconnect a cell data, or touch Off to allow devices to may limit the system’s ability to phone or media device, or delete a cell only use the vehicle hotspot but not understand your voice commands and phone or media device. its data. may disable some features. . Types: This setting lists all Wi-Fi Networks Android-defined as dangerous permissions This will show connected and available Wi-Fi currently used by the infotainment networks. system, the number of applications that GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 149 have requested this permission, and the Sounds Voice number of applications that are allowed Touch and the following may display: Touch and the following may display: to use this permission. . Maximum Startup Volume: This feature . Confirm More/Less: This setting specifies . Used By Applications: This setting lists all adjusts the maximum volume of the how often the voice recognition system applications that are requested or are infotainment system when you start your confirms commands. Touch Confirm More using Android-defined as dangerous vehicle. To set the maximum startup to have the system check with you more permissions. Only requested and active volume, touch the controls on the often before acting on your commands. permissions are shown. infotainment display to increase or . Prompt Length: This setting specifies the Display decrease. amount of detail the voice recognition Touch and the following may display: . Audio Cues: This feature determines if system provides when giving you sounds play when the infotainment feedback. Touch Auto to have the system . Mode: This adjusts the appearance of the navigation map view and any system starts up and shuts down. This automatically adjust to your speech downloaded apps optimized for day or feature can be turned off or on. habits. Touch Informative, Short, or Auto. night time conditions. Set to Auto for the . Set Audio Cue Volume: This setting . Audio Feedback Speed: Touch Slow, display to automatically adjust based on controls the volume of Audio Cues played Medium, or Fast to adjust how quickly bright/dark conditions. on startup and shut down. Touch the the voice recognition system speaks. controls on the infotainment display to Touch Auto, Day, or Night to adjust the . Friendly Prompts: This setting adjusts the increase or decrease. display. formality of voice prompts. Touch Off for . Audible Touch Feedback: This setting shorter prompts. Touch On to hear . Calibrate Touchscreen: Touch to calibrate determines if a sound plays when prompts with more personality. Touch the infotainment display and follow the touching the infotainment display or Auto to have the prompt match your prompts. radio controls. This feature can be turned command style. . Turn Display Off: Touch to turn the off or on. . Tutorial Mode: Touch Off or On to display off. Touch anywhere on the provide tutorial feedback on the display. infotainment display or press any infotainment control on the center stack . Allow Prompt Interruptions: This setting again to turn the display on. controls whether voice commands can be spoken before voice prompts finish. Turn this on to speak commands without hearing the full prompt. Speaking while GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

150 Infotainment System the prompt is still playing will To manually check for updates, touch To connect the infotainment system to a immediately stop playing the current Settings on the Home Page and select the secured mobile device hotspot, home prompt and recognize your command. System tab. Go to the Vehicle Software hotspot, or public hotspot, touch Settings on Background noise may cause accidental section and touch Updates. Follow the the Home Page, select the System tab, interruptions. Touch Off or On. on-screen prompts. The steps to check for, followed by Wi-Fi Networks. Select the Favorites download, and install updates may vary by appropriate Wi-Fi network, and follow the vehicle. on-screen prompts. Download speeds Touch and the following may display: The vehicle can be used normally during the may vary. . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list software download. Once the download is On most compatible mobile devices, of Audio, Phone, and Navigation favorites. complete, there may be a prompt to accept activation of the Wi-Fi hotspot is in the Favorites can be moved, renamed, the installation of the update upon the next Settings menu under Mobile Network or deleted. ignition cycle or the next time the vehicle is Sharing, Personal Hotspot, Mobile Hotspot, To move, touch and hold the favorite, and shifted into P (Park). For most updates, the or similar. then drag up or down to rearrange the vehicle will be disabled and cannot be driven Availability of Over-the-Air software updates position. during the installation. The system will varies by vehicle and country. Features are deliver messages indicating success or error . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to subject to change. For more information on select how many favorites pages can be during and after the download and this feature, see my.gmc.com/learn. installation processes. viewed from the audio application. The Preferences Auto setting will automatically adjust this Downloading Over-the-Air vehicle software number based on the number of favorites updates requires Internet connectivity, which Touch the controls on the infotainment you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, can be accessed through the vehicle’s display to disable or enable the download of 25, 30, 35, or 40. built-in 4G LTE connection, if equipped and new updates in the background. Updates active. If required, data plans are provided About by a third party. Optionally, a secure Wi-Fi If equipped, the vehicle can download and hotspot such as a compatible mobile device Touch to view the infotainment system install select software updates over a hotspot, home hotspot, or public hotspot software information. wireless connection. The system will prompt can be used. Applicable data rates may for certain updates to be downloaded and apply. installed. There is also an option to check for updates manually. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 151 Running Applications Touch the controls on the infotainment . Auto Volume: This feature adjusts the volume based on the vehicle speed. Touch to see a complete list of applications display to disable or enable. that are currently running on the Apple CarPlay Touch Off, Low, Medium-Low, Medium, Medium-High, or High. infotainment system. This feature allows you to interact directly Return to Factory Settings with your mobile device on the infotainment . Bose AudioPilot Noise Compensation Technology (If Equipped): This feature Touch and the following may display: display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 146. adjusts the volume based on the noise in . Reset Vehicle Settings: Resets all vehicle the vehicle and the speed. settings for the current user. Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Off or On. display to disable or enable. Touch Reset or Cancel. . Manage Favorites: Touch to display a list . Erase Settings and Personal Data: Erases Apps of Audio, Mobile Devices, and Navigation app data settings, user profiles, and Touch and the following may display: favorites. personal data including navigation and . Update Apps Automatically: This allows Favorites can be moved, renamed, mobile device data. downloaded applications to be updated or deleted. Touch Erase or Cancel. automatically. To move, touch and hold the favorite, and . Clear Default Applications: Resets Touch the controls on the infotainment then drag up or down to rearrange the preferred applications that have been set display to disable or enable. position. to open when selecting a function. No . About Apps: Touch to view the versions . Set Number of Audio Favorites: Touch to application data will be lost. of the shop software. select how many favorites pages can be Touch Clear or Cancel. viewed from the audio application. The Audio Auto setting will automatically adjust this Apps Depending on the current audio source, number based on the number of favorites The menu may contain the following: different options will be available. you have saved. Touch Auto, 5, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30, 35, or 40. Android Auto Touch and the following may display: . RDS: This allows the Radio Data System . Tone Settings: Touch to adjust Equalizer, This feature allows you to interact directly (RDS) to be turned on or off. with your mobile device on the infotainment Fade/Balance, or Sound Mode. See “Infotainment System Sound Menu” in Touch the controls on the infotainment display. See Apple CarPlay and Android Auto 0 display to disable or enable. 0 146. AM-FM Radio 116. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

152 Infotainment System . HD Radio: This allows HD Radio reception . Auto Cooled Seats: This setting Navigation to be turned on or off. automatically turns on and regulates the Touch and the following may display: Touch the controls on the infotainment ventilated seats when the cabin . Set Up My Places display to disable or enable. temperature is warm. . Map Preferences . Explicit Content Filter: This setting allows Touch the controls on the infotainment access to explicit content SiriusXM display to disable or enable. . Route Preferences channels. . Auto Heated Seats: This setting . Navigation Voice Control Touch Off or On. automatically turns on and regulates the . Traffic Preferences heated seats when the cabin temperature . Manage Phones: Select to connect to a . Alert Preferences is cool. The auto heated seats can be different phone source, disconnect a . Manage History turned off by using the heated seat phone, or delete a phone. . Predictive Navigation controls on the center stack. . Reset Music Index: This allows the music . About Touch the controls on the infotainment index to be reset if you are having See Using the Navigation System 0 124. difficulty accessing all of the media display to disable or enable. content on your device. . Auto Defog: This setting automatically Phone turns the front defogger on when the Touch Yes or No. Touch and the following may display: vehicle engine is started. Climate . My Number: Displays the cell phone Touch the controls on the infotainment number of the Bluetooth connected Touch and the following may display: display to disable or enable. device. . Auto Fan Speed: This setting specifies the . Auto Rear Defog: This setting . Active Call View: Shows active call display amount of airflow when the climate automatically turns the rear window when answering a call. control fan setting is Auto Fan. defogger on when the vehicle engine is started. Touch the controls on the infotainment Touch Low, Medium, or High. display to disable or enable. . Air Quality Sensor: This setting switches Touch the controls on the infotainment display to disable or enable. . Privacy: Only show call alerts in the the system into Recirculation Mode based instrument cluster. on the quality of the outside air. Touch Off or On. Touch Off, Low Sensitivity, or High Sensitivity. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 153 . Sort Contacts: Touch to sort by first or is started with a registered key, the Driver 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle last name. Information Center (DIC) displays a message and then Teen Driver. . Re-sync Device Contacts: that Teen Driver is active. 4. Enter the PIN. This allows the device contacts to re-sync To access: 5. Place the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) if you are having difficulty accessing all of 1. Touch Settings on the Home Page, then transmitter key you wish to register in the contacts on your cell phone. touch Vehicle, and then Teen Driver. the transmitter pocket. The key does not . Delete All Vehicle Contacts: Touch to 2. Create a Personal Identification Number need to be the one that started the delete all vehicle stored contacts. vehicle. See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) (PIN) by choosing a four-digit PIN. 0 . OnStar Phone TTY Mode: This enables Re-enter the PIN to confirm. To change System Operation 9 for transmitter OnStar cell phone TTY mode. the PIN, touch Change PIN. pocket location. Touch Disable or Enable. 6. From the Teen Driver menu, touch The PIN is required to: Setup Keys. . Register or unregister keys. Vehicle . If the transmitter key has not This menu allows adjustment of different . Change Teen Driver settings. previously been registered, the option vehicle features. See Vehicle Personalization . Change or clear the Teen Driver PIN. to add the key displays. Touch Setup 0 99. . Access or delete Report Card data. and a confirmation message displays. Teen Driver restrictions will be Teen Driver Register keys to activate Teen Driver and applied whenever this key is used to assign restrictions to the key: operate the vehicle. If equipped, this allows multiple keys to be Any vehicle key can be registered, up to a registered for beginner drivers to encourage . If the transmitter key has already maximum of eight keys. Label the key to safe driving habits. When the vehicle is been registered, the option to tell it apart from the other keys. started with a Teen Driver key, it will remove the key displays. If Remove is automatically activate certain safety For a pushbutton start system: touched, the transmitter key is no longer registered. A confirmation systems, allow setting of some features, and 1. Start the engine. limit the use of others. The Report Card will message displays, and Teen Driver 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle record vehicle data about driving behavior restrictions will not be applied if this must be in P (Park). For manual that can be viewed later. When the vehicle transmitter key is used to operate transmissions, the vehicle must be the vehicle. stopped with the parking brake set. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

154 Infotainment System In vehicles with a pushbutton start system, Set Audio Volume Limit : Allows a to listen to SiriusXM stations that contain if a Teen Driver and a non-Teen Driver key maximum radio volume to be set. Use the explicit content, and the Explicit Content are both present at start up, the vehicle will arrows to choose the maximum allowable Filter selection in the Audio Settings will be recognize the non-Teen Driver key to start level for the audio volume. unavailable for change. the vehicle. The Teen Driver settings will not Teen Driver Speed Limiter : Limits the When Teen Driver is Active: be active. maximum speed of the vehicle. When the . If equipped with Buckle to Drive, shifting For a keyed ignition system: speed limiter is turned on and the vehicle is out of P (Park) will be prevented if the 1. Start the engine. started with a Teen Driver key, the DIC driver seat belt, and in some vehicles the displays a message that the top speed is front passenger seat belt, is not buckled. 2. For automatic transmissions, the vehicle limited. must be in P (Park). For manual . The radio will mute when the driver seat transmissions, the vehicle must be On certain vehicles, when the Speed Limiter belt, and in some vehicles the front stopped with the parking brake set. is turned ON, the vehicle’s maximum passenger seat belt, is not buckled. The 3. From the Settings menu, touch Vehicle acceleration will be limited. The DIC will audio from any device paired to the and then Teen Driver. display a message that the acceleration is vehicle will also be muted. limited. . An object placed on the front passenger 4. Enter the PIN. Teen Driver Speed Warning : Allows the seat, such as a briefcase, handbag, 5. Touch Setup Keys. The system displays speed warning to be turned on or off. Touch grocery bag, laptop, or other electronic instructions for registering or Set Teen Driver Speed Warning to set the device, could cause the passenger sensing unregistering a key. A confirmation warning speed. system to falsely sense an unbuckled message displays. front passenger and mute the radio. Set Teen Driver Speed Warning : Displays a Manage Settings If this happens, remove the object from warning in the DIC when exceeding a the seat. See Passenger Sensing System Audio Volume Limit : Allows the audio selectable speed. Choose the desired speed 0 39. volume limit to be turned on or off. Touch warning level. The speed warning does not Set Audio Volume Limit to choose the limit the speed of the vehicle. . Some safety systems, such as Forward maximum allowable audio volume level. Collision Alert, if equipped, cannot be SiriusXM Explicit Content Filter (if turned off. equipped) : Allows the SiriusXM Explicit . The gap setting for the Forward Collision Content Filter to be turned ON or OFF. Alert and Adaptive Cruise Control, When ON, the teen driver will not be able if equipped, cannot be changed. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 155 . When trying to change a safety feature . Overspeed Warnings – the number of . Tailgating Alerts – the number of times that is not configurable in Teen Driver, times the speed warning setting was the driver was alerted for following a the DIC displays a message indicating exceeded. vehicle ahead too closely. that Teen Driver is active and the action . Wide Open Throttle – the number of Report Card Data is not available. times the accelerator pedal was pressed . Super Cruise, if equipped, is not available. nearly all the way down. Cumulative Data is saved for all trips until the Report Card is reset or until the . Enhanced Low Fuel Warning (if equipped) . Forward Collision Alerts – the number of maximum count is exceeded. If the – When the vehicle is low on fuel, the times the driver was notified when maximum count is exceeded for a Report low fuel light on the instrument cluster approaching a vehicle ahead too quickly Card line item, that item will no longer be flashes and the DIC low fuel warning and at potential risk for a crash. updated in the Report Card until it is reset. cannot be dismissed. . Forward Automatic Braking, also called Each item will report a maximum of . Do not tow a trailer. Automatic Emergency Braking (if 1,000 counts. The distance driven will report Report Card equipped) – the number of times the a maximum of 64 374 km (40,000 mi). vehicle detected that a forward collision The vehicle owner must secure the driver’s was imminent and applied the brakes. To delete Report Card data, do one of the following: consent to record certain vehicle data when . Reverse Automatic Braking (if equipped) – the vehicle is driven with a registered Teen the number of times the vehicle detected . From the Report Card display, touch Driver key. There is one Report Card per that a rearward collision was imminent Reset. vehicle. Data is only recorded when a and applied the brakes. . Touch Clear All Teen Keys and PIN from registered Teen Driver key is used to the Teen Driver menu. This will also operate the vehicle. . Traction Control – the number of times the Traction Control System activated to unregister any Teen Driver keys and The Report Card data is collected from the reduce wheel spin or loss of traction. delete the PIN. time Teen Driver is activated or the last . Stability Control – the number of events Forgotten PIN time the Report Card was reset. The which required the use of electronic See your dealer to reset the PIN. following items may be recorded: stability control. . Distance Driven – the total distance . Antilock Braking System Active – The driven. number of Antilock Brake System . Maximum Speed – the maximum vehicle activations. speed detected. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

156 Infotainment System Trademarks and License Explicit Language Notice: Channels with frequent explicit language are indicated with Agreements an “XL” preceding the channel name. Channel blocking is available for SiriusXM FCC Information Satellite Radio receivers by notifying See Radio Frequency Statement 0 335. SiriusXM: . USA Customers — See www.siriusxm.com If you decide to continue service after your or call 1-888-601–6296. trial, your selected subscription plan will automatically renew thereafter. You will be . Canada Customers — See charged at then-current rates. Fees and taxes www.siriusxm.ca or call 1-877-438-9677. apply. Please see the SiriusXM Customer It is prohibited to copy, decompile, Agreement at siriusxm.com for complete disassemble, reverse engineer, hack, "Made for iPod," and "Made for iPhone," terms and how to cancel, which includes manipulate, or otherwise make available any mean that an electronic accessory has been calling SiriusXM at 1-866-635-2349. All fees technology or software incorporated in designed to connect specifically to iPod or and programming are subject to change. receivers compatible with the SiriusXM iPhone, respectively, and has been certified Fees and Taxes: Subscription fee, taxes, one Satellite Radio System or that support the by the developer to meet Apple time activation fee, and other fees may SiriusXM website, the Online Service or any performance standards. Apple is not apply. Subscription fee is consumer only. All of its content. Furthermore, the AMBER voice responsible for the operation of this device fees and programming subject to change. compression software included in this or its compliance with safety and regulatory Subscriptions subject to Customer product is protected by intellectual property standards. Please note that the use of this Agreement available at www.siriusxm.com. rights including patent rights, copyrights, accessory with iPod or iPhone may affect SiriusXM service is only available in the and trade secrets of Digital Voice wireless performance. iPhone, iPod, iPod 48 contiguous United States and Canada. Systems, Inc. classic, iPod nano, iPod shuffle, and iPod In Canada: Some deterioration of service General Requirements: touch are trademarks of Apple Inc., may occur in extreme northern latitudes. 1. A License Agreement from SiriusXM is registered in the U.S. and other countries. This is beyond the control of SiriusXM required for any product that Satellite Radio. incorporates SiriusXM Technology and/or for use of any of the SiriusXM marks to GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 157 be manufactured, distributed, HD Radio Technology Schedule I: Gracenote EULA or marketed in the SiriusXM Service Area. 2. For products to be distributed, marketed, and/or sold in Canada, a separate agreement is required with Canadian Satellite Radio Inc. (operating as SiriusXM Canada). HD Radio Technology manufactured under Music recognition technology and related license from iBiquity Digital Corporation. U.S. data are provided by Gracenote. Gracenote and Foreign Patents. For patents see http:// is the industry standard in music recognition dts.com/patents. HD Radio and the HD, HD technology and related content delivery. For Radio, and “ARC” logos are registered more information see www.gracenote.com. trademarks or trademarks of iBiquity Digital Corporation in the United States and/or Music-related data from Gracenote, Inc., other countries. copyright © 2000 to present Gracenote. TouchSense Technology and TouchSense Gracenote Software, copyright © 2000 to System 1000 Series Licensed from Bluetooth present Gracenote. One or more patents Immersion Corporation. TouchSense System The Bluetooth word mark and logos are owned by Gracenote may apply to this 1000 protected under one or more of the owned by the Bluetooth SIG, Inc. and any product and service. See the Gracenote U.S. Patents at the following address use of such marks by General Motors is website for a non-exhaustive list of www.immersion.com/patent-marking.html under license. Other trademarks and trade applicable Gracenote patents. Gracenote, and other patents pending. names are those of their respective owners. CDDB, MusicID, MediaVOCS, the Gracenote Bose logo and logotype, and the "Powered by Java Gracenote" logo are either registered Bose AudioPilot and Bose Centerpoint Java is a registered trademark of Oracle trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in surround are registered trademarks of Bose and/or its affiliates. the United States and/or other countries. Corporation in the U.S. and other countries. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

158 Infotainment System Gracenote Terms of Use OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA, THE The Gracenote Software and each item of This application or device contains software GRACENOTE SOFTWARE, OR GRACENOTE Gracenote Data are licensed to you "AS IS." from Gracenote, Inc. of Emeryville, California SERVERS, EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED Gracenote makes no representations or ("Gracenote"). The software from Gracenote HEREIN. warranties, express or implied, regarding the (the "Gracenote Software") enables this You agree that your non-exclusive license to accuracy of any Gracenote Data. Gracenote application to do disc or file identification use the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the and obtain music-related information, Software, and Gracenote Servers will Gracenote Servers or to change data including name, artist, track, and title terminate if you violate these restrictions. categories for any cause that Gracenote information ("Gracenote Data") from online If your license terminates, you agree to deems sufficient. No warranty is made that servers or embedded databases (collectively, cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers "Gracenote Servers") and to perform other the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote are error-free or that functioning of functions. You may use Gracenote Data only Servers. Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers by means of the intended End-User Gracenote Data, the Gracenote Software, will be uninterrupted. Gracenote is not functions of this application or device. and the Gracenote Servers, including all obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that This application or device may contain ownership rights. Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any Gracenote may provide in the future and is content belonging to Gracenote’s providers. free to discontinue its services at any time. If so, all of the restrictions set forth herein payment to you for any information that with respect to Gracenote Data shall also you provide. You agree that Gracenote may GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES apply to such content and such content enforce its rights under this Agreement EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT providers shall be entitled to all of the against you directly in its own name. LIMITED TO, IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF benefits and protections set forth herein The Gracenote service uses a unique MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A that are available to Gracenote. identifier to track queries for statistical PARTICULAR PURPOSE, TITLE, AND purposes. The purpose of a randomly NON-INFRINGEMENT. GRACENOTE DOES NOT You agree that you will use Gracenote Data, WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE the Gracenote Software, and Gracenote assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE Servers for your own personal SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER. IN non-commercial use only. You agree not to knowing anything about who you are. For more information, see the web page for the NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR assign, copy, transfer or transmit the ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service. DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR to any third party. YOU AGREE NOT TO USE LOST REVENUES. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 159 © 2014. Gracenote, Inc. All Rights Reserved. LICENSED TO PROVIDE VC-1 VIDEO. NO Map End User License Agreement LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED MPEG4–AVC (H.264) END USER TERMS FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE AVC INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM The Map Data SD card (“Data”) is provided PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE MPEG LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// for your personal, internal use only and not PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A WWW.MPEGLA.COM. for resale. It is protected by copyright, and CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN is subject to the following terms (this “End MPEG4–Visual COMPLIANCE WITH THE AVC STANDARD User License Agreement”) and conditions (“AVC VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE AVC USE OF THIS PRODUCT IN ANY MANNER which are agreed to by you, on the one VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A THAT COMPLIES WITH THE MPEG-4 VISUAL hand, and HERE North America, LLC (“HERE”) CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND STANDARD IS PROHIBITED, EXCEPT FOR USE and its licensors (including their licensors NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS BY A CONSUMER ENGAGING IN PERSONAL and suppliers) on the other hand. OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITIES. The Data for areas of Canada includes LICENSED TO PROVIDE AVC VIDEO. NO MP3 information taken with permission from LICENSE IS GRANTED OR SHALL BE IMPLIED Canadian authorities, including: © Her FOR ANY OTHER USE. ADDITIONAL MPEG Layer-3 audio coding technology Majesty the Queen in Right of Canada, © INFORMATION MAY BE OBTAINED FROM licensed from Fraunhofer IIS and Thomson. Queen's Printer for Ontario, © Canada Post MPEG LA, LLC. SEE HTTP:// WMV/WMA Corporation, GeoBase®. WWW.MPEGLA.COM. This product includes technology owned by HERE holds a nonexclusive license from the VC-1 Microsoft Corporation and under a license United States Postal Service® to publish and THIS PRODUCT IS LICENSED UNDER THE VC-1 from Microsoft Licensing, GP. Use or sell ZIP+4® information. PATENT PORTFOLIO LICENSE FOR THE distribution of such technology outside of © United States Postal Service 2013. Prices PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL USE OF A this product is prohibited without a license are not established, controlled, or approved CONSUMER TO (i) ENCODE VIDEO IN from Microsoft Corporation and/or Microsoft by the United States Postal Service. The COMPLIANCE WITH THE VC-1 STANDARD Licensing, GP as applicable. following trademarks and registrations are (“VC-1 VIDEO”) AND/OR (ii) DECODE VC-1 owned by the USPS: United States Postal VIDEO THAT WAS ENCODED BY A Service, USPS, and ZIP+4. CONSUMER ENGAGED IN A PERSONAL AND NON-COMMERCIAL ACTIVITY AND/OR WAS OBTAINED FROM A VIDEO PROVIDER GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

160 Infotainment System TERMS AND CONDITIONS guidance, fleet management or similar Disclaimer of Warranty Personal Use Only: You agree to use this applications; or (b) with, or in THE DATABASE IS PROVIDED ON AN “AS IS” Data for the solely personal, noncommercial communication with, including without AND “WITH ALL FAULTS BASIS” AND purposes for which you were licensed, and limitation, cellular phones, palmtop and HARMAN (AND THEIR LICENSORS AND not for service bureau, timesharing or other handheld computers, pagers, and personal SUPPLIERS) EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM ALL OTHER similar purposes. Except as otherwise set digital assistants or PDAs. WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, forth herein, you agree not to otherwise Warning INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE reproduce, copy, modify, decompile, This Data may contain inaccurate or IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF disassemble or reverse engineer any portion incomplete information due to the passage NON-INFRINGEMENT, MERCHANTABILITY, of this Data, and may not transfer or of time, changing circumstances, sources SATISFACTORY QUALITY, ACCURACY, TITLE distribute it in any form, for any purpose, used, and the nature of collecting AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. except to the extent permitted by comprehensive geographic data, any of NO ORAL OR WRITTEN ADVICE OR mandatory laws. You may transfer the Data which may lead to incorrect results. INFORMATION PROVIDED BY HARMAN (OR and all accompanying materials on a ANY OF THEIR LICENSORS, AGENTS, permanent basis if you retain no copies and No Warranty EMPLOYEES, OR THIRD PARTY PROVIDERS) the recipient agrees to the terms of this End This Data is provided to you “as is,” and you SHALL CREATE A WARRANTY, AND YOU ARE User License Agreement. Multi-disc sets may agree to use it at your own risk. HERE and NOT ENTITLED TO RELY ON ANY SUCH only be transferred or sold as a complete its licensors (and their licensors and ADVICE OR INFORMATION. THIS DISCLAIMER set as provided to you and not as a subset suppliers) make no guarantees, OF WARRANTIES IS AN ESSENTIAL CONDITION thereof. representations, or warranties of any kind, OF THIS AGREEMENT. Restrictions express or implied, arising by law or Disclaimer of Liability otherwise, including but not limited to, Except where you have been specifically content, quality, accuracy, completeness, HERE AND ITS LICENSORS (INCLUDING THEIR licensed to do so by HERE and without effectiveness, reliability, fitness for a LICENSORS AND SUPPLIERS) SHALL NOT BE limiting the preceding paragraph, you may particular purpose, usefulness, use or results LIABLE TO YOU IN RESPECT OF ANY CLAIM, not (a) use this Data with any products, to be obtained from this Data, or that the DEMAND OR ACTION, IRRESPECTIVE OF THE systems, or applications installed or Data or server will be uninterrupted or NATURE OF THE CAUSE OF THE CLAIM, otherwise connected to or in communication error free. DEMAND OR ACTION ALLEGING ANY LOSS, with vehicles capable of vehicle navigation, INJURY OR DAMAGES, DIRECT OR INDIRECT, positioning, dispatch, real time route WHICH MAY RESULT FROM THE USE OR GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 161 POSSESSION OF THIS DATA; OR FOR ANY written or oral agreements previously LOSS OF PROFIT, REVENUE, CONTRACTS OR existing between us with respect to such SAVINGS, OR ANY OTHER DIRECT, INDIRECT, subject matter. INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL Governing Law DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF YOUR USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THIS DATA, ANY DEFECT IN The above terms and conditions shall be THIS DATA, OR THE BREACH OF THESE governed by the laws of the State of Illinois, TERMS OR CONDITIONS, WHETHER IN AN without giving effect to (i) its conflict of ACTION IN CONTRACT OR TORT OR BASED laws provisions, or (ii) the United Nations Convention for Contracts for the ON A WARRANTY, EVEN IF HERE OR ITS NOTICE OF USE LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE International Sale of Goods, which is POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. Some explicitly excluded. You agree to submit to CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/ SUPPLIER) States, Territories, and Countries do not the jurisdiction of the State of Illinois for NAME: allow certain liability exclusions or damages any and all disputes, claims, and actions limitations, so to that extent the above may arising from or in connection with the Data HERE North America, LLC not apply to you. provided to you hereunder. CONTRACTOR (MANUFACTURER/SUPPLIER) Export Control Government End Users ADDRESS: You agree not to export from anywhere any If the Data is being acquired by or on behalf 425 West Randolph Street, Chicago, IL part of the Data provided to you or any of the United States government or any 60606. direct product thereof except in compliance other entity seeking or applying rights This Data is a commercial item as defined in with, and with all licenses and approvals similar to those customarily claimed by the FAR 2.101 and is subject to the End User required under, applicable export laws, rules United States government, this Data is a License Agreement under which this Data and regulations. Entire Agreement: These “commercial item” as that term is defined at was provided. terms and conditions constitute the entire 48 C.F.R. (“FAR”) 2.101, is licensed in agreement between HERE (and its licensors, accordance with this End User License © 2014 HERE North America, LLC. All rights including their licensors and suppliers) and Agreement, and each copy of Data delivered reserved. or otherwise furnished shall be marked and you pertaining to the subject matter hereof, If the Contracting Officer, federal embedded as appropriate with the following and supersedes in their entirety any and all government agency, or any federal official “Notice of Use,” and be treated in refuses to use the legend provided herein, accordance with such Notice: GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

162 Infotainment System the Contracting Officer, federal government The product you have purchased ("Product") contained on the original; and (2) not to agency, or any federal official must notify contains Software (Runtime Configuration export the Product or the Software in HERE prior to seeking additional or No. 505962; "Software") which is distributed contravention of applicable export alternative rights in the Data. by or on behalf of the Product manufacturer control laws. Unicode "Manufacturer") under license from Software EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE Systems Co. ("QSSC"). You may only use the Copyright © 1991-2010 Unicode, Inc. All REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW, QSSC AND Software in the Product and in compliance ITS LICENSORS PROVIDE THE SOFTWARE ON rights reserved. Distributed under the Terms with the license terms below. of Use in http://www.unicode.org/ AN "AS IS" BASIS, WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR copyright.html. Subject to the terms and conditions of this CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESS License, QSSC hereby grants you a limited, OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT Free Type Project non-exclusive, non-transferable license to use LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES OR Portions of this software are copyright © the Software in the Product for the purpose CONDITIONS OF TITLE, NON-INFRINGEMENT, 2010 The FreeType Project (http:// intended by the Manufacturer. If permitted MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A www.freetype.org). All rights reserved. by the Manufacturer, or by applicable law, PARTICULAR PURPOSE. ANY WARRANTIES OR you may make one backup copy of the OTHER PROVISIONS OFFERED BY THE Open Source SW Software as part of the Product software. MANUFACTURER OR ITS DISTRIBUTOR(S) Further information concerning the OSS QSSC and its licensors reserve all license+C31 THAT DIFFER FROM THIS LICENSE ARE licenses is shown in the infotainment rights not expressly granted herein, and OFFERED BY THE MANUFACTURER OR ITS display. retain all right, title and interest in and to DISTRIBUTOR(S) ALONE AND NOT BY QSSC, all copies of the Software, including all ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS. YOU QNX intellectual property rights therein. Unless ASSUME ANY RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH YOUR Portions of this software are copyright © required by applicable law you may not USE OF THE SOFTWARE UNDER THIS LICENSE. 2008-2011, QNX Software Systems. All rights reproduce, distribute or transfer, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT OTHERWISE reserved. or de-compile, disassemble or otherwise REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW (SUCH AS IN attempt to unbundle, reverse engineer, Part C – EULA THE CASE OF DELIBERATE OR GROSSLY modify or create derivative works of, the NEGLIGENT ACTS), IN NO EVENT SHALL QSSC, Copyright © 2011, Software Systems GmbH Software. You agree: (1) not to remove, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR LICENSORS BE & Co. KG. All Rights Reserved. cover or alter any proprietary notices, labels LIABLE TO YOU UNDER ANY LEGAL THEORY, or marks in or on the Software, and to WHETHER IN TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), ensure that all copies bear any notice GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Infotainment System 163 CONTRACT OR OTHERWISE, FOR DAMAGES, Linotype INCLUDING ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, SPECIAL, Helvetica is a trademark of Linotype Corp. INCIDENTAL, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES registered in the U.S. Patent and Trademark OF ANY CHARACTER ARISING AS A RESULT OF Office and may be registered in certain THIS LICENSE OR OUT OF THE USE OR other jurisdictions in the name of Linotype INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING Corp. or its licensee Linotype GmbH. BUT NOT LIMITED TO DAMAGES FOR LOSS OF GOODWILL, WORK STOPPAGE, PRODUCT Usage in text form of each of the Licensed FAILURE OR MALFUNCTION, OR ANY AND ALL Trademarks is: OTHER COMMERCIAL DAMAGES OR LOSSES), The trademark attribution requirements for EVEN IF QSSC, ITS AFFILIATES OR THEIR the Licensed Trademarks may be viewed at LICENSORS HAVE BEEN ADVISED OF THE http://www.linotype.com/2061-19414/ POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. trademarks.html. WMA END USER NOTICE This product is protected by certain The marks of companies displayed by this intellectual property rights of Microsoft. Use product to indicate business locations are or distribution of such technology outside of the marks of their respective owners. The this product is prohibited without a license use of such marks in this product does not from Microsoft. imply any sponsorship, approval, For more information on the Software, or endorsement by such companies of this including any open source software license product. terms (and available source code) as well as copyright attributions applicable to the Runtime Configuration indicated above, please contact the Manufacturer or contact QSSC at 175 Terence Matthews Crescent, Kanata, Ontario, Canada K2M 1W8 ([email protected]). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

164 Climate Controls Climate Controls Climate Control Systems

Climate Control Systems With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled. Climate Control Systems ...... 164 Automatic Climate Control System . . . . 166 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 169 Maintenance Passenger Compartment Air Filter . . . . . 169 Service ...... 169

1. Fan Control 4. Defrost 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 5. TEMP (Temperature Control) 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 6. Rear Window Defogger (If Equipped) 7. Air Recirculation GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Climate Controls 165 TEMP : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise 0 : Press to clear the windshield of fog or Rear Window Defogger to increase or decrease the temperature frost more quickly. Air is directed to the inside the vehicle. windshield and side window vents, with K : If equipped, press to turn the rear window defogger on or off. An indicator 9 : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to some air directed to the outboard instrument panel. The system automatically light on the button comes on to show that increase or decrease the fan speed. There is the rear window defogger is on. about a five second delay when the fan is forces outside air into the vehicle and the The rear window defogger only works when turned on. Turn the knob all the way air conditioning compressor will run, unless the ignition is on. The defogger also turns counterclockwise to turn the fan off. the outside temperature is close to freezing. off if the ignition is turned to off or ACC/ Y \ Do not drive the vehicle until all the Air Delivery Mode Control : Press , , windows are clear. ACCESSORY. [ , or - to change the direction of the airflow. An indicator light comes on in the See Air Vents 0 169. Caution selected mode button. @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An Using a razor blade or sharp object to Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated clear the inside rear window can damage outlets. to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. the rear window defogger. Repairs would It can also be used to help reduce outside not be covered by the vehicle warranty. \ : Air is divided between the instrument air and odors that enter the vehicle. Do not clear the inside rear window with panel and floor outlets. sharp objects. 8 : If equipped, press to turn on outside [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, air. An indicator light comes on. Outside air Heated Mirrors : If equipped with heated with some air directed to the windshield, is circulated throughout the vehicle. outside mirrors, the mirrors heat to help outboard instrument panel, and side window clear fog or frost from the surface of the outlets. A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning system on or off. An indicator light comes mirror when the rear window defog button - : This mode clears the windows of fog or on to show that the air conditioning is is pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 16. moisture. Air is directed to the windshield, enabled. If the fan is turned off, the air with some air directed to the floor, outboard conditioner will not run. The A/C light will instrument panel outlets, and side window stay on even if the outside temperatures are outlets. below freezing. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

166 Climate Controls Automatic Climate Control System Climate Control Display With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled.

1. Temperature Setting 2. Fan Control 1. Fan Control 5. Temperature Control 3. Air Delivery Mode Control 2. A/C (Air Conditioning) 6. AUTO (Automatic Operation) 4. Air Recirculation 3. Air Delivery Mode Controls 7. Rear Window Defogger 5. Auto (Automatic Operation) 4. Defrost 8. Air Recirculation 6. A/C (Air Conditioning) 9. Power Button 7. On/Off (Power) 8. Driver Temperature Controls GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Climate Controls 167 Climate Control Status Display To place the system in full automatic to turn the system back on and the airflow operation: will continue based on the selected climate 1. Press AUTO. control settings. 2. Set the temperature. A : Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to To find your comfort setting, start with increase or decrease the fan speed. There is 22 °C (72 °F) and allow the system time about a five second delay when the fan is to stabilize. Then adjust the temperature turned on. Press the knob to turn the fan as needed for best comfort. off. Press AUTO to return to automatic operation. To improve fuel efficiency and to cool the vehicle faster, recirculation may be Temperature Control : Turn the knob automatically selected in warm weather. clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease temperature setting. The recirculation light will not come on when automatically controlled. Press to Air Delivery Mode Controls : Press Y, \, The climate control status display appears @ manually select recirculation; press it again [ , or - to change the direction of the briefly when the climate controls on the to select outside air. airflow. An indicator light comes on in the center stack are adjusted. selected mode button. Do not cover the solar sensor on the top of Automatic Operation the instrument panel near the windshield. Changing the mode cancels the automatic The system automatically heats or cools the This sensor regulates air temperature based operation and the system goes into vehicle to the desired temperature: on sun load. See “Sensors” later in this manual mode. . Fan Speed section. Press AUTO to return to automatic . Air Delivery Mode Manual Operation operation. . Air Conditioning Y : Air is directed to the instrument panel O : Press to turn the climate control system . Recirculation outlets. on or off. When the system is turned off, air When AUTO is lit, all functions operate will stop flowing into the cabin. Press O \ : Air is divided between the instrument automatically. Each function can also be again or adjust any of the climate controls panel and floor outlets. manually set. Functions not manually set will continue to be automatically controlled. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

168 Climate Controls [ : Air is directed to the floor outlets, the outside temperatures are below freezing. K : Press to turn the rear window defogger with some to the windshield, outboard If the fan is turned off, the air conditioner on or off. An indicator light on the button instrument panel outlets, side window will not run. Press AUTO to return to comes on to show that the rear window outlets, and second row floor outlets. automatic operation. defogger is on. - : This mode clears the windows of fog or @ : Press to turn on recirculation. An The rear window defogger only works when moisture. Air is directed to the windshield, indicator light comes on. Air is recirculated the ignition is on. The defogger also turns floor outlets, outboard instrument panel to quickly cool the inside of the vehicle. off if the ignition is turned to off or ACC/ outlets, and side window outlets. The It can also be used to help reduce outside ACCESSORY. system automatically forces outside air into air and odors that enter the vehicle. The air the vehicle and the air conditioning conditioning compressor also comes on Caution compressor will run, unless the outside when this mode is activated. Press AUTO to Using a razor blade or sharp object to temperature is close to or below freezing. return to automatic operation. clear the inside rear window can damage 0 : Press to clear the windshield of fog or Auto Defog : The climate control system the rear window defogger. Repairs would frost more quickly. Air is directed to the may have a sensor to automatically detect not be covered by the vehicle warranty. windshield and the side window vents, with high humidity inside the vehicle. When high Do not clear the inside rear window with some air directed to the outboard humidity is detected, the climate control sharp objects. instrument panel outlets. The system system may adjust air delivery modes, automatically forces outside air into the outside air supply, and turn on the air Heated Mirrors : If equipped with heated vehicle and the air conditioning compressor conditioner. If the climate control system outside mirrors, the mirrors heat to help will run, unless the outside temperature is does not detect possible window fogging, it clear fog or frost from the surface of the close to or below freezing. returns to normal operation. To turn Auto mirror when the rear window defog button Defog off or on, see “Climate and Air is pressed. See Heated Mirrors 0 16. Do not drive the vehicle until all windows Quality” under Vehicle Personalization 0 99. are clear. Rear Window Defogger See Air Vents 0 169. The rear window defogger uses a warming A/C : Press to turn the air conditioning grid to remove fog from the rear window. system on or off. An indicator light comes on to show that the air conditioning is enabled. The A/C light will stay on even if GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Climate Controls 169 . Use of non-GM approved hood deflectors Service Air Vents can adversely affect the performance of Adjustable air vents are in the center and on the system. Check with your dealer All vehicles have a label underhood that the side of the instrument panel. Use the before adding equipment to the outside identifies the refrigerant used in the vehicle. sliding knobs on the air vents to change the of the vehicle. The refrigerant system should only be direction of the airflow. Slide the knob up or serviced by trained and certified technicians. down to open or close off the airflow. The air conditioning evaporator should never Maintenance be repaired or replaced by one from a Air vents blow warm air on the side salvage vehicle. It should only be replaced windows in cold weather. If Floor, Defog, Passenger Compartment Air Filter by a new evaporator to ensure proper and or Defrost modes are selected, a small The passenger compartment air filter safe operation. amount of air will come from the vents reduces dust, pollen, and other airborne During service, all refrigerants should be close to the window. If the airflow is shut irritants from outside air that is pulled into off using the sliding knobs, warm air will be reclaimed with proper equipment. Venting the vehicle. The filter will need to be refrigerants directly to the atmosphere is directed to the other instrument panel replaced periodically. See Maintenance vents. This is normal operation. 0 harmful to the environment and may also Schedule 310. create unsafe conditions based on Use the sliding knobs to turn vent airflow Using the climate control system without an inhalation, combustion, frostbite, or other on or off based on the mode selected. air filter installed is not recommended. health-based concerns. Operation Tips Water or other debris could enter the The air conditioning system requires periodic . Clear away any ice, snow, or leaves from system and result in leaks or noises. Always maintenance. See Maintenance Schedule air inlets at the base of the windshield install a new filter when removing the old 0 310. that could block the flow of air into the filter. vehicle. For more information on filter replacement, . Clear snow off the hood to improve see your dealer. visibility and help decrease moisture drawn into the vehicle. . Keep the path under the front seats clear of objects to help circulate the air inside of the vehicle more effectively. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

170 Driving and Operating Engine Exhaust Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...... 213 Driving and Operating Engine Exhaust ...... 192 Running the Vehicle While Parked . . . . . 192 Fuel Driving Information Top Tier Fuel ...... 213 Driving for Better Fuel Economy ...... 171 Automatic Transmission Recommended Fuel ...... 214 Distracted Driving ...... 171 Automatic Transmission ...... 192 Prohibited Fuels ...... 214 Defensive Driving ...... 171 Manual Mode ...... 195 Fuels in Foreign Countries ...... 214 Impaired Driving ...... 172 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 196 Fuel Additives ...... 214 Control of a Vehicle ...... 172 Filling the Tank ...... 215 Braking ...... 172 Drive Systems Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 216 Steering ...... 172 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 197 Trailer Towing Off-Road Recovery ...... 173 Brakes Loss of Control ...... 173 General Towing Information ...... 216 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 202 Off-Road Driving ...... 174 Driving Characteristics and Parking Brake ...... 203 Driving on Wet Roads ...... 177 Towing Tips ...... 217 Brake Assist ...... 203 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 178 Trailer Towing ...... 220 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 203 Winter Driving ...... 178 Towing Equipment ...... 224 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 179 Ride Control Systems Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 230 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 180 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Conversions and Add-Ons Truck-Camper Loading Information . . . . . 185 Control ...... 204 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 232 Starting and Operating Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 205 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 206 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 185 Ignition Positions ...... 186 Cruise Control Starting the Engine ...... 187 Cruise Control ...... 206 Engine Heater ...... 188 Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 190 Driver Assistance Systems Shifting Into Park ...... 190 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 208 Shifting out of Park ...... 191 Assistance Systems for Parking or Parking over Things That Burn ...... 191 Backing ...... 209 Active Fuel Management ...... 191 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . 211 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 171 Distracted Driving . Wait until the vehicle is parked to Driving Information retrieve items that have fallen to the Driving for Better Fuel Economy Distraction comes in many forms and can floor. take your focus from the task of driving. . Stop or park the vehicle to tend to Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here Exercise good judgment and do not let other children. are some driving tips to get the best fuel activities divert your attention away from . Keep pets in an appropriate carrier or economy possible: the road. Many local governments have restraint. . Set the climate controls to the desired enacted laws regarding driver distraction. . Avoid stressful conversations while temperature after the engine is started, Become familiar with the local laws in driving, whether with a passenger or on a or turn them off when not required. your area. cell phone. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate smoothly. To avoid distracted driving, keep your eyes . Brake gradually and avoid abrupt stops. on the road, keep your hands on the { steering wheel, and focus your attention on Warning . Avoid idling the engine for long periods driving. Taking your eyes off the road too long or of time. . Do not use a phone in demanding driving too often could cause a crash resulting in . When road and weather conditions are situations. Use a hands-free method to injury or death. Focus your attention on appropriate, use cruise control. place or receive necessary phone calls. driving. . Always follow posted speed limits or . Watch the road. Do not read, take notes, drive more slowly when conditions or look up information on phones or Refer to the infotainment section for more require. other electronic devices. information on using that system and the . Keep vehicle tires properly inflated. navigation system, if equipped, including . Designate a front seat passenger to pairing and using a cell phone. . Combine several trips into a single trip. handle potential distractions. . Replace the vehicle's tires with the same . Become familiar with vehicle features Defensive Driving TPC Spec number molded into the tire's before driving, such as programming Defensive driving means “always expect the sidewall near the size. favorite radio stations and adjusting unexpected.” The first step in driving . Follow recommended scheduled climate control and seat settings. Program defensively is to wear the seat belt. See maintenance. all trip information into any navigation Seat Belts 0 27. device prior to driving. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

172 Driving and Operating . Assume that other road users Control of a Vehicle applied. Once the power assist is used up, it (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other drivers) can take longer to stop and the brake pedal are going to be careless and make Braking, steering, and accelerating are will be harder to push. mistakes. Anticipate what they may do important factors in helping to control a and be ready. vehicle while driving. Steering . Allow enough following distance between Braking you and the driver in front of you. Caution . Focus on the task of driving. Braking action involves perception time and To avoid damage to the steering system, reaction time. Deciding to push the brake do not drive over curbs, parking barriers, Impaired Driving pedal is perception time. Actually doing it is or similar objects at speeds greater than reaction time. Death and injury associated with impaired 3 km/h (1 mph). Use care when driving driving is a global tragedy. Average driver reaction time is about over other objects such as lane dividers three-quarters of a second. In that time, a and speed bumps. Damage caused by { Warning vehicle moving at 100 km/h (60 mph) travels misuse of the vehicle is not covered by 20 m (66 ft), which could be a lot of the vehicle warranty. Drinking alcohol or taking drugs and then distance in an emergency. driving is very dangerous. Your reflexes, perceptions, attentiveness, and judgment Helpful braking tips to keep in mind include: can be affected by even a small amount . Keep enough distance between you and of alcohol or drugs. You can have a the vehicle in front of you. serious — or even fatal — collision if you . Avoid needless heavy braking. drive after drinking or taking drugs. . Keep pace with traffic. Do not drive while under the influence of If the engine ever stops while the vehicle is alcohol or drugs, or ride with a driver being driven, brake normally but do not who has been drinking or is impaired by pump the brakes. Doing so could make the drugs. Find alternate transportation pedal harder to push down. If the engine home; or if you are with a group, stops, there will be some power brake assist designate a driver who will remain sober. but it will be used when the brake is GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 173 Electric Power Steering Steering in Emergencies 1. Ease off the accelerator and then, if there is nothing in the way, steer the The vehicle has electric power steering. . There are some situations when steering vehicle so that it straddles the edge of It does not have power steering fluid. around a problem may be more effective the pavement. Regular maintenance is not required. than braking. 2. Turn the steering wheel about If power steering assist is lost due to a . Holding both sides of the steering wheel allows you to turn 180 degrees without one-eighth of a turn, until the right front system malfunction, the vehicle can be tire contacts the pavement edge. steered, but may require increased effort. removing a hand. . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) allows 3. Turn the steering wheel to go straight If the steering assist is used for an extended steering while braking. down the roadway. period of time while the vehicle is not moving, power assist may be reduced. Off-Road Recovery Loss of Control If the steering wheel is turned until it Skidding reaches the end of its travel and is held against that position for an extended period There are three types of skids that of time, power steering assist may be correspond to the vehicle's three control reduced. systems: Normal use of the power steering assist . Braking Skid — wheels are not rolling. should return when the system cools down. . Steering or Cornering Skid — too much speed or steering in a curve causes tires See your dealer if there is a problem. to slip and lose cornering force. Curve Tips . Acceleration Skid — too much throttle . Take curves at a reasonable speed. causes the driving wheels to spin. . Reduce speed before entering a curve. Defensive drivers avoid most skids by taking . Maintain a reasonable steady speed The vehicle's right wheels can drop off the reasonable care suited to existing conditions, through the curve. edge of a road onto the shoulder while and by not overdriving those conditions. But skids are always possible. . Wait until the vehicle is out of the curve driving. Follow these tips: before accelerating gently into the straightaway. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

174 Driving and Operating If the vehicle starts to slide, follow these not be driven off-road except on a level, To gain more ground clearance if needed, it suggestions: solid surface. For contact information about may be necessary to remove the front fascia . Ease your foot off the accelerator pedal the original equipment tires, see the lower air dam, if equipped. However, driving and steer the way you want the vehicle warranty manual. without the air dam reduces fuel economy. to go. The vehicle may straighten out. Be One of the best ways for successful off-road Caution ready for a second skid if it occurs. driving is to control the speed. . Slow down and adjust your driving Operating the vehicle for extended according to weather conditions. Stopping { Warning periods without the front fascia lower air distance can be longer and vehicle control dam installed can cause improper airflow When driving off-road, bouncing and can be affected when traction is reduced to the engine. Reattach the front fascia quick changes in direction can easily by water, snow, ice, gravel, or other air dam after off-road driving. material on the road. Learn to recognize throw you out of position. This could warning clues — such as enough water, cause you to lose control and crash. You Loading the Vehicle for Off-Road Driving ice, or packed snow on the road to make and your passengers should always wear a mirrored surface — and slow down seat belts. { Warning when you have any doubt. Before Driving Off-Road . Unsecured cargo on the load floor can . Try to avoid sudden steering, acceleration, be tossed about when driving over or braking, including reducing vehicle . Have all necessary maintenance and rough terrain. You or your passengers speed by shifting to a lower gear. Any service work completed. can be struck by flying objects. Secure sudden changes could cause the tires to . Fuel the vehicle, fill fluid levels, and check the cargo properly. slide. inflation pressure in all tires, including the . Keep cargo in the cargo area as far spare, if equipped. Remember: Antilock brakes help avoid only forward and as low as possible. The the braking skid. . Read all the information about heaviest things should be on the floor, four-wheel-drive vehicles in this manual. forward of the rear axle. Off-Road Driving . Remove any underbody air deflector, . Heavy loads on the roof raise the if equipped. Re-attach the air deflector Four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for vehicle's center of gravity, making it after off-road driving. off-road driving. Vehicles without four-wheel more likely to roll over. You can be drive and vehicles not equipped with All . Know the local laws that apply to off-road (Continued) Terrain (AT) or On-Off Road (OOR) tires must driving. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 175

Warning (Continued) { Warning { Warning seriously or fatally injured if the Many hills are simply too steep for any Driving to the top of a hill at high speed vehicle rolls over. Put heavy loads vehicle. Driving up hills can cause the can cause a crash. There could be a inside the cargo area, not on the roof. vehicle to stall. Driving down hills can drop-off, embankment, cliff, or even cause loss of control. Driving across hills another vehicle. You could be seriously For more information about loading the 0 can cause a rollover. You could be injured injured or killed. As you near the top of a vehicle, see Vehicle Load Limits 180 and or killed. Do not drive on steep hills. hill, slow down and stay alert. Tires 0 266. Environmental Concerns Before driving on a hill, assess the . Never go downhill forward or backward steepness, traction, and obstructions. If the with either the transmission or transfer . Always use established trails, roads, and terrain ahead cannot be seen, get out of the case in N (Neutral). The brakes could areas that have been set aside for public vehicle and walk the hill before driving overheat and you could lose control. off-road recreational driving and obey all further. posted regulations. { Warning . Do not damage shrubs, flowers, trees, When driving on hills: or grasses or disturb wildlife. . Use a low gear and keep a firm grip on If the vehicle has the two-speed automatic or electronic transfer case, . Do not park over things that burn. See the steering wheel. Parking over Things That Burn 0 191. . Maintain a slow speed. shifting the transfer case to N (Neutral) can cause your vehicle to roll even if the . When possible, drive straight up or down Driving on Hills the hill. transmission is in P (Park). This is because the N (Neutral) position on the transfer Driving safely on hills requires good . Slow down when approaching the top of case overrides the transmission. You or judgment and an understanding of what the the hill. vehicle can and cannot do. someone else could be injured. If leaving . Use headlamps even during the day to the vehicle, set the parking brake and make the vehicle more visible. shift the transmission to P (Park). Shift the transfer case to any position but N (Neutral). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

176 Driving and Operating . When driving down a hill, keep the . If you cannot make it up the hill, . Hidden obstacles can make the steepness vehicle headed straight down. Use a low back straight down the hill. of the incline more severe. If a rock is gear because the engine will work with . Never back down a hill in N (Neutral) driven across with the uphill wheels, or if the brakes to slow the vehicle and help using only the brake. The vehicle can the downhill wheels drop into a rut or keep the vehicle under control. roll backward quickly and you could depression, the vehicle can tilt even more. lose control. . If an incline must be driven across, and { Warning . If driving downhill when the vehicle the vehicle starts to slide, turn downhill. Heavy braking when going down a hill stalls, shift to a lower gear, release This should help straighten out the can cause your brakes to overheat and the parking brake, and drive straight vehicle and prevent the side slipping. fade. This could cause loss of control and down the hill. you or others could be injured or killed. 3. If the vehicle cannot be restarted after { Warning Apply the brakes lightly when descending stalling, set the parking brake, shift into Getting out of the vehicle on the a hill and use a low gear to keep vehicle P (Park), and turn the vehicle off. downhill side when stopped across an speed under control. 3.1. Leave the vehicle and seek help. incline is dangerous. If the vehicle rolls 3.2. Stay clear of the path the vehicle over, you could be crushed or killed. If the vehicle stalls on a hill: would take if it rolled downhill. Always get out on the uphill side of the vehicle and stay well clear of the 1. Apply the brakes to stop the vehicle, and . Avoid turns that take the vehicle across then apply the parking brake. the incline of the hill. A hill that can be rollover path. 2. Shift into P (Park) and then restart the driven straight up or down might be too engine. steep to drive across. Driving across an Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, or Ice . If driving uphill when the vehicle incline puts more weight on the downhill Use a low gear when driving in mud — the stalls, shift to R (Reverse), release the wheels, which could cause a downhill deeper the mud, the lower the gear. Keep parking brake, and back slide or a rollover. the vehicle moving to avoid getting stuck. straight down. . Surface conditions can be a problem. Traction changes when driving on sand. On . Never try to turn the vehicle around. Loose gravel, muddy spots, or even wet loose sand, such as on beaches or sand If the hill is steep enough to stall the grass can cause the tires to slip sideways, dunes, the tires tend to sink into the sand. vehicle, it is steep enough to cause it downhill. If the vehicle slips sideways, it to roll over. can hit something that will trip it — a rock, a rut, etc. — and roll over. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 177

This affects steering, accelerating, and Caution exhaust system for damage and check the braking. Drive at a reduced speed and avoid fuel lines and cooling system for any sharp turns or abrupt maneuvers. Do not drive through standing water if it leakage. is deep enough to cover the wheel hubs, Traction is reduced on hard packed snow More frequent maintenance service is and ice and it is easy to lose control. Reduce axles, or exhaust pipe. Deep water can required. See the Maintenance Schedule vehicle speed when driving on hard packed damage the axle and other vehicle parts. 0 310. snow and ice. If the standing water is not too deep, drive Driving on Wet Roads through it slowly. At faster speeds, water { Warning can get into the engine and cause it to stall. Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, or rivers Stalling can occur if the exhaust pipe is traction and affect your ability to stop and can be dangerous. Ice conditions vary under water. Do not turn off the ignition accelerate. Always drive slower in these greatly and the vehicle could fall through when driving through water. If the exhaust types of driving conditions and avoid driving the ice; you and your passengers could pipe is under water, the engine will not through large puddles and deep-standing or drown. Drive your vehicle on safe start. When going through water, the brakes flowing water. surfaces only. get wet and it may take longer to stop. See “Driving on Wet Roads” later in this section. { Warning Driving in Water After Off-Road Driving Wet brakes can cause crashes. They might not work as well in a quick stop { Warning Remove any brush or debris that has and could cause pulling to one side. You collected on the underbody or chassis, could lose control of the vehicle. Driving through rushing water can be or under the hood. These accumulations can dangerous. Deep water can sweep your be a fire hazard. After driving through a large puddle of vehicle downstream and you and your water or a car/vehicle wash, lightly apply After operation in mud or sand, have the passengers could drown. If it is only the brake pedal until the brakes work brake linings cleaned and checked. These shallow water, it can still wash away the substances can cause glazing and uneven normally. ground from under your tires. Traction braking. Check the body structure, driveline, (Continued) could be lost, and the vehicle could roll steering, suspension, wheels, tires, and over. Do not drive through rushing water. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

178 Driving and Operating . Keep windshield wiping equipment in Warning (Continued) good shape. { Warning Flowing or rushing water creates strong . Keep the windshield washer fluid reservoir Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) or with forces. Driving through flowing water filled. the ignition off is dangerous. This can could cause the vehicle to be carried . Have good tires with proper tread depth. cause overheating of the brakes and loss away. If this happens, you and other See Tires 0 266. of steering assist. Always have the engine vehicle occupants could drown. Do not . Turn off cruise control. running and the vehicle in gear. ignore police warnings and be very cautious about trying to drive through Hill and Mountain Roads . Drive at speeds that keep the vehicle in flowing water. its own lane. Do not swing wide or cross Driving on steep hills or through mountains the center line. is different than driving on flat or rolling Hydroplaning terrain. Tips include: . Be alert on top of hills; something could be in your lane (e.g., stalled car, crash). Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water can build . Keep the vehicle serviced and in good up under the vehicle's tires so they actually shape. . Pay attention to special road signs (e.g., ride on the water. This can happen if the falling rocks area, winding roads, long . Check all fluid levels and brakes, tires, grades, passing or no-passing zones) and road is wet enough and you are going fast cooling system, and transmission. enough. When the vehicle is hydroplaning, it take appropriate action. . Shift to a lower gear when going down has little or no contact with the road. steep or long hills. Winter Driving There is no hard and fast rule about hydroplaning. The best advice is to slow { Warning Driving on Snow or Ice down when the road is wet. Using the brakes to slow the vehicle on a Snow or ice between the tires and the road Other Rainy Weather Tips long downhill slope can cause brake creates less traction or grip, so drive overheating, can reduce brake carefully. Wet ice can occur at about 0 °C Besides slowing down, other wet weather (32 °F) when freezing rain begins to fall. performance, and could result in a loss of driving tips include: Avoid driving on wet ice or in freezing rain braking. Shift the transmission to a lower . Allow extra following distance. until roads can be treated. gear to let the engine assist the brakes . Pass with caution. on a steep downhill slope. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 179 For Slippery Road Driving: . Tie a red cloth to an outside mirror. To save fuel, run the engine for short . Accelerate gently. Accelerating too quickly periods to warm the vehicle and then shut causes the wheels to spin and makes the { Warning the engine off and partially close the surface under the tires slick. Snow can trap engine exhaust under the window. Moving about to keep warm also helps. . Turn on Traction Control. See Traction vehicle. This may cause exhaust gases to Control/Electronic Stability Control 0 204. get inside. Engine exhaust contains If it takes time for help to arrive, when . The Antilock Brake System (ABS) improves carbon monoxide (CO), which cannot be running the engine, push the accelerator vehicle stability during hard stops, but seen or smelled. It can cause pedal slightly so the engine runs faster than the brakes should be applied sooner than unconsciousness and even death. the idle speed. This keeps the battery when on dry pavement. See Antilock charged to restart the vehicle and to signal Brake System (ABS) 0 202. If the vehicle is stuck in snow: for help with the headlamps. Do this as little as possible, to save fuel. . Allow greater following distance and . Clear snow from the base of the watch for slippery spots. Icy patches can vehicle, especially any blocking the If the Vehicle Is Stuck occur on otherwise clear roads in shaded exhaust pipe. areas. The surface of a curve or an . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on Slowly and cautiously spin the wheels to overpass can remain icy when the the vehicle side that is away from the free the vehicle when stuck in sand, mud, surrounding roads are clear. Avoid sudden wind, to bring in fresh air. ice, or snow. See “Rocking the Vehicle to Get steering maneuvers and braking while It Out” later in this section. . Fully open the air outlets on or under on ice. the instrument panel. The Traction Control System (TCS) can often . Turn off cruise control. help to free a stuck vehicle. See Traction . Adjust the climate control system to 0 Blizzard Conditions circulate the air inside the vehicle and Control/Electronic Stability Control 204. set the fan speed to the highest If TCS cannot free the vehicle, see “Rocking Stop the vehicle in a safe place and signal setting. See “Climate Control Systems.” the Vehicle to Get it Out” following. for help. Stay with the vehicle unless there is help nearby. If possible, use Roadside For more information about CO, see Assistance. See Roadside Assistance Program Engine Exhaust 0 192. 0 330. To get help and keep everyone in the vehicle safe: . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

180 Driving and Operating Recovery Hooks If equipped, there may be recovery hooks at { Warning the front of the vehicle. Use them if the If the vehicle's tires spin at high speed, { Warning vehicle is stuck off-road and needs to be pulled some place to continue driving. they can explode, and you or others Never pull on recovery hooks from the could be injured. The vehicle can side. The hooks could break and you and Vehicle Load Limits overheat, causing an engine compartment others could be injured. When using fire or other damage. Spin the wheels as recovery hooks, always pull the vehicle It is very important to know how much little as possible and avoid going above from the front. weight the vehicle can carry. This 56 km/h (35 mph). weight is called the vehicle capacity weight and includes the weight of all For information about using tire chains on 0 occupants, cargo, and all the vehicle, see Tire Chains 282. nonfactory-installed options. Two labels Rocking the Vehicle to Get It Out on the vehicle may show how much Turn the steering wheel left and right to weight it was designed to carry: the clear the area around the front wheels. For Tire and Loading Information label and four-wheel-drive vehicles, shift into the Certification/Tire label. Four-Wheel Drive High. Turn the TCS off. Shift back and forth between R (Reverse) and { Warning a forward gear, spinning the wheels as little Do not load the vehicle any heavier as possible. To prevent transmission wear, wait until the wheels stop spinning before than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR), or either the maximum shifting gears. Slowly spinning the wheels in Caution the forward and reverse directions causes a front or rear Gross Axle Weight rocking motion that could free the vehicle. Never use recovery hooks to tow the Rating (GAWR). This can cause If that does not get the vehicle out after a vehicle. The vehicle could be damaged, systems to break and change the few tries, it might need to be towed out. and the repairs would not be covered by way the vehicle handles. This could See Towing the Vehicle 0 296. Recovery the vehicle warranty. cause loss of control and a crash. hooks can be used, if the vehicle has them. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 181 occupant seating positions (1), and the 3. Subtract the combined weight of the Warning (Continued) maximum vehicle capacity weight (2) in driver and passengers from XXX kg Overloading can also reduce stopping kilograms and pounds. or XXX lbs. performance, damage the tires, and The Tire and Loading Information label 4. The resulting figure equals the shorten the life of the vehicle. also shows the size of the original available amount of cargo and Tire and Loading Information Label equipment tires (3) and the luggage load capacity. For example, recommended cold tire inflation if the "XXX" amount equals 1400 lbs. pressures (4). For more information on and there will be five 150 lb tires and inflation see Tires 0 266 and passengers in your vehicle, the Tire Pressure 0 272. amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs. There is also important loading (1400-750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.) information on the vehicle Certification/ Tire label. It may show the Gross 5. Determine the combined weight of Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) and the luggage and cargo being loaded on Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for the vehicle. That weight may not the front and rear axles. See safely exceed the available cargo and “Certification/Tire Label” later in this luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4. Label Example section. “Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit– 6. If your vehicle will be towing a A vehicle-specific Tire and Loading trailer, load from your trailer will be 1. Locate the statement "The combined Information label is attached to the transferred to your vehicle. Consult weight of occupants and cargo B-pillar or on the forward edge of the this manual to determine how this should never exceed XXX kg or rear door. The Tire and Loading reduces the available cargo and XXX lbs." on your vehicle’s placard. Information label shows the number of luggage load capacity of your 2. Determine the combined weight of vehicle.” the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

182 Driving and Operating See Trailer Towing 0 220 for important information on towing a trailer, towing safety rules, and trailering tips.

Example 2 Example 3

1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 2 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lb) = 453 kg (1,000 lb) Example 1 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 91 kg (150 lb) × 5 = 340 kg (750 lb) (200 lb) × 5 = 453 kg (1,000 lb) 1. Vehicle Capacity Weight for Example 1 3. Available Cargo Weight = 113 kg 3. Available Cargo Weight = 0 kg (0 lb) = (453 kg) (1,000 lb) (250 lb) 2. Subtract Occupant Weight @ 68 kg Refer to the Tire and Loading (150 lb) × 2 = 136 kg (300 lb) Information label for specific 3. Available Occupant and Cargo Weight information about the vehicle's capacity = 317 kg (700 lb) weight and seating positions. The combined weight of the driver, passengers, and cargo should never exceed the vehicle's capacity weight. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 183 Certification/Tire Label Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the Warning (Continued) actual loads on the front and rear axles, weigh the vehicle at a weigh station. cause loss of control and a crash. Your dealer can help with this. Be sure Overloading can also reduce stopping to spread the load equally on both performance, damage the tires, and sides of the centerline. shorten the life of the vehicle.

{ Warning Caution In the case of a sudden stop or Overloading the vehicle may cause collision, things carried in the bed of damage. Repairs would not be covered by your truck could shift forward and the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the come into the passenger area, vehicle. Label Example injuring you and others. If you put things in the bed of your truck, you Using heavier suspension components A vehicle-specific Certification/Tire label should make sure they are properly to get added durability might not is attached to the B-pillar or on the secured. change the weight ratings. Ask your forward edge of the rear door. The label dealer to help load the vehicle the may show the size of the vehicle's right way. original tires and the inflation pressures { Warning needed to obtain the gross weight Do not load the vehicle any heavier { Warning capacity of the vehicle. This is called than the Gross Vehicle Weight Rating Things you put inside the vehicle can Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR). (GVWR), or either the maximum strike and injure people in a sudden The GVWR includes the weight of the front or rear Gross Axle Weight stop or turn, or in a crash. vehicle, all occupants, fuel, and cargo. Rating (GAWR). This can cause (Continued) The Certification/Tire label may also systems to break and change the show the maximum weights for the way the vehicle handles. This could front and rear axles, called Gross Axle (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

184 Driving and Operating Two-Tiered Loading Add-On Equipment Warning (Continued) Depending on the model of the pickup, When carrying removable items, a limit . Put things in the cargo area of the an upper load platform can be created on how many people carried inside the vehicle. Try to spread the weight vehicle may be necessary. Be sure to evenly. by positioning three or four 5 cm (2 in) by 15 cm (6 in) wooden planks across weigh the vehicle before buying and . Never stack heavier things, like the width of the pickup box. The planks installing the new equipment. suitcases, inside the vehicle so must be inserted in the pickup box that some of them are above the depressions. Caution tops of the seats. When using this upper load platform, Overloading the vehicle may cause damage. Repairs would not be covered by . Do not leave an unsecured child be sure the load is securely tied down restraint in the vehicle. the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the to prevent it from shifting. The load's vehicle. . When you carry something inside center of gravity should be positioned the vehicle, secure it whenever in a zone over the rear axle. The zone is Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle you can. located in the area between the front Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or of each wheel well and the rear of each . Do not leave a seat folded down rear axle. wheel well. The center of gravity height unless you need to. * Equipment Maximum Weight must not extend above the top of the There is also important loading pickup box flareboard. Ladder Rack and 340 kg (750 lb) information for off-road driving in this Any load that extends beyond the Cargo manual. See “Loading the Vehicle for vehicle's taillamp area must be properly Cross Toolbox and 181 kg (400 lb) Off-Road Driving“ under Off-Road marked according to local laws and Cargo Driving 0 174. regulations. Side Boxes and 113 kg per side Remember not to exceed the Gross Axle Cargo (250 lb per side) Weight Rating (GAWR) of the front or rear axle. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 185

* Equipment Maximum Weight points to remove gap. The holes for GM Caution (Continued) approved accessories (3) are not intended for * The combined weight for all aftermarket equipment. See . Keep the vehicle speed at 88 km/h rail-mounted equipment should not www.gmupfitter.com for additional pickup (55 mph) or less for the first 805 km (500 mi). exceed 454 kg (1,000 lb). box load bearing structural information. . Do not drive at any one constant Truck-Camper Loading Information Loading Points speed, fast or slow, for the first The vehicle was neither designed nor 805 km (500 mi). Do not make intended to carry a slide-in camper. full-throttle starts. Avoid downshifting to brake or slow the vehicle. Caution . Avoid making hard stops for the first Adding a slide-in camper or similar 322 km (200 mi) or so. During this equipment to the vehicle can damage it, time the new brake linings are not yet and the repairs would not be covered by broken in. Hard stops with new linings can mean premature wear and earlier the vehicle warranty. Do not install a replacement. Follow this breaking-in slide-in camper or similar equipment on guideline every time you get new the vehicle. brake linings. . Do not tow a trailer during break-in. Starting and Operating See Trailer Towing 0 220 for the 1. Primary Load Points New Vehicle Break-In trailer towing capabilities of the 2. Secondary Load Areas vehicle and more information. 3. GM Approved Accessory Mounting Caution Following break-in, engine speed and load Points The vehicle does not need an elaborate can be gradually increased. Structural members (1) and (2) are included break-in. But it will perform better in the in the pickup box design. Additional long run if you follow these guidelines: accessories should use these load points. (Continued) Depending on the accessory design, use a spacer under the accessory at the load GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

186 Driving and Operating Ignition Positions 0 (Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF) : This 6. Release the brake pedal. position turns off the vehicle. It also locks See your dealer if the key can be removed the ignition, the transmission, and the in any other position. steering column, if equipped with a locking steering column. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) will remain active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) 0 190. A warning chime will sound when the driver door is opened and the key is in the ignition. If equipped with a locking steering column, the steering can bind with the front wheels turned off center, which may prevent key rotation out of LOCK/OFF. If this happens, 0. Stopping the Engine/LOCK/OFF move the steering wheel from right to left 1. ACC/ACCESSORY while turning the key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this does not work, then the vehicle needs 2. ON/RUN service. To turn off the vehicle: 3. START 1. Make sure that the vehicle is stopped. { The ignition switch has four positions. Warning 2. Shift to P (Park). Turning off the vehicle while moving may To shift out of P (Park), the ignition must be 3. Continue to hold the brake pedal, then cause loss of power assist in the brake ON/RUN and the brake pedal must be set the parking brake. See Parking Brake and steering systems and disable the applied. 0 203. airbags. While driving, turn off the 4. Push the key all the way in toward the vehicle only in an emergency. steering column, then turn the key to LOCK/OFF. In an emergency, if the vehicle cannot be 5. Remove the key. pulled over and must be turned off while driving: GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 187 1. Push the key all the way in toward the 1 (ACC/ACCESSORY) : This position allows If the key is left in ON/RUN with the engine steering column, then turn the key to features such as the infotainment system to off, the battery could drain and the vehicle ACC/ACCESSORY. operate while the vehicle is off. It also may not start. 2. Brake using firm and steady pressure. Do unlocks the steering column, if equipped 3 (START) : This is the position that starts not pump the brakes repeatedly. This with a locking steering column. Use this the engine. When the engine starts, release may deplete power assist, requiring position if the vehicle must be pushed or the key. The ignition returns to ON/RUN for increased brake pedal force. towed. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) driving. 0 190. 3. Shift the vehicle to N (Neutral). This can be done while the vehicle is moving. From ON/RUN, push the key all the way in Starting the Engine Continue braking and steer the vehicle to toward the steering column, then turn the If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the a safe location. key to ACC/ACCESSORY. Duramax diesel supplement. 4. Come to a complete stop. If the key is left in ACC/ACCESSORY with the Caution 5. Shift to P (Park). engine off, the battery could drain and the vehicle may not start. 6. Push the key all the way in toward the If you add electrical parts or accessories, steering column (1), then turn the A warning chime will sound when the driver you could change the way the engine ignition to LOCK/OFF (2). door is opened and the key is in the operates. Any resulting damage would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. 7. Set the parking brake. See Parking Brake ignition. See Add-On Electrical Equipment 0 232. 0 203. 2 (ON/RUN) : This position can be used to 8. Remove the key. operate the electrical accessories and to Place the transmission in the proper gear. display some instrument cluster warning 9. Release the brake pedal. and indicator lights. This position can also Move the shift lever to P (Park) or N (Neutral). The engine will not start in any Caution be used for service and diagnostics, and to verify the proper operation of the other position. To restart the engine when Use the correct key, make sure it is all malfunction indicator lamp as may be the vehicle is already moving, use the way in — or pushed all the way in required for emission inspection purposes. N (Neutral) only. toward the steering column when turning The switch stays in this position when the off the vehicle — and turn it only with engine is running. The transmission is also your hand. unlocked in this position. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

188 Driving and Operating

Caution 2. If the engine does not start after five to 10 seconds, especially in very cold Warning (Continued) Do not try to shift to P (Park) if the weather (below −18 °C or 0 °F), it could personal injury may result. Always park vehicle is moving. If you do, you could be flooded with too much gasoline. Try the vehicle in a clear open area away damage the transmission. Shift to P (Park) pushing the accelerator pedal all the way from buildings or structures. only when the vehicle is stopped. to the floor and holding it there while holding the key in START for up to If equipped, the engine heater can provide Starting Procedure 15 seconds. Wait at least 15 seconds easier starting and better fuel economy 1. With your foot off the accelerator pedal, between each try, to allow the cranking during engine warm-up in cold weather turn the ignition key to START. When motor to cool down. When the engine conditions at or below −18 °C (0 °F). Vehicles the engine starts, let go of the key. The starts, let go of the key and accelerator with an engine heater should be plugged in idle speed will go down as the engine pedal. If the vehicle starts briefly but at least four hours before starting. An gets warm. Do not race the engine then stops again, do the same thing. internal thermostat in the plug-end of the immediately after starting it. Operate This clears the extra gasoline from the cord may exist, which will prevent engine the engine and transmission gently to engine. Do not race the engine heater operation at temperatures above allow the oil to warm up and lubricate immediately after starting it. Operate −18 °C (0 °F). all moving parts. the engine and transmission gently until the oil warms up and lubricates all Caution moving parts. Cranking the engine for long periods of Engine Heater time, by returning the ignition to the START position immediately after If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the cranking has ended, can overheat and Duramax diesel supplement. damage the cranking motor, and drain the battery. Wait at least 15 seconds { Warning between each try, to let the cranking Do not plug in the engine block heater motor cool down. while the vehicle is parked in a garage or under a carport. Property damage or (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 189

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Improper use of the heater cord or an or extension cord, could make it extension cord can damage the cord and overheat and cause a fire, property may result in overheating and fire. damage, electric shock, and injury. . Plug the cord into a three-prong . Do not operate the vehicle with the electrical utility receptacle that is heater cord permanently attached to protected by a ground fault detection the vehicle. Possible heater cord and function. An ungrounded outlet could thermostat damage could occur. cause an electric shock. . While in use, do not let the heater . Use a weatherproof, heavy-duty, cord touch vehicle parts or sharp 15 amp-rated extension cord if needed. edges. Never close the hood on the Heater Cord Near Engine Air Cleaner, 2.5L L4 Failure to use the recommended heater cord. Engine Shown, 3.6L V6 Engine Similar extension cord in good operating . Before starting the vehicle, unplug the condition, or using a damaged heater To Use the Engine Heater cord, reattach the cover to the plug, (Continued) and securely fasten the cord. Keep the 1. Turn off the engine. cord away from any moving parts. 2. Open the hood and unwrap the electrical cord. The cord is secured near the 4. Before starting the engine, be sure to coolant surge tank or to the engine air unplug and store the cord as it was cleaner. Carefully remove the cord. before to keep it away from moving Check the heater cord for damage. If it is engine parts. If you do not, it could be damaged, do not use it. See your dealer damaged. for a replacement. Inspect the cord for The length of time the heater should remain damage yearly. plugged in depends on several factors. Ask a 3. Plug the cord into a normal, grounded dealer in the area where you will be parking 110-volt AC outlet. the vehicle for the best advice on this. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

190 Driving and Operating Leaving the Vehicle with the Engine Retained Accessory Power (RAP) Warning (Continued) Running When the ignition is turned from on to off, To be sure the vehicle will not move, the following features (if equipped) will even when you are on fairly level ground, continue to function for up to 10 minutes, { Warning use the steps that follow. With or until the driver door is opened. These It can be dangerous to leave the vehicle features will also work when the ignition is four-wheel drive, if the transfer case is in with the engine running. The vehicle N (Neutral), the vehicle will be free to in RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY: could move suddenly if the shift lever is roll, even if the shift lever is in P (Park). . Infotainment System not fully in P (Park) with the parking Be sure the transfer case is in a drive brake firmly set. . Power Windows (during RAP this gear. If towing a trailer, see Driving functionality will be lost when any door Characteristics and Towing Tips 0 217. If you have four-wheel drive and the is opened) transfer case is in N (Neutral), the vehicle . Sunroof (during RAP this functionality will 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then set the will be free to roll, even if the shift lever be lost when any door is opened) parking brake. is in P (Park). So be sure the transfer case . Auxiliary Power Outlet See Parking Brake 0 203. is in a drive gear – not in N (Neutral). . Audio System 2. Hold the button on the shift lever and And, if you leave the vehicle with the . OnStar System push the lever toward the front of the engine running, it could overheat and Shifting Into Park vehicle into P (Park). even catch fire. You or others could be 3. Be sure the transfer case (if equipped) is injured. Do not leave the vehicle with the { Warning in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). engine running unless you have to. 4. Push the ignition key in, towards the It can be dangerous to get out of the steering column and then turn the If you have to leave the vehicle with the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully in ignition off. engine running, be sure the vehicle is in P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. P (Park) and the parking brake is firmly set 5. Remove the key and take it with you. The vehicle can roll. If you have left the before you leave it. After you move the If you can leave the vehicle with the engine running, the vehicle can move shift lever into P (Park), hold the regular ignition key in your hand, the vehicle is brake pedal down. Then, see if you can suddenly. You or others could be injured. in P (Park). (Continued) move the shift lever away from P (Park) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 191 without pressing the button on the shift Shifting out of Park Parking over Things That Burn lever. If you can, it means that the shift lever was not fully locked into P (Park). This vehicle is equipped with an electronic shift lock release system. The shift lock { Warning Torque Lock release is designed to: Things that can burn could touch hot If you are parking on a hill and you do not . Prevent ignition key removal unless the exhaust parts under the vehicle and shift the transmission into P (Park) properly, shift lever is in P (Park). ignite. Do not park over papers, leaves, the weight of the vehicle may put too much . Prevent movement of the shift lever out dry grass, or other things that can burn. force on the parking pawl in the of P (Park), unless the ignition is on and transmission. You may find it difficult to pull the regular brake pedal is applied. Active Fuel Management the shift lever out of P (Park). This is called To shift out of P (Park): torque lock. To prevent torque lock, set the This vehicle's engine may be equipped with parking brake and then shift into P (Park) 1. Apply the brake pedal. Active Fuel Management, which allows the engine to operate on either all of its properly before you leave the driver seat. To 2. Press the button on the shift lever. find out how, see Shifting Into Park 0 190. cylinders, or in reduced cylinder operation 3. Move the shift lever to the desired mode, depending on the driving conditions. When you are ready to drive, move the position. When less power is required, such as shift lever out of P (Park) before you release If you still are unable to shift out of cruising at a constant vehicle speed, the the parking brake. P (Park): system will operate in reduced cylinder operation mode, allowing the vehicle to If torque lock does occur, you may need to 1. Ease the pressure on the shift lever. have another vehicle push yours a little achieve better fuel economy. When greater 2. While holding down the brake pedal and uphill to take some of the pressure from the power demands are required, such as pressing the shift lever button, move the parking pawl in the transmission. You will accelerating from a stop, passing, shift lever all the way into P (Park). then be able to pull the shift lever out of or merging onto a freeway, the system will P (Park). 3. While holding the shift lever button, maintain full-cylinder operation. If the move the shift lever to the desired vehicle has an Active Fuel Management position. indicator, see Driver Information Center (DIC) for more information on using this display. If you are still having a problem shifting, then have the vehicle serviced soon. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

192 Driving and Operating

Engine Exhaust Warning (Continued) Automatic Transmission If equipped, there is an electronic shift lever { Warning If unusual fumes are detected or if it is suspected that exhaust is coming into the position indicator within the instrument Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide vehicle: cluster. This display comes on when the (CO), which cannot be seen or smelled. ignition key is in ACC/ACCESSORY or . Drive it only with the windows Exposure to CO can cause ON/RUN. completely down. unconsciousness and even death. . Have the vehicle repaired immediately. Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: Never park the vehicle with the engine . The vehicle idles in areas with poor running in an enclosed area such as a ventilation (parking garages, tunnels, garage or a building that has no fresh air deep snow that may block underbody airflow or tail pipes). ventilation. . The exhaust smells or sounds strange Running the Vehicle While Parked or different. It is better not to park with the engine . The exhaust system leaks due to corrosion or damage. running. . The vehicle exhaust system has been If the vehicle is left with the engine running, modified, damaged, or improperly follow the proper steps to be sure the P: This position locks the drive wheels. Use vehicle will not move. See Shifting Into Park repaired. 0 P (Park) when starting the engine because 190 and the vehicle cannot move easily. When . There are holes or openings in the Engine Exhaust 0 192. vehicle body from damage or parked on a hill, especially when the vehicle aftermarket modifications that are not If parking on a hill and pulling a trailer, see has a heavy load, you might notice an completely sealed. Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips increase in the effort to shift out of P (Park). 0 (Continued) 217. See “Torque Lock” under Shifting Into Park 0 190. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 193

{ Warning Warning (Continued) { Warning It is dangerous to get out of the vehicle High or Four-Wheel Drive High or Shifting into a drive gear while the if the shift lever is not fully in P (Park) Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in engine is running at high speed is with the parking brake firmly set. The N (Neutral). See Shifting Into Park 0 190. dangerous. Unless your foot is firmly on vehicle can roll. the brake pedal, the vehicle could move R: Use this gear to back up. Do not leave the vehicle when the engine very rapidly. You could lose control and hit people or objects. Do not shift into a is running. If you have left the engine Caution running, the vehicle can move suddenly. drive gear while the engine is running at Shifting to R (Reverse) while the vehicle is You or others could be injured. To be high speed. moving forward could damage the sure the vehicle will not move, even transmission. The repairs would not be when you are on fairly level ground, covered by the vehicle warranty. Shift to Caution always set the parking brake and move R (Reverse) only after the vehicle is Shifting out of P (Park) or N (Neutral) with the shift lever to P (Park). See Shifting stopped. the engine running at high speed may Into Park 0 190 and damage the transmission. The repairs Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips To rock the vehicle back and forth to get would not be covered by the vehicle 0 217. out of snow, ice, or sand without damaging warranty. Be sure the engine is not the transmission, see If the Vehicle Is Stuck running at high speed when shifting the 0 179. { Warning vehicle. N: In this position, the engine does not If you have four-wheel drive, the vehicle connect with the wheels. To restart the will be free to roll — even if the shift engine when the vehicle is already moving, Caution lever is in P (Park) — if the transfer case use N (Neutral) only. A transmission hot message may display is in N (Neutral). So, be sure the transfer if the automatic transmission fluid is too case is in a drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive hot. Driving under this condition can (Continued) damage the vehicle. Stop and idle the engine to cool the automatic (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

194 Driving and Operating

Caution (Continued) the transmission does not upshift and Caution instead holds the current gear. In some transmission fluid. This message clears cases, this could appear to be a delayed Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle when the transmission fluid has cooled shift, however the transmission is operating in one place on a hill using only the sufficiently. normally. accelerator pedal may damage the The transmission uses adaptive shift transmission. The repair will not be D: This position is for normal driving. controls. The adaptive shift control process covered by the vehicle warranty. If the If more power is needed for passing, press continually compares key shift parameters vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. the accelerator pedal down. to pre-programmed ideal shifts stored in the When stopping on a hill, use the brakes D (Drive) can be used when towing a trailer, transmission’s computer. The transmission to hold the vehicle in place. carrying a heavy load, driving on steep hills, constantly makes adjustments to improve or driving off-road. Shift the transmission to vehicle performance according to how the Normal Mode Grade Braking a lower gear range selection if the vehicle is being used, such as with a heavy Normal Mode Grade Braking is enabled transmission shifts too often. See Manual load or when the temperature changes. 0 when the vehicle is started, but is not Mode 195. During this adaptive shift control process, enabled in Range Selection Mode. It assists Downshifting the transmission in slippery shifting might feel different as the in maintaining desired vehicle speeds when road conditions could result in skidding. See transmission determines the best settings. driving on downhill grades by using the “Skidding” under Loss of Control 0 173. When temperatures are very cold, the engine and transmission to slow the vehicle. The vehicle has a shift stabilization feature transmission's gear shifting could be delayed that adjusts the transmission shifting to the providing more stable shifts until the engine current driving conditions in order to reduce warms up. Shifts could be more noticeable rapid upshifts and downshifts. This shift with a cold transmission. This difference in stabilization feature is designed to shifting is normal. determine, before making an upshift, if the L: This position allows selection of a range engine is able to maintain vehicle speed by of gears appropriate for current driving analyzing things such as vehicle speed, conditions. See Manual Mode 0 195. throttle position, and vehicle load. If the shift stabilization feature determines that a current vehicle speed cannot be maintained, GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 195 Manual Mode To use this feature: When the shift lever is moved from 1. Move the shift lever to L (Manual Mode). D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a downshift Range Selection Mode may occur. The gear that the transmission is 2. Press the plus/minus button on the shift operating in when the shift lever is moved lever to select the desired range of gears from D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode) for current driving conditions. determines if a downshift occurs. See the When the shift lever is moved from following chart. D (Drive) to L (Manual Mode), a number displays next to the L, indicating the current transmission range. This number is the highest gear that the transmission will command while operating in L (Manual Mode). All gears below that number are available. As driving conditions change, the transmission can automatically shift to lower gears. For example, when L5 is Range Selection Mode helps control the selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are vehicle's transmission and vehicle speed automatically shifted by the transmission, while driving downhill or towing a trailer by but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until the plus/ letting you select a desired range of gears. minus button on the shift lever is used to change to the range. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

196 Driving and Operating

6-Speed Automatic Transmission Caution Gear before shifting from D (Drive) to 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st Spinning the tires or holding the vehicle L (Manual Mode) in one place on a hill using only the Range after shifting from D (Drive) to accelerator pedal may damage the L4 L4 L3 L2 L2 L1 L (Manual Mode) transmission. The repair will not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If the vehicle is stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes 8-Speed Automatic Transmission to hold the vehicle in place.

Gear before shifting Low Traction Mode from D (Drive) to 8th 7th 6th 5th 4th 3rd 2nd 1st L (Manual Mode) If equipped, Low Traction Mode assists in vehicle acceleration when road conditions Range after shifting are slippery, such as with ice or snow. While from D (Drive) to L6 L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L2 L1 the vehicle is at a stop, select L2 using L (Manual Mode) – Range Selection Mode. This will limit torque Tow/Haul not engaged to the wheels and help to prevent the tires Range after shifting from spinning. from D (Drive) to L6 L5 L4 L3 L3 L3 L2 L1 L (Manual Mode) – Tow/Haul Mode Tow/Haul engaged If equipped, Tow/Haul Mode adjusts the transmission shift pattern to reduce shift cycling. While towing heavy loads, this Grade Braking is not available when Range While using Range Selection Mode, cruise mode provides increased performance and Selection Mode is active. See Tow/Haul control and the Tow/Haul Mode can vehicle control. Mode 0 196. be used. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 197

Caution Warning (Continued) Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in 4 or 4 n — or set the parking brake before , or 4 for an extended period of time. m n placing the transfer case in N (Neutral). These conditions may cause: See Shifting Into Park 0 190. . Overheating. . Oil leakage. Caution . Damage to internal and external Extended high-speed operation in 4 n Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and off by components of the front axle. may damage or shorten the life of the pressing the button on the center stack. . Premature wear on the vehicle’s When the Tow/Haul Mode is enabled, a powertrain. drivetrain. light on the instrument cluster will come on. Engagement noise and bump when shifting 0 Driving on clean, dry pavement in 4 m or 4 See Tow/Haul Mode Light 90 and between 4 and 4 or from N (Neutral), 0 n m Hill and Mountain Roads 178. n may: with the engine running, is normal. Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under Towing . Cause a vibration to be felt in the Shifting into 4 will turn Traction Control Equipment 0 224. steering system. n and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control . Cause tires to wear faster. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, the Tow/ (ESC) off. See Traction Control/Electronic Haul button activates the exhaust brake . Cause additional driveline noise. Stability Control 0 204. system simultaneously. See “Exhaust Brake” in the Duramax diesel supplement. { Warning If equipped with four-wheel drive, the Drive Systems vehicle will be free to roll if the transfer case is in N (Neutral), even when the shift Four-Wheel Drive lever is in P (Park). You or someone else If equipped, four-wheel drive engages the could be seriously injured. Be sure the front axle for extra traction. transfer case is in a drive gear — 2 m, 4 m, (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

198 Driving and Operating Electronic Transfer Case position. The light will flash meaning that 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving the shift is in progress. When the shift is on most streets and highways. The front completed the new position will be axle is not engaged. This setting provides illuminated. If the transfer case cannot the best fuel economy. complete a shift command, it will go back to its last chosen setting. 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting engages the front axle and delivers extra In extreme cold weather, it may be necessary to slow or stop the vehicle to torque. Choose 4 n if driving off-road in deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and while shift from 2 to 4 . m m climbing or descending steep hills. When Delayed shift from 4 m to 2 m may be engaged, keep vehicle speed below 72 km/h experienced due to uneven tire wear, low (45 mph). tire pressure, high vehicle loading, or cold Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control temperatures. and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ Use the transfer case knob, next to the Electronic Stability Control 0 204. steering wheel, to shift into and out of Caution four-wheel drive for extra traction. Shifting the transmission into gear before 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : Use when extra traction is needed. The front axle All of the lights will flash on then off the requested mode indicator light has engages and helps when driving on snowy momentarily when the ignition is turned on. stopped flashing could damage the or icy roads, and when off-roading. The The light that remains on will indicate the transfer case. state of the transfer case. vehicle can be shifted from 2 m to 4 m while The settings are: the vehicle is moving. If the indicator mark on the knob does not match up with the light then that likely N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle Shifting Into 4 m means the knob was moved when the needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle Turn the knob to 4 at any speed up to ignition was off. Towing 0 297 or m Towing the Vehicle 0 296. 121 km/h (75 mph), except from 4 n. The The indicator mark on the knob must line indicator light will flash while shifting and up with the indicator light before a shift can will remain on the selected setting. be commanded. To command a shift rotate the transfer case knob to the new desired GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 199 Shifting Into 2 m Shifting Out of 4 n 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. Turn the knob to 2 m at any speed, except 1. To shift out of 4 n the vehicle must be 6. Turn the transfer case knob clockwise to N (Neutral) until it stops and hold it when shifting from 4 n. stopped or moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in there until the N (Neutral) light starts Shifting Into 4 n N (Neutral) and the ignition on. It is best flashing. This will take at least for the vehicle to be moving 10 seconds. Then slowly release the knob When 4 n is engaged, vehicle speed should 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). to the 4 n position. The N (Neutral) light be kept below 72 km/h (45 mph). 2. Turn the knob to 4 m or 2 m. Wait for the will come on when the transfer case 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle shift to N (Neutral) is complete. 4 m or 2 m indicator light to stop flashing must be stopped or moving less than 7. With the engine running, verify that the 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in before shifting the transmission into gear. transfer case is in N (Neutral) by shifting N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to the transmission to R (Reverse), then to be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). If the transmission is in gear and/or moving D (Drive). There should be no movement 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for the 4 n more than 5 km/h (3 mph), the 4 m or 2 m of the vehicle while shifting the indicator light to stop flashing before indicator light will flash for 30 seconds, but transmission. shifting the transmission into gear. will not complete the shift. With the vehicle 8. Turn the engine off, and the ignition to moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the If the transmission is in gear and/or moving ACC/ACCESSORY. transmission in N (Neutral), attempt the shift 9. Place the transmission shift lever in more than 5 km/h (3 mph), the 4 n indicator again. light will flash for 30 seconds, but will not P (Park). See Recreational Vehicle Towing complete the shift. After 30 seconds the Shifting Into N (Neutral) 0 297. transfer case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob To shift: 10. Turn the ignition off. to 4 m to see the indicator. With the vehicle 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface. Shifting Out of N (Neutral) moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), and the 2. Set the parking brake and press and hold To shift: transmission in N (Neutral), attempt the shift the brake pedal. See Parking Brake 1. Set the parking brake and apply the again. 0 203. brake pedal. 3. Start the vehicle or turn the ignition on. 2. Turn the ignition on with the engine off. 4. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

200 Driving and Operating 4. Turn the transfer case knob to 2 m. Use the transfer case knob next to the 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High) : Use for driving steering wheel to shift into and out of After the transfer case has shifted out of on most streets and highways. The front four-wheel drive. N (Neutral), the N (Neutral) light will axle is not engaged. This setting provides go out. All of the lights will flash on then off the best fuel economy. 5. Release the parking brake. momentarily when the ignition is turned on. AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive) : Use The light that remains on will indicate the when road surface traction conditions are Caution state of the transfer case. variable. When driving in AUTO, the front Shifting the transmission into gear before If the indicator mark on the knob does not axle is engaged, and the vehicle's power is the requested mode indicator light has match up with the light then that likely sent to the front and rear wheels automatically based on driving conditions. stopped flashing could damage the means the knob was moved when the This setting provides slightly lower fuel transfer case. ignition was off. economy than 2 . The indicator mark on the knob must line m 6. Start the engine and shift the up with the indicator light before a shift can Do not use AUTO mode, if equipped, to park transmission to the desired gear. be commanded. To command a shift rotate on a steep grade with poor traction such as Automatic Transfer Case the transfer case knob to the new desired ice, snow, mud, or gravel. In AUTO mode position. The light will flash meaning that only the rear wheels will hold the vehicle the shift is in progress. When the shift is from sliding when parked. If parking on a completed the new position will be steep grade, use 4 m to keep all four wheels illuminated. If the transfer case cannot engaged. complete a shift command, it will go back to its last chosen setting. 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High) : This setting engages the front axle. Use this position The settings are: when extra traction is needed, such as when N (Neutral) : Use only when the vehicle driving on snowy or icy roads, or when needs to be towed. See Recreational Vehicle off-roading. Towing 0 297 or Towing the Vehicle 0 296. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 201 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low) : This setting Shifting Into 4 n vehicle moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph), engages the front axle and delivers extra and the transmission in N (Neutral), attempt When 4 n is engaged, keep vehicle speed torque. Choose 4 when driving off-road in the shift again. n below 72 km/h (45 mph). deep sand, deep mud, or deep snow, and Shifting Out of 4 n while climbing or descending steep hills. To shift into 4 n: To shift: Shifting into 4 n will turn Traction Control 1. The ignition must be on and the vehicle must be stopped or moving less than 1. The vehicle must be stopped or moving and StabiliTrak/ESC off. See Traction Control/ less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the Electronic Stability Control 0 204. 5 km/h (3 mph) with the transmission in N (Neutral). It is best for the vehicle to transmission in N (Neutral) and the Shifting Into 4 m or AUTO be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). ignition on. It is best for the vehicle to be moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Turn the knob to the 4 or AUTO position 2. Turn the knob to 4 n. Wait for the 4 n m 2. Turn the knob to 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m. Wait at any speed, except from 4 . The indicator indicator light to stop flashing before n for the 4 m, AUTO, or 2 m indicator light light will flash while shifting and will remain shifting the transmission into gear. to stop flashing before shifting the on when the shift is completed. Caution transmission into gear. Shifting Into 2 m Shifting the transmission into gear before Caution Turn the knob to 2 at any speed, except the requested mode indicator light has m Shifting the transmission into gear before when shifting from 4 n. The indicator light stopped flashing could damage the transfer case. the requested mode indicator light has will flash while shifting and will remain on stopped flashing could damage the when the shift is completed. If the transmission is in gear and/or moving transfer case. more than 5 km/h (3 mph), the 4 n indicator light will flash for 30 seconds, but will not If the transmission is in gear and/or moving complete the shift. After 30 seconds the more than 5 km/h (3 mph), the 4 m, AUTO, transfer case will shift to 4 m. Turn the knob or 2 m indicator light will flash for to 4 m to display the indicator. With the 30 seconds but will not complete the shift. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

202 Driving and Operating With the vehicle moving less than 5 km/h 8. Turn the engine off, and the ignition to Brakes (3 mph), and the transmission in N (Neutral), ACC/ACCESSORY. attempt the shift again. 9. Place the transmission shift lever in Antilock Brake System (ABS) Shifting Into N (Neutral) P (Park). See Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 297. The Antilock Brake System (ABS) helps To shift: prevent a braking skid and maintain steering 10. Turn the ignition to off. 1. Park the vehicle on a level surface. while braking hard. 2. Set the parking brake and press and hold Shifting Out of N (Neutral) ABS performs a system check when the the brake pedal. See Parking Brake To shift: vehicle is first driven. A momentary motor 0 203. 1. Set the parking brake and apply the or clicking noise may be heard while this 3. Start the vehicle or turn the ignition on. brake pedal. test is going on, and the brake pedal may move slightly. This is normal. 4. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). 2. Turn the ignition on with the engine off. 5. Shift the transfer case to 2 m. 3. Shift the transmission to N (Neutral). 6. Turn the transfer case knob clockwise to 4. Turn the transfer case knob to the N (Neutral) until it stops and hold it desired setting. there until the N (Neutral) light starts After the transfer case has shifted out of flashing. This will take at least N (Neutral), the N (Neutral) light will 10 seconds. Then slowly release the knob go out. If there is a problem with ABS, this warning to the 4 n position. The N (Neutral) light 5. Release the parking brake. light stays on. See Antilock Brake System will come on when the transfer case 6. Start the engine and shift the (ABS) Warning Light 0 89. shift to N (Neutral) is complete. transmission to the desired gear. ABS does not change the time needed to 7. With the engine running, verify that the get a foot on the brake pedal and does not transfer case is in N (Neutral) by shifting always decrease stopping distance. If you the transmission to R (Reverse), then get too close to the vehicle ahead, there will shift the transmission to D (Drive). There not be enough time to apply the brakes if should be no movement of the vehicle that vehicle suddenly slows or stops. Always while shifting the transmission. leave enough room ahead to stop, even with ABS. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 203 Using ABS If the ignition is on, the brake system Brake Assist warning light will come on. See Brake Do not pump the brakes. Just hold the brake System Warning Light 0 89. Brake Assist detects rapid brake pedal pedal down firmly. Hearing or feeling ABS applications due to emergency braking operate is normal. Caution situations and provides additional braking to activate the Antilock Brake System (ABS) if Braking in Emergencies Driving with the parking brake on can the brake pedal is not pushed hard enough overheat the brake system and cause ABS allows steering and braking at the same to activate ABS normally. Minor noise, brake time. In many emergencies, steering can premature wear or damage to brake pedal pulsation, and/or pedal movement help even more than braking. system parts. Make sure that the parking during this time may occur. Continue to brake is fully released and the brake apply the brake pedal as the driving Parking Brake warning light is off before driving. situation dictates. Brake Assist disengages when the brake pedal is released. To release the parking brake, hold the regular brake pedal down, then push down Hill Start Assist (HSA) momentarily on the parking brake pedal until you feel the pedal release. Slowly pull { Warning your foot up off the parking brake pedal. If the parking brake is not released when Do not rely on the HSA feature. HSA does you begin to drive, the brake system not replace the need to pay attention warning light will flash and a chime will and drive safely. You may not hear or sound warning you that the parking brake is feel alerts or warnings provided by this still on. system. Failure to use proper care when If you are towing a trailer and are parking driving may result in injury, death, on a hill, see Driving Characteristics and or vehicle damage. See Defensive Driving 0 Set the parking brake by holding the regular Towing Tips 0 217. 171. brake pedal down, then pushing down the parking brake pedal. When the vehicle is stopped on a grade, Hill Start Assist (HSA) temporarily prevents the vehicle from rolling in an unintended direction during the transition from brake GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

204 Driving and Operating pedal release to accelerator pedal apply. The applies the brakes to the spinning wheels When the transfer case (if equipped) is in brakes release when the accelerator pedal is and reduces engine power to limit Four-Wheel Drive Low, the stability system applied or automatically release after a few wheel spin. is automatically disabled, and g comes on seconds. The brakes may also release under StabiliTrak/ESC activates when the vehicle in the instrument cluster. Both traction other conditions. Do not rely on HSA to hold senses a difference between the intended control and StabiliTrak/ESC are automatically the vehicle. path and the direction the vehicle is actually disabled in this condition. HSA is available when the vehicle is facing traveling. StabiliTrak/ESC selectively applies uphill in a forward gear, or when facing braking pressure to any one of the vehicle downhill in R (Reverse). The vehicle must wheel brakes to assist the driver in keeping come to a complete stop on a grade for HSA the vehicle on the intended path. to activate. If cruise control is being used and traction control or StabiliTrak/ESC begins to limit Ride Control Systems wheel spin, cruise control will disengage. The indicator light for both systems is in the Cruise control may be turned back on when instrument cluster. This light will: Traction Control/Electronic road conditions allow. Stability Control . Flash when TCS is limiting wheel spin. Both systems come on automatically when . Flash when StabiliTrak/ESC is activated. the vehicle is started and begins to move. System Operation . Turn on and stay on when either system The systems may be heard or felt while is not working. The vehicle has a Traction Control System they are operating or while performing (TCS) and StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability diagnostic checks. This is normal and does If either system fails to turn on or to Control (ESC) an electronic stability control not mean there is a problem with the activate, a message displays in the Driver system. These systems help limit wheel slip vehicle. Information Center (DIC), and d comes on and assist the driver in maintaining control, It is recommended to leave both systems on and stays on to indicate that the system is especially on slippery road conditions. for normal driving conditions, but it may be inactive and is not assisting the driver in TCS activates if it senses that any of the necessary to turn TCS off if the vehicle gets maintaining control. The vehicle is safe to drive wheels are spinning or beginning to stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. See If the drive, but driving should be adjusted lose traction. When this happens, TCS Vehicle Is Stuck 0 179 and “Turning the accordingly. Systems Off and On” later in this section. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 205 If d comes on and stays on: press and release g. The Traction Off light The HDC switch is on the center stack, below the climate controls. 1. Stop the vehicle. i displayed in the instrument cluster will 2. Turn the engine off and wait 15 seconds. turn off. Press 5 to enable or disable HDC. Vehicle 3. Start the engine. If TCS is limiting wheel spin when g is speed must be below 60 km/h (37 mph). d pressed, the system will not turn off until Drive the vehicle. If comes on and stays the wheels stop spinning. on, the vehicle may need more time to diagnose the problem. If the condition To turn off both TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC, persists, see your dealer. press and hold g until the Traction Off light i Turning the Systems Off and On and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g come on and stay on in the instrument cluster. To turn TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC on again, press The HDC light displays on the instrument cluster when enabled. and release g. The Traction Off light i and StabiliTrak/ESC Off light g in the instrument HDC can maintain vehicle speeds between cluster turn off. 4 and 30 km/h (3 and 19 mph) on an incline greater than or equal to a 10% grade. StabiliTrak/ESC will automatically turn on if A blinking HDC light indicates that the the vehicle exceeds 56 km/h (35 mph). TCS The button for TCS and StabiliTrak/ESC is on system is actively applying the brakes to the center stack. will remain off until the driver presses g or maintain vehicle speed. the ignition is cycled Off then On. When HDC is set, that is the initial set Caution Adding accessories can affect the vehicle speed. It can be increased or decreased by Do not repeatedly brake or accelerate performance. See Accessories and applying the accelerator or brake pedal. 0 heavily when TCS is off. The vehicle Modifications 234. Smaller HDC speed control adjustments are driveline could be damaged. accomplished using the cruise up or down Hill Descent Control (HDC) buttons. Each tap of the +RES will increase To turn off only TCS, press and release g. If equipped, HDC can be used when driving the set speed by 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph), while each tap of the SET– will decrease the set The Traction Off light i displays in the downhill. It sets and maintains vehicle speed speed by 0.8 km/h (0.5 mph). This adjusted instrument cluster. To turn TCS on again, while descending a very steep incline in a forward or reverse gear. speed becomes the new set speed. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

206 Driving and Operating HDC will remain enabled between 30 and Cruise Control When road conditions allow you to safely 60 km/h (19 and 37 mph), however vehicle use it again, cruise control can be turned speed cannot be set or maintained in this With cruise control a speed of about back on. 40 km/h (25 mph) or more can be range. It will automatically disable if the If equipped with Hill Descent Control (HDC), maintained without keeping your foot on vehicle speed is above 80 km/h (50 mph) or cruise control will disengage if HDC is Active. above 60 km/h (37 mph) for at least the accelerator. Cruise control does not work 30 seconds. 5 must be pressed again to at speeds below about 40 km/h (25 mph). If the brakes are applied, the cruise control re-enable HDC. disengages. { Warning When enabled, if the vehicle is at a speed above 30 km/h (19 mph) and less than Cruise control can be dangerous where 60 km/h (37 mph), a DIC message will you cannot drive safely at a steady display instructing the driver to reduce speed. Do not use cruise control on speed for HDC operation. winding roads or in heavy traffic. Cruise control will not function while HDC is Cruise control can be dangerous on enabled and vehicle speed is below 40 km/h slippery roads. On such roads, fast (25 mph). changes in tire traction can cause excessive wheel slip, and you could lose Limited-Slip Differential control. Do not use cruise control on If equipped, the limited-slip differential can slippery roads. give more traction on snow, mud, ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a standard axle most If the cruise control is being used and the 5 : Press to turn the system on or off. of the time, but when traction is low, this Traction Control (TCS) system or StabiliTrak/ A white indicator comes on in the feature allows the drive wheel with the Electronic Stability Control (ESC) begins to instrument cluster when cruise control is most traction to move the vehicle. For limit wheel spin, the cruise control will turned on. vehicles with the limited-slip differential, automatically disengage. See Traction +RES : If there is a set speed in memory, 0 driven under severe conditions, the rear axle Control/Electronic Stability Control 204. press briefly to resume to that speed or fluid should be changed. See Maintenance If a collision alert occurs when cruise control press and hold to accelerate. If cruise control 0 Schedule 310. is activated, cruise control is disengaged. See is already active, use to increase vehicle 0 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System 211. speed. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 207 SET− : Press briefly to set the speed and Once the vehicle speed reaches about The speedometer reading can be displayed activate cruise control. If cruise control is 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, press +RES in either English or metric units. See Driver already active, use to decrease vehicle briefly. The vehicle returns to the previous Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 94 or speed. set speed. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 * Increasing Speed While Using Cruise Control 96. The increment value used depends on : Press to disengage cruise control the units displayed. without erasing the set speed from memory. If the cruise control system is already activated: Passing Another Vehicle While Using Cruise Setting Cruise Control Control . Press and hold +RES until the desired If 5 is on when not in use, SET− or +RES speed is reached, then release it. Use the accelerator pedal to increase the could get pressed and go into cruise when vehicle speed. When you take your foot off . To increase vehicle speed in small not desired. Keep 5 off when cruise is not increments, briefly press +RES. For each the pedal, the vehicle will slow down to the being used. press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h previous set cruise speed. While pressing the 1. Press 5 to turn the cruise system on. (1 mph) faster. accelerator pedal or shortly following the release to override cruise control, briefly 2. Get up to the desired speed. The speedometer reading can be displayed pressing SET– will result in cruise control set 3. Press and release SET−. in either English or metric units. See Driver to the current vehicle speed. Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 94 or 4. Remove foot from the accelerator. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Using Cruise Control on Hills The cruise control indicator on the 0 96. The increment value used depends on How well the cruise control will work on instrument cluster turns green after cruise the units displayed. hills depends on the vehicle speed, load, and control has been set to the desired speed. Reducing Speed While Using Cruise Control the steepness of the hills. When going up See Instrument Cluster 0 81. steep hills, you might have to step on the If the cruise control system is already Resuming a Set Speed accelerator pedal to maintain your speed. activated: When going downhill, you might have to If the cruise control is set at a desired speed . Press and hold SET– until the desired brake or shift to a lower gear to keep your and then the brakes are applied or * is lower speed is reached, then release it. speed down. If the brake pedal is applied, pressed, the cruise control is disengaged . To slow down in small increments, briefly cruise control will disengage. without erasing the set speed from memory. press SET– . For each press, the vehicle goes about 1 km/h (1 mph) slower. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

208 Driving and Operating Ending Cruise Control Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) There are three ways to end cruise control: Failure to use proper care when driving Complete attention is always required . Step lightly on the brake pedal. * may result in injury, death, or vehicle while driving, and you should be ready to . Press . damage. See Defensive Driving 0 171. take action and apply the brakes and/or 5 . To turn off cruise control, press . Under many conditions, these systems steer the vehicle to avoid crashes. Erasing Speed Memory will not: Audible Alert . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, The cruise control set speed is erased from Some driver assistance features alert the or animals. memory if 5 is pressed or if the ignition is driver of obstacles by beeping. To change turned off. . Detect vehicles or objects outside the the volume of the warning chime, see area monitored by the system. “Comfort and Convenience” under Vehicle Driver Assistance Systems . Work at all driving speeds. Personalization 0 99. This vehicle may have features that work . Warn you or provide you with enough Cleaning together to help avoid crashes or reduce time to avoid a crash. Depending on vehicle options, keep these crash damage while driving, backing, and . Work under poor visibility or bad areas of the vehicle clean to ensure the best parking. Read this entire section before weather conditions. driver assistance feature performance. Driver using these systems. . Work if the detection sensor is not Information Center (DIC) messages may { cleaned or is covered by ice, snow, display when the systems are unavailable or Warning mud, or dirt. blocked. Do not rely on the Driver Assistance . Work if the detection sensor is Systems. These systems do not replace covered up, such as with a sticker, the need for paying attention and driving magnet, or metal plate. safely. You may not hear or see alerts or warnings provided by these systems. . Work if the area surrounding the detection sensor is damaged or not (Continued) properly repaired. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 209 . Front side and rear side panels screen sooner, press the Home or Back . Outside of the windshield in front of the button on the infotainment system, shift rearview mirror into P (Park), or reach a vehicle speed of . Side camera lens on the bottom of the approximately 12 km/h (8 mph) while in D outside mirrors (Drive). . Rear side corner bumpers The RVC is under the tailgate handle. The . Rear Vision Camera above the license RVC will not work properly if the tailgate plate is down. Radio Frequency This vehicle may be equipped with driver assistance systems that operate using radio frequency. See Radio Frequency Statement 0 335. Assistance Systems for Parking or Backing If equipped, the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) and Rear Park Assist (RPA) may help the driver park or avoid objects. Always check around the vehicle when parking or backing. 1. View Displayed by the Camera Rear Vision Camera (RVC) When the vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse), . Front and rear bumpers and the area the RVC displays an image of the area below the bumpers behind the vehicle in the infotainment . Front grille and headlamps display. The previous screen displays when the vehicle is shifted out of R (Reverse) after . Front camera lens in the front grille or a short delay. To return to the previous near the front emblem GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

210 Driving and Operating camera. Touch X to exit the view or it will Warning (Continued) be removed automatically after bumper, or under the vehicle. Shown eight seconds. distances may be different from actual distances. Do not drive or park the { Warning vehicle using only these camera(s). Use Hitch Guidance only to help back the Always check behind and around the vehicle to a trailer hitch or, when vehicle before driving. Failure to use traveling above 12 km/h (8 mph), to proper care may result in injury, death, briefly check the status of your trailer. Do 1. View Displayed by the Camera or vehicle damage. not use for any other purpose, such as 2. Corners of the Rear Bumper making lane change decisions. Before Hitch Guidance Displayed images may be farther or closer making a lane change, always check the than they appear. The area displayed is If equipped, this feature displays a single, mirrors and glance over your shoulder. limited and objects that are close to either centered guideline on the camera display to Improper use could result in serious corner of the bumper or under the bumper assist with aligning a vehicle’s hitch ball injury to you or others. do not display. with a trailer coupler. Select the trailer guidance line button, then align the trailer Park Assist A warning triangle may appear on the guidance line over the trailer coupler. With RPA, as the vehicle backs up at speeds infotainment display to show the RPA or Continuously steer the vehicle to keep the of less than 8 km/h (5 mph), the sensors on RCTA has detected an object. This triangle guidance line centered on the coupler when the rear bumper may detect objects up to changes from amber to red and increases in backing. RVC Park Assist overlays will not 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the vehicle within a zone size the closer the object. display when the trailer guidance line is 25 cm (10 in) high off the ground and below active. Hitch Guidance is only available in bumper level. These detection distances may { Warning Standard View. be shorter during warmer or humid weather. The camera(s) do not display children, To check the trailer when in a forward gear pedestrians, bicyclists, crossing traffic, above 12 km/h (8 mph), touch CAMERA on animals, or any other object outside of the infotainment display to view the rear the cameras’ field of view, below the (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 211 Blocked sensors will not detect objects and for RPA. As the object gets closer, more bars can also cause false detections. Keep the light up and the bars change color from { Warning sensors clean of mud, dirt, snow, ice, and yellow to amber to red. FCA is a warning system and does not slush; and clean sensors after a car wash in When an object is first detected in the rear, apply the brakes. When approaching a freezing temperatures. one beep will be heard from the rear. When slower-moving or stopped vehicle ahead an object is very close, <0.6 m (2 ft) in the too rapidly, or when following a vehicle { Warning vehicle rear, continuous beeps will sound too closely, FCA may not provide a The Park Assist system does not detect from the rear. warning with enough time to help avoid a crash. It also may not provide any children, pedestrians, bicyclists, animals, Turning the Features On or Off or objects below the bumper or that are warning at all. FCA does not warn of too close or too far from the vehicle. It is RPA can be turned on and off. See Vehicle pedestrians, animals, signs, guardrails, not available at speeds greater than Personalization 0 99. bridges, construction barrels, or other 8 km/h (5 mph). To prevent injury, death, Turn off RPA when towing a trailer. objects. Be ready to take action and or vehicle damage, even with Park Assist, apply the brakes. See Defensive Driving always check the area around the vehicle Forward Collision Alert (FCA) 0 171. and check all mirrors before backing. System FCA can be disabled with either the FCA If equipped, the FCA system may help to steering wheel control or, if equipped, avoid or reduce the harm caused by through vehicle personalization. See front-end crashes. When approaching a “Collision/Detection Systems” under Vehicle vehicle ahead too quickly, FCA provides a Personalization 0 99. red flashing alert on the windshield, and rapidly beeps. FCA also lights an amber Detecting the Vehicle Ahead visual alert if following another vehicle much too closely. FCA detects vehicles within a distance of The instrument cluster may have a park approximately 60 m (197 ft) and operates at assist display with bars that show “distance speeds above 40 km/h (25 mph). to object” and object location information GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

212 Driving and Operating FCA warnings will not occur unless the FCA Collision Alert Selecting the Alert Timing system detects a vehicle ahead. When a The Collision Alert control is on the steering vehicle is detected, the vehicle ahead indicator will display green. Vehicles may wheel. Press [ to set the FCA timing to not be detected on curves, highway exit Far, Medium, Near, or Off. The first button ramps, or hills, due to poor visibility; or if a press shows the current setting on the DIC. vehicle ahead is partially blocked by Additional button presses will change this pedestrians or other objects. FCA will not setting. The chosen setting will remain until detect another vehicle ahead until it is When your vehicle approaches another it is changed and will affect the timing of completely in the driving lane. detected vehicle too rapidly, the red lights both the Collision Alert and the Tailgating will flash on the windshield. Also, eight Alert features. The timing of both alerts will { Warning rapid high-pitched beeps will sound from the vary based on vehicle speed. The faster the vehicle speed, the farther away the alert will FCA does not provide a warning to help front. When this Collision Alert occurs, the brake system may prepare for driver braking occur. Consider traffic and weather avoid a crash, unless it detects a vehicle. conditions when selecting the alert timing. FCA may not detect a vehicle ahead if to occur more rapidly which can cause a brief, mild deceleration. Continue to apply The range of selectable alert timing may not the FCA sensor is blocked by dirt, snow, the brake pedal as needed. Cruise control be appropriate for all drivers and driving or ice, or if the windshield is damaged. may be disengaged when the Collision Alert conditions. It may also not detect a vehicle on occurs. winding or hilly roads, or in conditions Unnecessary Alerts that can limit visibility such as fog, rain, Tailgating Alert FCA may provide unnecessary alerts for or snow, or if the headlamps or turning vehicles, vehicles in other lanes, windshield are not cleaned or in proper objects that are not vehicles, or shadows. condition. Keep the windshield, These alerts are normal operation and the headlamps, and FCA sensors clean and in vehicle does not need service. good repair.

The vehicle ahead indicator will display amber when you are following a detected vehicle ahead much too closely. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 213 Cleaning the System @ Warning (Continued) To turn LDW on and off, press on the If the FCA system does not seem to operate center stack. The control indicator will light . Detect lane markings under poor properly, this may correct the issue: when LDW is on. weather or visibility conditions. This . Clean the outside of the windshield in can occur if the windshield or front of the rearview mirror. headlamps are blocked by dirt, snow, . Clean the entire front of the vehicle. or ice; if they are not in proper . Clean the headlamps. condition; or if the sun shines directly into the camera. Lane Departure Warning (LDW) . Detect road edges. @ If equipped, LDW may help avoid crashes . Detect lanes on winding or hilly roads. When LDW is on, is green if LDW is due to unintentional lane departures. It may available to warn of a lane departure. If the provide an alert if the vehicle is crossing a If LDW only detects lane markings on one vehicle crosses a detected lane marking lane marking without using a turn signal in side of the road, it will only warn you without using the turn signal in that that direction. LDW uses a camera sensor to when departing the lane on the side direction, @ changes to amber and flashes. detect the lane markings at speeds of where it has detected a lane marking. Additionally, there will be three beeps on 56 km/h (35 mph) or greater. The LDW light Always keep your attention on the road the right or left, depending on the lane will not alert if the turn signal is active in and maintain proper vehicle position departure direction. LDW will not alert if the the direction of lane departure, or if LDW within the lane, or vehicle damage, turn signal is active in the direction of lane detects that you are accelerating, braking or injury, or death could occur. Always keep departure, or if LDW detects that you are actively steering. the windshield, headlamps, and camera accelerating, braking or actively steering. sensors clean and in good repair. Do not { Warning use LDW in bad weather conditions. Fuel The LDW system does not steer the vehicle. The LDW system may not: How the System Works Top Tier Fuel . Provide enough time to avoid a crash. The LDW camera sensor is on the windshield GM recommends the use of TOP TIER (Continued) ahead of the rearview mirror. Detergent Gasoline to keep the engine clean, reduce engine deposits, and maintain optimal vehicle performance. Look for the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

214 Driving and Operating

TOP TIER Logo or see www.toptiergas.com Use regular unleaded gasoline meeting Caution (Continued) for a list of TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline ASTM specification D4814 with a posted marketers and applicable countries. octane rating of 87 — (R+M)/2 — or higher. . Fuel containing metals such as Do not use gasoline with a posted octane methylcyclopentadienyl manganese rating of less than 87, as this may cause tricarbonyl (MMT), which can damage engine knock and will lower fuel economy. the emissions control system and spark plugs. Do not use any fuel labeled E85 or FlexFuel. Do not use gasoline with ethanol levels . Fuel with a posted octane rating of greater than 15% by volume. less than the recommended fuel. Using this fuel will lower fuel economy and Prohibited Fuels performance, and may decrease the life of the emissions catalyst. Caution Do not use fuels with any of the Fuels in Foreign Countries following conditions; doing so may The U.S., Canada, and Mexico post fuel damage the vehicle and void its octane ratings in anti-knock index (AKI). For Recommended Fuel warranty: fuel not to use in a foreign country, see 0 For diesel engine vehicles, see “Fuel for . For vehicles that are not FlexFuel, fuel Prohibited Fuels 214. Diesel Engines” in the Duramax diesel labeled greater than 15% ethanol by supplement. volume, such as mid-level ethanol Fuel Additives blends (16–50% ethanol), E85, TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is highly or FlexFuel. recommended for use with your vehicle. . Fuel with any amount of methanol, If your country does not have TOP TIER methylal, ferrocene, and aniline. These Detergent Gasoline, add ACDelco Fuel fuels can corrode metal fuel system System Treatment Plus−Gasoline to the parts or damage plastic and rubber vehicle’s gasoline fuel tank at every oil parts. change or 15 000 km (9,000 mi), whichever (Continued) occurs first. TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline and ACDelco Fuel System Treatment Plus GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 215 −Gasoline will help keep your vehicle’s To open the fuel door, push and release the engine fuel deposit free and performing Warning (Continued) rearward center edge of the door. optimally. . Keep children away from the fuel The capless refueling system does not have pump and never let children Filling the Tank a fuel cap. Fully insert and latch the fill pump fuel. nozzle, then begin fueling. An arrow on the fuel gauge indicates which . Before touching the fill nozzle, touch a side of the vehicle the fuel door is on. See metallic object to discharge static { Warning Fuel Gauge 0 84. electricity from your body. Overfilling the fuel tank by more than . Fuel can spray out if the fill nozzle is { Warning three clicks of a standard fill nozzle may inserted too quickly. This spray can cause: Fuel vapors and fuel fires burn violently happen if the tank is nearly full, and is . Vehicle performance issues, including and can cause injury or death. more likely in hot weather. Insert the fill nozzle slowly and wait for any hiss engine stalling and damage to the fuel Follow these guidelines to help avoid noise to stop before beginning to system. injuries to you and others: flow fuel. . Fuel spills. . Read and follow all the instructions on . Under certain conditions, fuel fires. the fuel pump island. . Turn off the engine when refueling. Be careful not to spill fuel. Wait five seconds after you have finished pumping before . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking removing the fill nozzle. Clean fuel from materials away from fuel. painted surfaces as soon as possible. See . Do not leave the fuel pump Exterior Care 0 300. Push the fuel door unattended. closed. . Avoid using electronic devices while refueling. . Do not re-enter the vehicle while pumping fuel. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

216 Driving and Operating

{ Warning Warning (Continued) Warning (Continued) If a fire starts while you are refueling, do damage the capless fuel system. This . Bring the fill nozzle in contact with not remove the fill nozzle. Shut off the could cause a fire. You or others could be the inside of the fill opening before flow of fuel by shutting off the pump or badly burned and the vehicle could be operating the nozzle. Maintain contact by notifying the station attendant. Leave damaged. until filling is complete. the area immediately. . Keep sparks, flames, and smoking 3. Remove and clean the funnel adapter materials away from fuel. and return it to the storage location. Filling the Tank with a Portable Fuel . Avoid using electronic devices while Container Filling a Portable Fuel Container pumping fuel. If the vehicle runs out of fuel and must be filled from a portable fuel container: { Warning Trailer Towing Never fill a portable fuel container while General Towing Information it is in the vehicle. Static electricity discharge from the container can ignite Only use towing equipment that has been the fuel vapor. You or others could be designed for the vehicle. Contact your dealer badly burned and the vehicle could be or trailering dealer for assistance with damaged. To help avoid injury to you preparing the vehicle to tow a trailer. Read the entire section before towing a trailer. 1. Locate the capless funnel adapter. and others: 2. Insert and latch the funnel into the To tow a disabled vehicle, see Towing the . Dispense fuel only into approved 0 capless fuel system. containers. Vehicle 296. To tow the vehicle behind another vehicle such as a motor home, see { Warning . Do not fill a container while it is Recreational Vehicle Towing 0 297. inside a vehicle, in a vehicle's trunk, in Attempting to refuel from a portable fuel a pickup bed, or on any surface other container without using the funnel than the ground. adapter may cause fuel spillage and (Continued) (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 217 Driving Characteristics and The following information has many transmission downshifts too often, a time-tested, important trailering tips and lower gear may be selected using Manual Towing Tips safety rules. Many of these are important Mode. See Manual Mode 0 195. for your safety and that of your passengers. { Warning If equipped, the following driver assistance Read this section carefully before pulling a features should be turned off when towing You can lose control when towing a trailer. a trailer: trailer if the correct equipment is not When towing a trailer: . Adaptive Cruise Control (ACC) used or the vehicle is not driven properly. . Become familiar with and follow all state . Super Cruise Control For example, if the trailer is too heavy or and local laws that apply to trailer . Lane Keep Assist (LKA) the trailer brakes are inadequate for the towing. These requirements vary from load, the vehicle may not stop as state to state. . Park Assist . Reverse Automatic Braking (RAB) expected. You and others could be . State laws may require the use of seriously injured. The vehicle may also be extended side view mirrors. Even if not If equipped, the following driver assistance damaged, and the repairs would not be required, you should install extended side features should be turned to alert or off covered by the vehicle warranty. Pull a view mirrors if your visibility is limited or when towing a trailer: trailer only if all the steps in this section restricted while towing. . Automatic Emergency Braking (AEB) have been followed. Ask your dealer for . Do not tow a trailer during the first . Intelligent Brake Assist (IBA) advice and information about towing a 800 km (500 mi) of vehicle use to prevent . Front Pedestrian Braking (FPB) trailer with the vehicle. damage to the engine, axle, or other parts. If equipped with Lane Change Alert (LCA), the LCA detection zones that extend back Driving with a Trailer . It is recommended to perform the first oil from the side of the vehicle do not move change before heavy towing. Trailering is different than just driving the further back when a trailer is towed. Use vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in . During the first 800 km (500 mi) of trailer caution while changing lanes when towing a handling, acceleration, braking, durability, towing, do not drive over 80 km/h trailer. and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering (50 mph) and do not make starts at full takes correct equipment, and it has to be throttle. If equipped with Rear Cross Traffic Alert (RCTA), use caution while backing up when used properly. . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Tow/Haul towing a trailer, as the RCTA detection zones Mode is recommended for heavier trailers. See Tow/Haul Mode 0 196. If the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

218 Driving and Operating that extend out from the back of the vehicle equipment can cause the combination to Passing do not move further back when a trailer is operate in an unexpected or unsafe manner. More passing distance is needed when towed. Before driving, inspect all trailer hitch parts towing a trailer. The combination of the and attachments, safety chains, electrical vehicle and trailer will not accelerate as connectors, lamps, tires, and mirrors. See { Warning quickly and is much longer than the vehicle Towing Equipment 0 224. If the trailer has To prevent serious injury or death from alone. It is necessary to go much farther electric brakes, start the combination beyond the passed vehicle before returning carbon monoxide (CO), when towing a moving and then manually apply the trailer to the lane. Pass on level roadways. Avoid trailer: brake controller to check the trailer brakes passing on hills if possible. . Do not drive with the liftgate, trunk/ work. During the trip, occasionally check hatch, or rear-most window open. that the cargo and trailer are secure and Backing Up . Fully open the air outlets on or under that the lamps and any trailer brakes are working. Hold the bottom of the steering wheel with the instrument panel. one hand. To move the trailer to the left, . Adjust the climate control system to a Towing with a Stability Control System move that hand to the left. To move the trailer to the right, move that hand to the setting that brings in only outside air. When towing, the stability control system right. Always back up slowly and, if possible, See “Climate Control Systems” in the might be heard. The system reacts to have someone guide you. Index. vehicle movement caused by the trailer, For more information about carbon which mainly occurs during cornering. This is Making Turns monoxide, see Engine Exhaust 0 192. normal when towing heavier trailers. Caution Following Distance Towing a trailer requires experience. The Turn more slowly and make wider arcs combination of the vehicle and trailer is Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle when towing a trailer to prevent damage longer and not as responsive as the vehicle ahead as you would when driving without a to your vehicle. Making very sharp turns itself. Get used to the handling and braking trailer. This can help to avoid heavy braking could cause the trailer to contact the of the combination by driving on a level and sudden turns. road surface before driving on public roads. vehicle. The trailer structure, the tires, and the brakes must all be rated to carry the intended cargo. Inadequate trailer GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 219 Make wider turns than normal when towing, Parking on Hills 2. Let up on the brake pedal. so trailer will not go over soft shoulders, 3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear of over curbs, or strike road signs, trees, { Warning the chocks. or other objects. Always signal turns well in advance. Do not steer or brake suddenly. To prevent serious injury or death, 4. Stop and have someone pick up and always park your vehicle and trailer on a store the chocks. Driving on Grades level surface when possible. Launching and Retrieving a Boat Reduce speed and shift to a lower gear before starting down a long or steep When parking your vehicle and your trailer Backing the Trailer into the Water downhill grade. If the transmission is not on a hill: shifted down, the brakes may overheat and 1. Press the brake pedal, but do not shift { Warning result in reduced braking efficiency. into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into . Have all passengers get out of the the curb if facing downhill or into traffic vehicle before backing onto the sloped The vehicle can tow in D (Drive). Shift the if facing uphill. part of the ramp. Lower the driver and transmission to a lower gear if the passenger side windows before transmission shifts too often under heavy 2. Have someone place chocks under the backing onto the ramp. This will loads and/or hilly conditions. trailer wheels. provide a means of escape in the 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, When towing at higher altitudes, engine unlikely event the vehicle slides into gradually release the brake pedal to coolant will boil at a lower temperature the water. than at lower altitudes. If the engine is allow the chocks to absorb the load of . If the boat launch surface is slippery, turned off immediately after towing at high the trailer. have the driver remain in the vehicle altitude on steep uphill grades, the vehicle 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the with the brake pedal applied while the could show signs similar to engine parking brake and shift into P (Park). boat is being launched. The boat overheating. To avoid this, let the engine 5. Release the brake pedal. launch can be especially slippery at run, preferably on level ground, with the low tide when part of the ramp was transmission in P (Park) for a few minutes Leaving After Parking on a Hill previously submerged at high tide. Do before turning the engine off. If the 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. not back onto the ramp to launch the overheat warning comes on, see Engine . Start the engine. boat if you are not sure the vehicle Overheating 0 247. . Shift into a gear. can maintain traction. . Release the parking brake. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

220 Driving and Operating

5. Gradually release the brake pedal to Caution Warning (Continued) allow the chocks to absorb the load of . Do not move the vehicle if someone is the trailer. If the vehicle tires begin to spin and the in the path of the trailer. Some parts 6. Reapply the brake pedal. Then apply the vehicle begins to slide toward the water, of the trailer might be underwater and parking brake and shift into P (Park). remove your foot from the accelerator not visible to people who are assisting pedal and apply the brake pedal. Seek 7. Release the brake pedal. in launching the boat. help to have the vehicle towed up Pulling the Trailer from the Water the ramp. Disconnect the wiring to the trailer before To pull the trailer of the water: backing the trailer into the water to prevent Maintenance when Trailer Towing damage to the electrical circuits on the 1. Press and hold the brake pedals. trailer. Reconnect the wiring to the trailer 2. Start the engine and shift into gear. The vehicle needs service more often when after removing the trailer from the water. used to tow trailers. See Maintenance 3. Release the parking brake. 0 If the trailer has electric brakes that can Schedule 310. It is especially important to function when the trailer is submerged, it 4. Let up on the brake pedal. check the automatic transmission fluid, might help to leave the electrical trailer 5. Drive slowly until the tires are clear of engine oil, axle lubricant, belts, cooling connector attached to maintain trailer brake the chocks. system, and brake system before and during each trip. functionality while on the boat ramp. 6. Stop and have someone pick up and To back the trailer into the water: store the chocks. Check periodically to see that all nuts and bolts on the trailer hitch are tight. 1. If equipped, place the vehicle in 7. Slowly pull the trailer from the water. four-wheel-drive high. 8. Once the vehicle and trailer have been Engine Cooling When Trailer Towing driven from the sloped part of the boat 2. Slowly back down the boat ramp until The cooling system may temporarily ramp, the vehicle can be shifted from the boat is floating, but no further than overheat during severe operating conditions. four-wheel-drive high. Shift into the drive necessary. See Engine Overheating 0 247. mode that is appropriate for the road 3. Press and hold the brake pedal, but do conditions. not shift into P (Park) yet. Trailer Towing 4. Have someone place chocks under the If equipped with a diesel engine, see the front wheels of the vehicle. Duramax diesel supplement. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 221

Caution Safe trailering requires monitoring the weight, speed, altitude, road grades, outside { Warning Towing a trailer improperly can damage temperature, and how frequently the vehicle You and others could be seriously injured the vehicle and result in costly repairs is used to tow a trailer. or killed if the trailer is too heavy or the not covered by the vehicle warranty. To Trailer Weight Ratings trailer brakes are inadequate for the load. tow a trailer correctly, follow the The vehicle may be damaged, and the directions in this section and see your When towing a trailer, the combined weight repairs would not be covered by the dealer for important information about of the vehicle, vehicle contents, trailer, and vehicle warranty. towing a trailer with the vehicle. trailer contents must be below all of the maximum weight ratings for the vehicle, Only tow a trailer if all the steps in this Trailering is different than just driving the including: section have been followed. Ask your vehicle by itself. Trailering means changes in . GCWR: Gross Combined Weight Rating dealer for advice and information about handling, acceleration, braking, durability, . GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight Rating towing a trailer. and fuel economy. Successful, safe trailering takes correct equipment, and it has to be . Maximum Trailer Weight Rating Gross Combined Weight Rating (GCWR) . GAWR-RR: Gross Axle Weight Rating-Rear used properly. GCWR is the total allowable weight of the . Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating The following information has many completely loaded vehicle and trailer time-tested, important trailering tips and See “Weight-Distributing Hitch Adjustment” including any fuel, passengers, cargo, safety rules. Many of these are important under Towing Equipment 0 224 to determine equipment, and accessories. Do not exceed for your safety and that of your passengers. if equalizer bars are required to obtain the the GCWR for your vehicle. The GCWR for Read this section carefully before pulling a maximum trailer weight rating. the vehicle is on the Tow Rating Chart trailer. See “Trailer Brakes” under Towing following. 0 Trailer Weight Equipment 224 to determine if brakes are To check that the weight of the vehicle and required based on your trailer's weight. trailer are within the GCWR for the vehicle, { Warning The only way to be sure the weight is not follow these steps: 1. Start with the "curb weight" from the Never exceed the towing capacity for exceeding any of these ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle and trailer combination, Trailering Information Label. your vehicle. fully loaded for the trip, getting individual 2. Add the weight of the trailer loaded with weights for each of these items. cargo and ready for the trip. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

222 Driving and Operating 3. Add the weight of all passengers. the trailer weight to stay within the GCWR, 4. Add the weight of all cargo in the GVWR, maximum trailer tongue load, vehicle. or GAWR-RR for the vehicle. 5. Add the weight of hitch hardware such Use the tow rating chart to determine how as a draw bar, ball, load equalizer bars, much the trailer can weigh, based on the or sway bars. vehicle model, powertrain and trailering 6. Add the weight of any accessories or options. aftermarket equipment added to the Weights listed apply for conventional trailers vehicle. unless otherwise noted. The resulting weight cannot exceed the GCWR for the vehicle. The gross combined weight can also be Gross Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) confirmed by weighing the truck and trailer on a public scale. The truck and trailer For information about the vehicle's should be loaded for the trip with maximum load capacity, see Vehicle Load 0 passengers and cargo. Limits 180. When calculating the GVWR with a trailer attached, the trailer tongue weight must be included as part of the weight the vehicle is carrying. Maximum Trailer Weight The maximum trailer weight rating is calculated assuming the tow vehicle has a driver, a front seat passenger, and all required trailering equipment. This value represents the heaviest trailer the vehicle can tow, but it may be necessary to reduce GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 223

SAE J2807 Compliant Engine Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 4.10 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) 3 856 kg (8,500 lb) I2.5L L4 3.42 3 175 kg (7,000 lb) 5 443 kg (12,000 lb) I3.6L V6 * (a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded. (*) Valid only for vehicles with Z82 trailering package. If the vehicle has a bumper mounted hitch then the maximum trailer weight is limited to 1 587 kg (3,500 lb) and GCWR is limited to 3 856 kg (8,500 lb).

A step bumper trailer hitch can only Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating support a total trailer weight up to 2,271 kg The Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight Rating (5,000 lb). If a trailer hitch ball is added to is the allowable trailer tongue weight that the step bumper, check the hitch ball rating the vehicle can support using a conventional to be sure it is higher than the total trailer trailer hitch. It may be necessary to reduce weight. the overall trailer weight to stay within the maximum trailer tongue weight rating while still maintaining the correct trailer load balance.

Do not exceed a maximum trailer tongue weight of 349 (770 lb). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

224 Driving and Operating The trailer tongue weight contributes to the The trailer tongue weight (1) should be 10– carrier, is no more than half of the Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW). GVW includes 15% of the total loaded trailer weight (2). maximum allowable tongue weight for the the curb weight of your vehicle, any Some specific trailer types, such as boat vehicle or 227 kg (500 lb), whichever is less. passengers, cargo, equipment, and the trailer trailers, fall outside of this range. Always tongue weight. Vehicle options, passengers, refer to the trailer owner’s manual for the Rear Gross Axle Weight Rating cargo, and equipment reduce the maximum recommended trailer tongue weight for each (GAWR-RR) allowable tongue weight the vehicle can trailer. Never exceed the maximum loads for The GAWR-RR is the total weight that can be carry, which also reduces the maximum the vehicle, hitch and trailer. supported by the rear axle of the vehicle. Do allowable trailer weight. After loading the trailer, separately weigh not exceed the GAWR-RR for the vehicle, Trailer Load Balance the trailer and then the trailer tongue and with the tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded calculate the trailer load balance percentage for the trip including the weight of the The correct trailer load balance must be to see if the weights and distribution are trailer tongue. If using a weight-distributing maintained to ensure trailer stability. appropriate for your vehicle. If the trailer hitch, do not exceed the GAWR-RR before Incorrect load balance is a leading cause of weight is too high, it may be possible to applying the weight distribution spring bars. trailer sway. transfer some of the cargo into your vehicle. Ask your dealer for trailering information or If the trailer tongue weight is too high or assistance. too low, it may be possible to rearrange some of the cargo inside of the trailer. Towing Equipment Do not exceed the maximum allowable Hitches tongue weight for your vehicle. Use the shortest hitch extension available to position Always use the correct hitch equipment for the hitch ball closer to your vehicle. This will your vehicle. Crosswinds, large trucks going help reduce the effect of the trailer tongue by, and rough roads can affect the trailer weight on the trailer hitch and the rear axle. and the hitch. If a cargo carrier is used in the trailer hitch Proper hitch equipment for your vehicle receiver, choose a carrier that positions the helps maintain control of the vehicle-trailer load as close to the vehicle as possible. combination. Many trailers can be towed Make sure the total weight, including the using a weight-carrying hitch which has a coupler latched to the hitch ball, or a tow GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 225 eye latched to a pintle hook. Other trailers . Tires must be properly inflated to support may require a weight-distributing hitch that loads while towing a trailer. See Tires uses spring bars to distribute the trailer 0 266 for instructions on proper tire tongue weight between your vehicle and inflation. trailer axles. See “Maximum Trailer Tongue Weight” under Trailer Towing 0 220 for Safety Chains weight limits with various hitch types. Always attach chains between the vehicle Avoid sharp turns when using a step-bumper and the trailer, and attach the chains to the hitch to prevent damage. Make wider turns holes on the trailer hitch platform. to prevent contact between your trailer and Instructions about safety chains may be your bumper. provided by the hitch manufacturer or by the trailer manufacturer. Consider using mechanical sway controls with any trailer. Ask a trailering professional Cross the safety chains under the tongue of 1. Front of Vehicle the trailer to help prevent the tongue from about sway controls or refer to the trailer 2. Body to Ground Distance manufacturer's recommendations and contacting the road if it becomes separated instructions. When using a weight-distributing hitch, from the hitch. Always leave just enough measure the front fender height distance (2) slack so the combination can turn. Never Weight-Distributing Hitch and before connecting the trailer. Adjust the allow safety chains to drag on the ground. Adjustment spring bars until the front fender height Trailer Brakes A weight-distributing hitch may be useful distance (2) is the same height before the Loaded trailers over 900 kg (2,000 lb) must with some trailers. trailer was connected. Do not reduce the front fender height below the initial be equipped with brake systems and with distance (2). brakes for each axle. Trailer braking equipment conforming to Canadian Tires Standards Association (CSA) requirement . Do not tow a trailer while using a CAN3-D313, or its equivalent, is compact spare tire on the vehicle. recommended. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

226 Driving and Operating State or local regulations may require Trailer Wiring Harness Trailer Brake Control Wiring Harness trailers to have their own braking system if For vehicles not equipped with heavy-duty the loaded weight of the trailer exceeds trailering, a harness is secured underneath certain minimums that can vary from state the left side of the vehicle, next to the spare to state. Read and follow the instructions for tire. The harness requires the installation of the trailer brakes so they are installed, a trailer connector, which is available adjusted, and maintained properly. Never through your dealer. The seven-wire harness attempt to tap into your vehicle's hydraulic contains the following trailer circuits: brake system. If you do, both the vehicle anti-lock brakes and the trailer brakes may . Yellow: Left stop/turn signal not function, which could result in a crash. . Green: Right stop/turn signal . Brown: Taillamps/parking lamps . Black: Ground . Gray: Back-up lamps . Orange: Battery feed A four-wire harness, without connector, is secured behind the left side kick panel. The . Blue: Trailer brake harness contains the following circuits: To help charge a remote (non-vehicle) . Red/Green: Battery feed battery, press the Tow/Haul Mode button . Black: Ground on the center stack. If the trailer is too light for Tow/Haul Mode, turn on the headlamps . White/Blue: Brake signal to controller to help charge the battery. . Blue: Trailer Brake power to trailer connector To remove the left side kick panel, start at the front of the panel pulling toward the rear of the vehicle and lift upward to disengage the integral clips. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 227 Turn Signals When Towing a Trailer Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul Mode The ITBC system is integrated with the when lightly loaded or not towing will not vehicle’s brake, antilock brake, and When properly connected, the trailer turn cause damage; however, it is not StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability Control (ESC) signals will illuminate to indicate the vehicle recommended and may result in unpleasant systems. In trailering conditions that cause is turning, changing lanes, or stopping. engine and transmission driving the vehicle’s antilock brake or StabiliTrak/ When towing a trailer, the arrows on the characteristics and reduced fuel economy. ESC systems to activate, power sent to the instrument cluster will illuminate even if the trailer's brakes will be automatically trailer is not properly connected or the bulbs Integrated Trailer Brake Control System adjusted to minimize trailer wheel lock-up. are burned out. The vehicle may have an Integrated Trailer This does not imply that the trailer has Tow/Haul Mode Brake Control (ITBC) system for use with StabiliTrak/ESC. electric trailer brakes or most electric over For instructions on how to enter Tow/Haul If the vehicle’s brake, anti-lock brake, hydraulic trailer brake systems. These Mode, see Tow/Haul Mode 0 196. or StabiliTrak/ESC systems are not instructions apply to both types of electric functioning properly, the ITBC system may Tow/Haul assists when pulling a heavy trailer brakes. not function fully or at all. Make sure all of trailer or a large or heavy load. these systems are fully operational to allow Tow/Haul Mode is designed to be most the ITBC system to function properly. effective when the vehicle and trailer The ITBC system is powered through the combined weight is at least 75% of the vehicle's electrical system. Turning the vehicle's Gross Combined Weight Rating ignition off will also turn off the ITBC (GCWR). See “Weight of the Trailer” under system. The ITBC system is fully functional Trailer Towing 0 220. This symbol is on the Trailer Brake Control only when the ignition is in ON/RUN. Tow/Haul Mode is most useful when towing Panel on vehicles with an ITBC system. The a heavy trailer or carrying a large or power output to the trailer brakes is { Warning heavy load: proportional to the amount of vehicle Connecting a trailer that has an air brake . through rolling terrain. braking. This available power output to the system may result in reduced or . in stop-and-go traffic. trailer brakes can be adjusted to a wide complete loss of trailer braking, including range of trailering situations. . in busy parking lots. increased stopping distance or trailer instability which could result in serious (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

228 Driving and Operating brakes. Use the ITBC control panel and the amount of vehicle braking present and Warning (Continued) DIC trailer brake display page to adjust and relative to the Trailer Gain setting. Output is injury, death, or property damage. Only display power output to the trailer brakes. displayed from 0 to 100% for each gain setting. use the ITBC system with electric or Trailer Brake DIC Display Page electric over hydraulic trailer brake The Trailer Output will indicate “------” on systems. The ITBC display page indicates: the Trailer Brake Display Page whenever the . Trailer Gain setting following occur: Trailer Brake Control Panel . Output to the trailer brakes . No trailer is connected. . Trailer connection . A trailer without electric brakes is . System operational status connected, no DIC message displays. To display: . A trailer with electric brakes has become disconnected, a CHECK TRAILER WIRING . Scroll through the DIC menu pages message displays on the DIC. . Press a Trailer Gain (+) or (−) button . There is a fault present in the wiring to . Activate the Manual Trailer Brake Apply the trailer brakes, a CHECK TRAILER Lever WIRING message displays on the DIC. TRAILER GAIN: Press a Trailer Gain button to . The ITBC system is not working due to a recall the current Trailer Gain setting. Each fault, a SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM press and release of the gain buttons will message displays in the DIC. then change the Trailer Gain setting. Press the Trailer Gain (+) or (−) to adjust. Press Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever 1. Manual Trailer Brake Apply Lever and hold to continuously adjust the Trailer Slide this lever right to apply the trailer’s 2. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons Gain. To turn the output to the trailer off, electric brakes independent of the vehicle’s The ITBC control panel is on the instrument adjust the Trailer Gain setting to 0.0. This brakes. Use this lever to adjust Trailer Gain panel to the right of the steering column. setting can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 to achieve proper power output to the The control panel allows adjustment to the with a trailer connected or disconnected. trailer brakes. The trailer's and the vehicle's amount of output, referred to as Trailer TRAILER OUTPUT: This displays anytime a brake lamps will come on when either Gain, available to the trailer brakes and trailer with electric brakes is connected. vehicle brakes or manual trailer brakes are allows manual application of the trailer Output to the trailer brakes is based on the applied and properly connected. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 229 Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure 2. Adjust the Trailer Gain, using the Trailer If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle Gain (+) or (-) adjustment buttons, to is stationary, this message will Trailer Gain should be set for a specific just below the point of trailer wheel automatically turn off in about trailering condition and it must be lock-up, indicated by trailer wheel squeal 30 seconds. This message will also turn readjusted anytime vehicle loading, trailer or tire smoke when a trailer wheel locks. off if it is acknowledged or if the trailer loading, or road surface conditions change. Trailer wheel lock-up may not occur if harness is reconnected. { Warning towing a heavily loaded trailer. Adjust If the disconnect occurs while the vehicle the Trailer Gain to the highest allowable is moving, this message will continue Trailer brakes that are over-gained or setting for the towing condition. until the ignition is turned off. This under-gained may not stop the vehicle 3. Readjust Trailer Gain anytime vehicle message will also turn off if it is and the trailer as intended and can result loading, trailer loading, or road surface acknowledged or if the trailer harness is in a crash. Always follow the instructions conditions change or if trailer wheel reconnected. to set the Trailer Gain for the proper lock-up is noticed at any time while . There is an electrical fault in the wiring to trailer stopping performance. towing. the trailer brakes. This message will continue as long as there is an electrical To adjust Trailer Gain for each towing Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages fault in the trailer wiring. This message condition: TRAILER CONNECTED: This message will will also turn off if it is acknowledged. 1. Drive the vehicle with the trailer briefly display when a trailer with electric To determine whether the electrical fault is attached on a level road surface brakes is first connected to the vehicle. This on the vehicle side or trailer side of the representative of the towing condition message will automatically turn off in about trailer wiring harness connection: and free of traffic at about 32–40 km/h 10 seconds. This message can be 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring harness (20–25 mph) and fully apply the Manual acknowledged before it automatically from the vehicle. Trailer Brake Apply Lever. turns off. 2. Turn the ignition off. Adjusting Trailer Gain at speeds lower CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This message will than 32–40 km/h (20–25 mph) may display if: 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition result in an incorrect gain setting. back to RUN. . The ITBC system first determines connection to a trailer with electric brakes 4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message and then the trailer harness becomes reappears, the electrical fault is on the disconnected from the vehicle. vehicle side. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

230 Driving and Operating If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING message only Trailer Sway Control (TSC) vehicle speed by gradually removing your reappears when connecting the trailer wiring foot from the accelerator. If trailer sway harness to the vehicle, the electrical fault is Vehicles with StabiliTrak/Electronic Stability continues, StabiliTrak/ESC can reduce engine on the trailer side. Control (ESC) have a Trailer Sway Control torque to help slow the vehicle. TSC will not (TSC) feature. Trailer sway is unintended function if StabiliTrak/ESC is turned off. See SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM: This side-to-side motion of a trailer while towing. message will display when there is a Traction Control/Electronic Stability Control If the vehicle is towing a trailer and the TSC 0 204. problem with the ITBC system. If this detects that sway is increasing, the vehicle message continues over multiple ignition brakes are selectively applied at each wheel, { Warning cycles, have the vehicle serviced. to help reduce excessive trailer sway. If either the CHECK TRAILER WIRING or If equipped with the Integrated Trailer Brake Trailer sway can result in a crash and in SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE SYSTEM message Control (ITBC) system, and the trailer has an serious injury or death, even if the displays while driving, the ITBC system may electric brake system, StabiliTrak/ESC may vehicle is equipped with TSC. not be fully functional or may not function also apply the trailer brakes. If the trailer begins to sway, reduce at all. When traffic conditions allow, vehicle speed by gradually removing your carefully pull the vehicle over to the side of foot from the accelerator. Then pull over the road and turn the ignition off. Check the to check the trailer and vehicle to help wiring connection to the trailer and turn the correct possible causes, including an ignition back on. If either of these messages continues, either the vehicle or trailer needs improperly or overloaded trailer, service. unrestrained cargo, improper trailer hitch configuration, or improperly inflated or A GM dealer may be able to diagnose and incorrect vehicle or trailer tires. See repair problems with the trailer. However, Towing Equipment 0 224 for trailer any diagnosis and repair of the trailer is not ratings and hitch setup recommendations. covered under the vehicle warranty. Contact your trailer dealer for assistance with trailer repairs and trailer warranty information. If TSC is enabled, the Traction Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak/ESC warning light will flash on the instrument cluster. Reduce GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Driving and Operating 231 Aftermarket Electronic Trailer Sway support heavy loads. These features can Warning (Continued) Control Devices make it difficult to determine if the trailer . Ask the device or trailer manufacturer tire pressures are low only based on a visual Some trailers may come equipped with an if the device has been thoroughly inspection. electronic device designed to reduce or tested for compatibility with the Always check all trailer tire pressures before control trailer sway. Aftermarket equipment make, model, and year of your vehicle manufacturers also offer similar devices that each trip when the tires are cool. Low trailer and any optional equipment installed tire pressure is a leading cause of trailer tire connect to the wiring between the trailer on your vehicle. and the vehicle. These devices may interfere blowouts. . Before driving, check the trailer brakes with the vehicle’s trailer brake or other Trailer tires deteriorate over time. The trailer are working properly, if equipped. systems, including integrated anti-sway tire sidewall will show the week and year Drive the vehicle with the trailer systems, if equipped. Messages related to the tire was manufactured. Many trailer tire attached on a level road surface that trailer connections or trailer brakes could manufacturers recommend replacing tires is free of traffic at about 32-40 km/h appear on the DIC. The effects of these more than six years old. aftermarket devices may have on vehicle (20-25 mph) and fully apply the handling or trailer brake performance is not manual trailer brake apply lever. Also, Overloading is another leading cause of known. check the trailer brake lamps and trailer tire blowouts. Never load your trailer other lamps are functioning correctly. with more weight than the tires are designed to support. The load rating is { Warning . If the trailer brakes are not operating located on the trailer tire sidewall. Use of aftermarket electronic trailer sway properly at any time, or if a DIC message indicates problems with the Always know the maximum speed rating for control devices could result in reduced trailer connections or trailer brakes, the trailer tires before driving. This may be trailer brake performance, loss of trailer carefully pull the vehicle over to the significantly lower than the vehicle tire brakes, or other malfunctions, and result side of the road when traffic speed rating. The speed rating may be on in a crash. You or others could be conditions allow. the trailer tire sidewall. If the speed rating is seriously injured or killed. Before using not shown, the default trailer tire speed one of these devices: Trailer Tires rating is 105 km/h (65 mph). (Continued) Special Trailer (ST) tires differ from vehicle tires. Trailer tires are designed with stiff sidewalls to help prevent sway and to GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

232 Driving and Operating Conversions and Add-Ons Add-on equipment can drain the vehicle's 12-volt battery, even if the vehicle is not Add-On Electrical Equipment operating. The vehicle has an airbag system. Before { Warning attempting to add anything electrical to the vehicle, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped The Data Link Connector (DLC) is used for Vehicle 0 42 and vehicle service and Emission Inspection/ Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Maintenance testing. See Malfunction Vehicle 0 43. Indicator Lamp (Check Engine Light) 0 87. A device connected to the DLC — such as an aftermarket fleet or driver-behavior tracking device — may interfere with vehicle systems. This could affect vehicle operation and cause a crash. Such devices may also access information stored in the vehicle’s systems.

Caution Some electrical equipment can damage the vehicle or cause components to not work and would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Always check with your dealer before adding electrical equipment. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 233 Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 253 Tire Designations ...... 269 Vehicle Care Park Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Tire Terminology and Definitions ...... 270 Check ...... 253 Tire Pressure ...... 272 General Information Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 254 Tire Pressure Monitor System ...... 273 General Information ...... 234 Windshield Replacement ...... 254 Tire Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 274 California Proposition 65 Warning . . . . . 234 Gas Strut(s) ...... 254 Tire Inspection ...... 276 California Perchlorate Materials Tire Rotation ...... 277 Requirements ...... 234 Headlamp Aiming When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 278 Accessories and Modifications ...... 234 Front Headlamp Aiming ...... 255 Buying New Tires ...... 278 Vehicle Checks Bulb Replacement Different Size Tires and Wheels ...... 279 Doing Your Own Service Work ...... 235 Bulb Replacement ...... 256 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 280 Hood ...... 236 Halogen Bulbs ...... 256 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 281 Engine Compartment Overview ...... 237 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Wheel Replacement ...... 281 Engine Oil ...... 240 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 256 Tire Chains ...... 282 Engine Oil Life System ...... 242 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 282 Automatic Transmission Fluid ...... 243 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps ...... 257 Tire Changing ...... 284 Engine Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 243 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Compact Spare Tire ...... 292 Cooling System ...... 245 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 258 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 293 Engine Overheating ...... 247 Electrical System Jump Starting Engine Fan ...... 248 Jump Starting - North America ...... 294 Washer Fluid ...... 249 Electrical System Overload ...... 259 Brakes ...... 249 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 259 Towing the Vehicle Brake Fluid ...... 250 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 260 Towing the Vehicle ...... 296 Battery - North America ...... 251 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 264 Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 297 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 252 Wheels and Tires Front Axle ...... 252 Appearance Care Tires ...... 266 Exterior Care ...... 300 Rear Axle ...... 253 All-Season Tires ...... 267 Starter Switch Check ...... 253 Interior Care ...... 304 Winter Tires ...... 267 Floor Mats ...... 307 Automatic Transmission Shift Lock All-Terrain Tires ...... 267 Control Function Check ...... 253 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 267 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

234 Vehicle Care General Information California Proposition 65 Warning special handling may apply. See www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ For service and parts needs, visit your { Warning perchlorate. dealer. You will receive genuine GM parts and GM-trained and supported service Most motor vehicles, including this one, Accessories and Modifications as well as many of its service parts and people. Adding non-dealer accessories or making Genuine GM parts have one of these marks: fluids, contain and/or emit chemicals modifications to the vehicle can affect known to the State of California to cause vehicle performance and safety, including cancer and birth defects or other such things as airbags, braking, stability, reproductive harm. Engine exhaust, many ride and handling, emissions systems, parts and systems, many fluids, and aerodynamics, durability, and electronic some component wear by-products systems like antilock brakes, traction control, contain and/or emit these chemicals. For and stability control. These accessories or more information go to modifications could even cause malfunction www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ or damage not covered by the vehicle passenger-vehicle. warranty. Damage to suspension components caused See Battery - North America 0 251 and 0 by modifying vehicle height outside of Jump Starting - North America 294 and factory settings will not be covered by the the back cover. vehicle warranty. California Perchlorate Materials Damage to vehicle components resulting Requirements from modifications or the installation or use of non-GM certified parts, including control Certain types of automotive applications, module or software modifications, is not such as airbag initiators, seat belt covered under the terms of the vehicle pretensioners, and lithium batteries warranty and may affect remaining contained in electronic keys, may contain warranty coverage for affected parts. perchlorate materials. Perchlorate Material – GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 235

GM Accessories are designed to complement Vehicle Checks Caution and function with other systems on the vehicle. See your dealer to accessorize the Doing Your Own Service Work Even small amounts of contamination can vehicle using genuine GM Accessories cause damage to vehicle systems. Do not installed by a dealer technician. allow contaminants to contact the fluids, { Warning Also, see Adding Equipment to the reservoir caps, or dipsticks. It can be dangerous to work on your Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 43. vehicle if you do not have the proper knowledge, service manual, tools, or parts. Always follow owner’s manual procedures and consult the service manual for your vehicle before doing any service work.

If doing some of your own service work, use the proper service manual. It tells you much more about how to service the vehicle than this manual can. To order the proper service manual, see Publication Ordering Information 0 334. This vehicle has an airbag system. Before attempting to do your own service work, see Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle 0 42. Keep a record with all parts receipts and list the mileage and the date of any service work performed. See Maintenance Records 0 322. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

236 Vehicle Care Hood 3. Allow the hood to fall. Check to make sure the hood is latched completely. { Warning Repeat this process with additional force if necessary. Turn the vehicle off before opening the hood. If the engine is running with the { Warning hood open, you or others could be Do not drive the vehicle if the hood is injured. not latched completely. The hood could open fully, block your vision, and cause a { Warning crash. You or others could be injured. Always close the hood completely before Components under the hood can get hot driving. from running the engine. To help avoid 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the risk of burning unprotected skin, the secondary release lever under the never touch these components until they front center of the hood. Push the have cooled, and always use a glove or secondary hood release lever to the right towel to avoid direct skin contact. to release. 3. After you have partially lifted the hood, Clear any snow from the hood before the gas strut system will automatically opening. lift the hood and hold it in the fully To open the hood: open position. 1. Pull the hood release lever with the To close the hood: i symbol. It is on the lower left side 1. Before closing the hood, be sure all filler of the instrument panel. caps are on properly, and all tools are removed. 2. Pull the hood down until the strut system is no longer holding up the hood. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 237 Engine Compartment Overview

2.5L L4 Engine GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

238 Vehicle Care 1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. See Cooling System 0 245. 2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 243. 3. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 240. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See Cooling System 0 245. 5. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 240. 6. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 260. 7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 250. 8. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See Washer Fluid 0 249. 9. Battery - North America 0 251. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 239

3.6L V6 Engine 1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap. 4. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View). See 8. Windshield Washer Fluid Reservoir. See See Cooling System 0 245. Cooling System 0 245. Washer Fluid 0 249. 2. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 243. 5. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See Engine Oil 0 240. 9. Battery - North America 0 251. 3. Engine Oil Dipstick. See Engine Oil 0 240. 6. Engine Compartment Fuse Block 0 260. 7. Brake Fluid Reservoir. See Brake Fluid 0 250. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

240 Vehicle Care If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Checking Engine Oil dipstick, wipe it with a clean paper towel Duramax diesel supplement. or cloth, then push it back in all the way. Check the engine oil level regularly, every Remove it again, keeping the tip down, 650 km (400 mi), especially prior to a long Engine Oil and check the level. trip. The engine oil dipstick handle is a loop. For diesel engine vehicles, see “Engine Oil” See Engine Compartment Overview 0 237 for When to Add Engine Oil in the Duramax diesel supplement. the location. To ensure proper engine performance and long life, careful attention must be paid to { Warning engine oil. Following these simple, but The engine oil dipstick handle may be important steps will help protect your hot; it could burn you. Use a towel or investment: glove to touch the dipstick handle. . Use engine oil approved to the proper 2.5L L4 Engine specification and of the proper viscosity If a low oil Driver Information Center (DIC) grade. See “Selecting the Right Engine message displays, check the oil level. Oil” in this section. Follow these guidelines: . Check the engine oil level regularly and maintain the proper oil level. See . To get an accurate reading, park the “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add vehicle on level ground. Check the engine Engine Oil” in this section. oil level after the engine has been off for at least two hours. Checking the engine . Change the engine oil at the appropriate 3.6L V6 Engine 0 oil level on steep grades or too soon after time. See Engine Oil Life System 242. engine shutoff can result in incorrect . Always dispose of engine oil properly. See readings. Accuracy improves when If the oil is below the cross-hatched area at “What to Do with Used Oil” in this checking a cold engine prior to starting. the tip of the dipstick and the engine has section. Remove the dipstick and check the level. been off for at least 15 minutes, add 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil and then . If unable to wait two hours, the engine recheck the level. See “Selecting the Right must be off for at least 15 minutes if the Engine Oil” later in this section for an engine is warm, or at least 30 minutes if the engine is not warm. Pull out the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 241 explanation of what kind of oil to use. For Specification oil of this viscosity grade will provide easier engine oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities cold starting for the engine at extremely 0 Use full synthetic engine oils that meet the and Specifications 324. dexos1 specification. Engine oils that have low temperatures. Caution been approved by GM as meeting the When selecting an oil of the appropriate dexos1 specification are marked with the viscosity grade, it is recommended to select Do not add too much oil. Oil levels above dexos1 approved logo. See an oil of the correct specification. See or below the acceptable operating range www.gmdexos.com. “Specification” earlier in this section. shown on the dipstick are harmful to the engine. If the oil level is above the Engine Oil Additives/Engine Oil Flushes operating range (i.e., the engine has so Do not add anything to the oil. The much oil that the oil level gets above the recommended oils meeting the dexos1 cross-hatched area that shows the proper specification are all that is needed for good operating range), the engine could be performance and engine protection. damaged. Drain the excess oil or limit Engine oil system flushes are not driving of the vehicle, and seek a service Caution recommended and could cause engine professional to remove the excess oil. Failure to use the recommended engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. See Engine Compartment Overview 0 237 for oil or equivalent can result in engine the location of the engine oil fill cap. damage not covered by the vehicle What to Do with Used Oil warranty. Add enough oil to put the level somewhere Used engine oil contains certain elements in the proper operating range. Push the Viscosity Grade that can be unhealthy for your skin and dipstick all the way back in when through. could even cause cancer. Do not let used oil Use SAE 0W-20 viscosity grade engine oil for stay on your skin for very long. Clean your Selecting the Right Engine Oil the 2.5L L4 engine. skin and nails with soap and water, or a Selecting the right engine oil depends on Use SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade engine oil for good hand cleaner. Wash or properly both the proper oil specification and the 3.6L V6 engine. Cold Temperature dispose of clothing or rags containing used viscosity grade. See Recommended Fluids Operation: In an area of extreme cold, engine oil. See the manufacturer's warnings and Lubricants 0 319. where the temperature falls below −29 °C about the use and disposal of oil products. (−20 °F), an SAE 0W-30 oil may be used. An GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

242 Vehicle Care Used oil can be a threat to the environment. that an oil change is not necessary for up to Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) If you change your own oil, be sure to drain a year. The engine oil and filter must be 0 96. If the vehicle does not have DIC all the oil from the filter before disposal. changed at least once a year and, at this buttons, the vehicle must be in P (Park) Never dispose of oil by putting it in the time, the system must be reset. For vehicles to access this display. trash or pouring it on the ground, into without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON 2. Press and hold V on the DIC, or SET/CLR sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. message, an oil change is needed when the on the turn signal lever if the vehicle Recycle it by taking it to a place that OIL LIFE REMAINING percentage is near 0%. does not have DIC buttons, for several collects used oil. Your dealer has trained service people who seconds. The oil life will change to 100%. will perform this work and reset the system. Engine Oil Life System It is also important to check the oil regularly The oil life system can also be reset as over the course of an oil drain interval and follows: When to Change Engine Oil keep it at the proper level. 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. This vehicle has a computer system that If the system is ever reset accidentally, the See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base indicates when to change the engine oil and oil must be changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) Level) 0 94 or filter. This is based on a combination of since the last oil change. Remember to reset Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) factors which include engine revolutions, the oil life system whenever the oil is 0 96. engine temperature, and miles driven. Based changed. 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal slowly on driving conditions, the mileage at which three times within five seconds. an oil change is indicated can vary How to Reset the Engine Oil Life System considerably. For the oil life system to work If the display shows 100%, the system is Reset the system whenever the engine oil is properly, the system must be reset every reset. changed so that the system can calculate time the oil is changed. the next engine oil change. Always reset the If the vehicle has a CHANGE ENGINE OIL On some vehicles, when the system has engine oil life to 100% after every oil SOON message and it comes back on when calculated that oil life has been diminished, change. It will not reset itself. To reset the the vehicle is started and/or the OIL LIFE a CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON message comes engine oil life system: REMAINING is near 0%, the engine oil life on to indicate that an oil change is system has not been reset. Repeat the 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. procedure. necessary. Change the oil as soon as See Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base possible within the next 1 000 km (600 mi). Level) 0 94 or It is possible that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system might indicate GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 243 Automatic Transmission Fluid Engine Air Cleaner/Filter To inspect or replace the air cleaner/filter: How to Check Automatic Transmission The engine air cleaner/filter is in the engine Fluid compartment on the passenger side of the vehicle. See Engine Compartment Overview It is not necessary to check the transmission 0 237. fluid level. A transmission fluid leak is the only reason for fluid loss. If a leak occurs, When to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air take the vehicle to your dealer and have it Cleaner/Filter repaired as soon as possible. For intervals on changing and inspecting the There is a special procedure for checking and engine air cleaner/filter, see Maintenance changing the transmission fluid. Because this Schedule 0 310. procedure is difficult, this should be done at your dealer. Contact your dealer for How to Inspect/Replace the Engine Air additional information. Cleaner/Filter 2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L L4 Diesel Do not start the engine or have the engine Engine Similar Caution running with the engine air cleaner/filter Use of the incorrect automatic housing open. Before removing the engine 1. Screws transmission fluid may damage the air cleaner/filter, make sure that the engine 2. Electrical Connector vehicle, and the damage may not be air cleaner/filter housing and nearby 3. Air Duct Clamp components are free of dirt and debris. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ Remove the engine air cleaner/filter. Lightly use the correct automatic transmission filter: fluid. See Recommended Fluids and tap and shake the engine air cleaner/filter 1. Remove the screws (1) on top of the Lubricants 0 319. (away from the vehicle), to release loose dust and dirt. Inspect the engine air cleaner/ engine air cleaner/filter housing. Change the fluid and filter at the intervals filter for damage, and replace if damaged. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector (2). listed in Maintenance Schedule 0 310, and Do not clean the engine air cleaner/filter or 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening be sure to use the fluid listed in components with water or compressed air. the air duct clamp (3). Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 319. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

244 Vehicle Care 4. Lift the filter cover housing away from 6. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ the engine air cleaner/filter housing. filter. 5. Pull out the filter. 7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall the filter cover housing. { Warning If part replacement is necessary, the part { Warning must be replaced with one of the same Operating the engine with the air part number or with an equivalent part. cleaner/filter off can cause you or others Use of a replacement part without the to be burned. Use caution when working same fit, form, and function may result on the engine. Do not start the engine or in personal injury or damage to the drive the vehicle with the air cleaner/ vehicle. 3.6L V6 Engine filter off, as flames may be present if the engine backfires. 6. Inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ filter. 1. Screws 2. Electrical Connector Caution 7. Reverse Steps 2–5 to reinstall the filter 3. Air Duct Clamp cover housing. If the air cleaner/filter is off, dirt can To inspect or replace the engine air cleaner/ easily get into the engine, which could filter: damage it. Always have the air cleaner/ 1. Remove the screws (1) on top of the filter in place when driving. engine air cleaner/filter housing. 2. Disconnect the electrical connector (2). 3. Disconnect the outlet duct by loosening the air duct clamp (3). 4. Lift the filter cover housing away from the engine air cleaner/filter housing. 5. Pull out the filter. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 245

Cooling System { Warning The cooling system allows the engine to Do not touch heater or radiator hoses, maintain the correct working temperature. or other engine parts. They can be very hot and can burn you. Do not run the engine if there is a leak; all coolant could leak out. That could cause an engine fire and can burn you. Fix any leak before driving the vehicle.

Engine Coolant The cooling system in the vehicle is filled 3.6L V6 Engine with DEX-COOL engine coolant mixture. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 319 1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap and 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) Maintenance Schedule 0 310. 2.5L L4 Gas Engine Shown, 2.8L L4 Diesel Engine Similar { Warning The following explains the cooling system and how to check and add coolant when it An underhood electric fan can start up 1. Coolant Surge Tank and Pressure Cap is low. If there is a problem with engine even when the engine is not running and overheating, see Engine Overheating 0 247. 2. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of View) can cause injury. Keep hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood What to Use electric fan. { Warning Plain water, or other liquids such as alcohol, can boil before the proper coolant mixture will. With plain water or (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

246 Vehicle Care Never dispose of engine coolant by putting If coolant is visible but the coolant level is Warning (Continued) it in the trash, or by pouring it on the not at or above the mark pointed to, add a the wrong mixture, the engine could get ground, or into sewers, streams or, bodies of 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and too hot but there would not be an water. Have the coolant changed by an DEX-COOL coolant. overheat warning. The engine could catch authorized service center, familiar with legal Be sure the cooling system is cool before fire and you or others could be burned. requirements regarding used coolant this is done. disposal. This will help protect the Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable environment and your health. If no coolant is visible in the coolant surge tank, add coolant as follows: water and DEX-COOL coolant. This mixture: Checking Coolant . Gives freezing protection down to −37 °C How to Add Coolant to the Coolant (−34 °F) outside temperature. The vehicle must be on a level surface when Surge Tank checking the coolant level. . Gives boiling protection up to 129 °C (265 °F) engine temperature. { Warning . Protects against rust and corrosion. Spilling coolant on hot engine parts can . Will not damage aluminum parts. burn you. Coolant contains ethylene . Helps keep the proper engine glycol and it will burn if the engine parts temperature. are hot enough. Caution Do not use anything other than a mix of { Warning DEX-COOL coolant that meets GM Plain water, or other liquids such as Standard GMW3420 and clean, drinkable alcohol, can boil before the proper water. Anything else can cause damage coolant mixture will. With plain water or to the engine cooling system and the Check to see if coolant is visible in the the wrong mixture, the engine could get vehicle, which would not be covered by too hot but there would not be an the vehicle warranty. coolant surge tank. If the coolant inside the coolant surge tank is boiling, do not do overheat warning. The engine could catch anything else until it cools down. fire and you or others could be burned. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 247 4. With the coolant surge tank cap off, { Warning start the engine and let it run until the Steam and scalding liquids from a hot upper radiator hose starts getting hot. cooling system are under pressure. Watch out for the engine cooling fan. By Turning the pressure cap, even a little, this time, the coolant level inside the can cause them to come out at high coolant surge tank may be lower. If the level is lower, add more of the proper speed and you could be burned. Never 1. Turn the pressure cap slowly mixture to the coolant surge tank until turn the cap when the cooling system, counterclockwise. If a hiss is heard, wait the level reaches the mark pointed to on including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait for that to stop. A hiss means there is the front of the coolant surge tank. for the cooling system and pressure cap still some pressure left. 5. Replace the cap tightly. to cool. 2. Keep turning the cap and remove it. 6. Verify coolant level after the engine is shut off and the coolant is cold. Caution If necessary, repeat coolant fill procedure Failure to follow the specific coolant fill Steps 1–6. procedure could cause the engine to overheat and could cause system Caution damage. If coolant is not visible in the If the pressure cap is not tightly installed, surge tank, contact your dealer. coolant loss and engine damage may occur. Be sure the cap is properly and The coolant surge tank pressure cap can be tightly secured. removed when the cooling system, including the surge tank pressure cap and upper Engine Overheating radiator hose, is no longer hot. 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with the The vehicle has an engine coolant proper mixture to the mark pointed to temperature gauge on the instrument on the front of the coolant surge tank. cluster to warn of engine overheating. See Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 0 85. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

248 Vehicle Care

Caution If the engine coolant temperature gauge is Warning (Continued) no longer in the overheat zone, the vehicle Do not run the engine if there is a leak speed and you could be burned. Never can be driven. Continue to drive the vehicle in the engine cooling system. This can turn the cap when the cooling system, slowly for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe cause a loss of all coolant and can including the pressure cap, is hot. Wait distance from the vehicle in front. If the damage the system and vehicle. Have for the cooling system and pressure cap warning does not come back on, continue to any leaks fixed right away. to cool. drive normally and have the cooling system checked for proper fill and function. If the decision is made not to lift the hood If No Steam Is Coming from the Engine If the warning continues, pull over, stop, and when this warning appears, get service help Compartment park the vehicle right away. right away. If an engine overheat warning is displayed If there is no sign of steam, idle the engine If the decision is made to lift the hood, but no steam can be seen or heard, the for three minutes while parked. If the make sure the vehicle is parked on a level problem may not be too serious. Sometimes warning is still displayed, turn off the surface. the engine can get a little too hot when the engine until it cools down. Then check to see if the engine cooling fan vehicle: Engine Fan is running. If the engine is overheating, the . Climbs a long hill on a hot day. fan should be running. If it is not, do not . Stops after high-speed driving. If the vehicle has a clutched engine cooling continue to run the engine and have the . Idles for long periods in traffic. fan, when the clutch is engaged, the fan vehicle serviced. spins faster to provide more air to cool the If the overheat warning is displayed with no engine. In most everyday driving conditions, If Steam Is Coming from the Engine sign of steam: Compartment the fan is spinning slower and the clutch is 1. Turn the air conditioning off. not fully engaged. This improves fuel economy and reduces fan noise. Under { Warning 2. Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest fan heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, and/or Steam and scalding liquids from a hot speed. Open the windows as necessary. high outside temperatures, the fan speed cooling system are under pressure. increases as the clutch more fully engages, 3. When it is safe to do so, pull off the Turning the pressure cap, even a little, so an increase in fan noise may be heard. road, shift to P (Park) or N (Neutral), and This is normal and should not be mistaken can cause them to come out at high let the engine idle. (Continued) as the transmission slipping or making extra GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 249

shifts. It is merely the cooling system Washer Fluid Caution (Continued) functioning properly. The fan will slow down when additional cooling is not required and What to Use . Do not use engine coolant (antifreeze) the clutch disengages. in the windshield washer. It can When windshield washer fluid needs to be damage the windshield washer system This fan noise may also be heard when added, be sure to read the manufacturer's and paint. starting the engine. It will go away as the instructions before use. Use a fluid that has fan clutch partially disengages. sufficient protection against freezing in an . Do not mix water with ready-to-use washer fluid. Water can cause the If the vehicle has electric cooling fan(s), the area where the temperature may fall below freezing. solution to freeze and damage the fans may be heard spinning at low speed washer fluid tank and other parts of during most everyday driving. The fans may Adding Washer Fluid the washer system. turn off if no cooling is required. Under heavy vehicle loading, trailer towing, high . When using concentrated washer fluid, outside temperatures, or operation of the air follow the manufacturer instructions conditioning system, the fans may change for adding water. to high speed and an increase in fan noise . Fill the washer fluid tank only may be heard. This is normal and indicates three-quarters full when it is very cold. that the cooling system is functioning This allows for fluid expansion if properly. The fans will change to low speed Open the cap with the washer symbol on it. freezing occurs, which could damage when additional cooling is no longer Add washer fluid until the tank is full. See the tank if it is completely full. required. Engine Compartment Overview 0 237 for The electric engine cooling fans may run reservoir location. Brakes after the engine has been turned. off. This is Caution Disc brake pads have built-in wear indicators normal and no service is required. that make a high-pitched warning sound . Do not use washer fluid that contains when the brake pads are worn and new any type of water repellent coating. pads are needed. The sound can come and This can cause the wiper blades to go or be heard all the time the vehicle is chatter or skip. moving, except when applying the brake (Continued) pedal firmly. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

250 Vehicle Care Brake Pedal Travel Checking Brake Fluid { Warning See your dealer if the brake pedal does not With the vehicle in P (Park) on a level The brake wear warning sound means return to normal height, or if there is a surface, the brake fluid level should be that soon the brakes will not work well. rapid increase in pedal travel. This could be between the minimum and maximum marks That could lead to a crash. When the a sign that brake service may be required. on the brake fluid reservoir. brake wear warning sound is heard, have There are only two reasons why the brake the vehicle serviced. Replacing Brake System Parts fluid level in the reservoir may go down: Always replace brake system parts with . Normal brake lining wear. When new new, approved replacement parts. If this is Caution linings are installed, the fluid level goes not done, the brakes may not work back up. Continuing to drive with worn-out brake properly. The braking performance expected pads could result in costly brake repair. can change in many other ways if the . A fluid leak in the brake hydraulic system. wrong replacement brake parts are installed Have the brake hydraulic system fixed. Some driving conditions or climates can or parts are improperly installed. With a leak, the brakes will not cause a brake squeal when the brakes are work well. first applied or lightly applied. This does not Brake Fluid Always clean the brake fluid reservoir cap mean something is wrong with the brakes. and the area around the cap before Properly torqued wheel nuts are necessary removing it. to help prevent brake pulsation. When tires Do not top off the brake fluid. Adding fluid are rotated, inspect brake pads for wear and does not correct a leak. If fluid is added evenly tighten wheel nuts in the proper when the linings are worn, there will be too sequence to torque specifications in much fluid when new brake linings are Capacities and Specifications 0 324. The brake master cylinder reservoir is filled installed. Add or remove fluid, as necessary, Brake linings should always be replaced as with GM approved DOT 3 brake fluid as only when work is done on the brake complete axle sets. indicated on the reservoir cap. See Engine hydraulic system. Compartment Overview 0 237 for the location of the reservoir. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 251

{ Warning Warning (Continued) { Warning If too much brake fluid is added, it can braking leading to a possible injury. WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and spill on the engine and burn, if the Always use the proper GM approved related accessories contain lead and lead engine is hot enough. You or others could brake fluid. compounds, chemicals known to the be burned, and the vehicle could be State of California to cause cancer and damaged. Add brake fluid only when birth defects or other reproductive harm. work is done on the brake hydraulic Caution Batteries also contain other chemicals system. If brake fluid is spilled on the vehicle's known to the State of California to cause painted surfaces, the paint finish can be cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. When the brake fluid falls to a low level, damaged. Immediately wash off any For more information go to the brake warning light comes on. See Brake painted surface. www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ 0 System Warning Light 89. passenger-vehicle. Brake fluid absorbs water over time which Battery - North America degrades the effectiveness of the brake fluid. See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 234 For diesel engine vehicles, see “Battery” in and the back cover. Replace brake fluid at the specified intervals the Duramax diesel supplement. to prevent increased stopping distance. See Vehicle Storage Maintenance Schedule 0 310. The original equipment battery is maintenance free. Do not remove the cap What to Add and do not add fluid. { Warning Use only GM approved DOT 3 brake fluid Refer to the replacement number shown on Batteries have acid that can burn you and from a clean, sealed container. See gas that can explode. You can be badly 0 the original battery label when a new Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 319. battery is needed. See Engine Compartment hurt if you are not careful. See Jump Overview 0 237 for battery location. Starting - North America 0 294 for tips { Warning on working around a battery without The wrong or contaminated brake fluid getting hurt. could result in damage to the brake system. This could result in the loss of (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

252 Vehicle Care Infrequent Usage: Remove the black, How to Check Lubricant When to Change Lubricant negative (−) cable from the battery to keep Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 310 to the battery from running down. determine how often to change the Extended Storage: Remove the black, lubricant. negative (−) cable from the battery or use a What to Use battery trickle charger. Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants Four-Wheel Drive 0 319 to determine what kind of lubricant to use. Transfer Case When to Check Lubricant Front Axle Refer to Maintenance Schedule 0 310 to When to Check Lubricant determine when to check the lubricant. It is not necessary to regularly check the Automatic Transfer Case front axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could 1. Drain Plug indicate a problem. Have it inspected and 2. Fill Plug repaired. This service can be complex. See To get an accurate reading, the vehicle your dealer. should be on a level surface. Do not directly power wash the transfer If the level is below the bottom of the fill case and/or front/rear axle output seals. plug (2) hole, located on the transfer case, High pressure water can overcome the seals some lubricant will need to be added. Add and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated enough lubricant to raise the level to the fluid will decrease the life of the transfer bottom of the fill plug (2) hole. Use care not case and/or drive axles and should be to overtighten the plug. replaced. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 253 Rear Axle Do not use the accelerator pedal, and be normal effort. If the shift lever moves ready to turn off the engine immediately out of P (Park), contact your dealer for When to Check Lubricant if it starts. service. It is not necessary to regularly check the 3. Try to start the engine in each gear. The rear axle fluid unless a leak is suspected or vehicle should start only in P (Park) or Ignition Transmission Lock Check an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any While parked, and with the parking brake indicate a problem. Have it inspected and other position, contact your dealer for set, try to turn the ignition off in each shift repaired. This service can be complex. See service. lever position. your dealer. . The ignition should turn to off only when Do not directly power wash the transfer Automatic Transmission Shift Lock the shift lever is in P (Park). case and/or front/rear axle output seals. Control Function Check . The ignition key should come out only High pressure water can overcome the seals when the ignition is off. and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated { Warning Contact your dealer if service is required. fluid will decrease the life of the transfer When you are doing this inspection, the case and/or drive axles and should be vehicle could move suddenly. If the Park Brake and P (Park) replaced. vehicle moves, you or others could be Mechanism Check Starter Switch Check injured. { Warning { Warning 1. Before starting this check, be sure there is enough room around the vehicle. When you are doing this check, the When you are doing this inspection, the It should be parked on a level surface. vehicle could begin to move. You or vehicle could move suddenly. If the 2. Apply the parking brake. Be ready to others could be injured and property vehicle moves, you or others could be apply the regular brake immediately if could be damaged. Make sure there is injured. the vehicle begins to move. room in front of the vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, 1. Before starting this check, be sure there regular brake at once should the vehicle is enough room around the vehicle. but do not start the engine. Without applying the regular brake, try to move begin to move. 2. Apply both the parking brake and the the shift lever out of P (Park) with regular brake. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

254 Vehicle Care

Park on a fairly steep hill, with the vehicle Caution 3. Remove the wiper blade. facing downhill. Keeping your foot on the 4. Reverse Steps 1–3 for wiper blade regular brake, set the parking brake. Allowing the wiper arm to touch the replacement. . To check the parking brake's holding windshield when no wiper blade is ability: With the engine running and the installed could damage the windshield. Windshield Replacement transmission in N (Neutral), slowly remove Any damage that occurs would not be foot pressure from the regular brake covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not Driver Assistance Systems pedal. Do this until the vehicle is held by allow the wiper arm to touch the If the windshield needs to be replaced and the parking brake only. windshield. the vehicle is equipped with a front camera . To check the P (Park) mechanism's holding sensor for the Driver Assistance Systems, a ability: With the engine running, shift to To replace the windshield wiper blade: GM replacement windshield is P (Park). Then release the parking brake 1. Pull the windshield wiper assembly away recommended. The replacement windshield followed by the regular brake. from the windshield. must be installed according to GM specifications for proper alignment. If it is Contact your dealer if service is required. not, these systems may not work properly, Wiper Blade Replacement they may display messages, or they may not work at all. See your dealer for proper Windshield wiper blades should be inspected windshield replacement. for wear or cracking. Replacement blades come in different types Gas Strut(s) and are removed in different ways. For This vehicle is equipped with gas strut(s) to proper windshield wiper blade length and provide assistance in lifting and holding type, see Maintenance Replacement Parts open the hood/trunk/liftgate system in full 0 320. open position.

2. Press the release lever in the middle of the wiper blade where the wiper blade attaches. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 255

{ Warning If the gas struts that hold open the hood, trunk, and/or liftgate fail, you or others could be seriously injured. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service immediately. Visually inspect the gas struts for signs of wear, cracks, or other damage periodically. Check to make sure the hood/trunk/liftgate is held open with enough force. If struts are failing to hold the hood/trunk/liftgate, do not operate. Have the vehicle serviced. Hood Liftgate

Caution Headlamp Aiming Do not apply tape or hang any objects Front Headlamp Aiming from gas struts. Also do not push down or pull on gas struts. This may cause Headlamp aim has been preset and should need no further adjustment. damage to the vehicle. If the vehicle is damaged in a crash, the See Maintenance Schedule 0 310. headlamp aim may be affected. If adjustment to the headlamps is necessary, see your dealer.

Trunk GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

256 Vehicle Care Bulb Replacement Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, 3. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it from the headlamp assembly For the proper type of replacement bulbs, Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps and pull it straight out. or any bulb changing procedure not listed in 4. Unplug the electrical connector from the this section, contact your dealer. old bulb by releasing the clip on the Caution bulb socket. 5. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–4 Do not replace incandescent bulbs with to reinstall. aftermarket LED replacement bulbs. This can cause damage to the vehicle electrical Turn Signal/Sidemarker/Parking Lamp system. 1. Open the hood. 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to Halogen Bulbs remove it from the headlamp assembly and pull it straight out. { Warning 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside 1. Front Turn Signal/Sidemarker/ out of the bulb socket. and can burst if you drop or scratch the Parking Lamp 4. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1–3 bulb. You or others could be injured. Be 2. Low-Beam Headlamp/DRL to reinstall. sure to read and follow the instructions 3. High-Beam Headlamp on the bulb package. See your dealer for passenger side replacement. Headlamp 1. Open the hood. 2. Remove the headlamp bulb cover by turning it counterclockwise. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 257 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps

2. Remove the two rear lamp assembly 4. Pull the rear lamp assembly straight back screws. to remove it from the vehicle. 3. Pull the rear lamp assembly outboard 5. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise. away from the box side until the 6. Pull the bulb straight out from the retainers release. There will be a noise socket. 1. Taillamp/Stoplamp/Turn Signal when the retainers release. 2. Back-up Lamp 7. Replace the bulb, then insert the bulb 3. Taillamp/Stoplamp/Turn Signal/ socket into the rear lamp assembly and Sidemarker turn clockwise. 1. Open the tailgate. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

258 Vehicle Care Center High-Mounted Stoplamp To replace one of these bulbs: (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp

9. Verify the retainer ring is in the proper position. If the retainer ring is out of position, it will not engage. Reset the 1. Remove the two screws and lift off the retainer by pulling it forward with a tool. lamp assembly. 1. Cargo Lamp Bulbs 10. Push the rear lamp assembly straight in 2. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise 2. Center High-Mounted Stoplamp until it is seated against the vehicle. and pull it straight out. (CHMSL) Bulb 11. Make sure the rear lamp assembly is 3. Pull the bulb straight out from the flush with the box side. socket. 12. Reinstall the two rear lamp assembly 4. Replace the bulb and reverse Steps 1-3 to screws. reinstall. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 259 Electrical System Windshield Wipers Fuses and Circuit Breakers If the wiper motor overheats due to heavy The wiring circuits in the vehicle are Electrical System Overload snow or ice, the windshield wipers will stop protected from short circuits by fuses. This The vehicle has fuses to protect against an until the motor cools and will then restart. greatly reduces the chance of damage electrical system overload. Fuses also protect Although the circuit is protected from caused by electrical problems. power devices in the vehicle. electrical overload, overload due to heavy Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the snow or ice may cause wiper linkage { Danger identical size and rating. damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow Fuses and circuit breakers are marked from the windshield before using the with their ampere rating. Do not exceed If there is a problem on the road and a fuse windshield wipers. needs to be replaced, there is a fuse puller the specified amperage rating when in the Engine Compartment Fuse Block. If the overload is caused by an electrical replacing fuses and circuit breakers. Use Replace the fuse as soon as possible with problem and not snow or ice, be sure to get of an oversized fuse or circuit breaker can one of the same amperage rating. it fixed. result in a vehicle fire. You and others could be seriously injured or killed. Headlamp Wiring An electrical overload may cause the lamps to go on and off, or in some cases to remain off. Have the headlamp wiring checked right away if the lamps go on and off or remain off.

{ Warning Installation or use of fuses that do not meet GM’s original fuse specifications is dangerous. The fuses could fail, and result (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

260 Vehicle Care Lift the cover to access the fuse block. Warning (Continued) Engine Compartment Fuse Block in a fire. You or others could be injured If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Caution Duramax diesel supplement. or killed, and the vehicle could be Spilling liquid on any electrical damaged. The engine compartment fuse block is in the component on the vehicle may damage engine compartment, on the driver side of it. Always keep the covers on any See Accessories and Modifications 0 234 and the vehicle. See Engine Compartment electrical component. General Information 0 234. Overview 0 237 To check a fuse, look at the silver-colored A fuse puller is available inside this fuse band inside the fuse. If the band is broken block. or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure to replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Fuses of the same amperage can be temporarily borrowed from another fuse location, if a fuse goes out. Replace the fuse as soon as possible. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 261 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

262 Vehicle Care

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of Fuses Usage Fuses Usage the fuses, relays, and features shown. F13 Traction control module F29 – Fuses Usage F14 – F30 Driver heated seat F1 Traction control module power F15 – F31 – F2 Engine control module F16 – F32 Passenger heated seat power F17 Front axle actuator F33 Right headlamp low F3 Air conditioning clutch F18 – beam/Front right park lamp/Right front side F4 – F19 Aeroshutters marker/Right rear side F5 Engine control module F20 – marker ignition/Integrated F34 Fuel pump power chassis control module/ F21 Front blower module Fuel pump power F22 Antilock brake system module valves F35 Integrated chassis control module F6 Wipers F23 – F36 Center high-mounted F7 Cargo lamp/Bed lighting F24 Trailer stoplamp F8 Fuel injectors – even F25 Transfer case electronic F37 Right high-beam F9 Fuel injectors – odd control headlamp F10 Engine control module 1 F26 Antilock brake F38 Left high-beam system pump F11 Oxygen/Mass air flow/ headlamp Humidity/Induction air F27 Trailer brake control F39 – temperature/Throttle module/Trailer wiring F40 – inlet pressure sensors provisions F41 – F12 Starter F28 Rear window defogger F42 – GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 263

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Relays Usage F43 Not used F59 – K1 Air conditioning clutch F44 – F60 Mirrors defogger K2 Starter F45 Vaccuum pump F61 – K3 – F46 Engine control module 2 F62 Canister vent solenoid K4 Wipers speed F47 Mid park phase lock/ F63 – K5 Wipers control Active fuel F64 Trailer reverse lamp K6 Cargo lamp/Bed lighting management/Engine oil and canister purge F65 Left trailer stoplamp/ K7 Powertrain solenoid(s)/Oxygen Turn signal lamps K8 – sensor F66 Right trailer stoplamp/ K9 – F48 Fog lamps Turn signal lamps K10 – F49 – F67 Electric power steering K11 Center high-mounted F50 Trailer parking lamps F68 – stoplamp F51 Horn F69 Battery regulated K12 – voltage control F52 – K13 Vacuum pump F70 – F53 – K14 Trailer parking lamps F71 – F54 – K15 Run/Crank F72 – F55 – K16 – F73 – F56 Washer pump K17 Rear window defogger F74 Generator F57 – F75 – F58 – GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

264 Vehicle Care Instrument Panel Fuse Block

The instrument panel fuse block is behind the passenger side cowl side trim panel. Remove the plastic nut at the front of the cover, then pull the cover away from the trim panel to access the fuse block.

The vehicle may not be equipped with all of the fuses, relays, and features shown. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 265

Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage F1 Run/Crank relay control/ F15 RAP accessory relay F25 Driver door latch Horn switch/Dome lamps control/Shifter control/ F26 – F2 – Shifter solenoid/Wiper relay control/Washer pump F27 – F3 – relay control/Rear defog F28 Instrument panel/ F4 Steering wheel controls relay control Automatic occupant F5 Left headlamp low beam/ F16 Communication gateway sensing display Front left park lamp/Left module F29 Rear vision camera/Transfer front side marker/Left rear F17 Left rear side marker/Right case control module side marker front turn lamp/Left rear (4WD)/Inside rear view F6 – stop lamp/Left front turn mirror lamp/Right rear stop lamp F7 – F30 – F18 Airbag/Sensing and F8 Mirror window module F31 Front camera/Rear park diagnostic module/ assist F9 Instrument panel Automatic occupant sensing module F32 Steering wheel controls F10 – backlighting F19 – F11 Door latches F33 Heated steering wheel/ F20 Amplifier F12 – Communication gateway F21 – module ignition F13 OnStar/HVAC F22 – F34 Front ventilated seats F14 Radio/Infotainment F23 Data link connector/USB F35 Park/Reverse/Neutral/ front Drive/Low display/Wireless charging module/USB rear F24 HVAC ignition/Auxiliary heater F36 Discrete logic ignition sensor GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

266 Vehicle Care

Fuses Usage Wheels and Tires Warning (Continued) F37 – Tires maintain the recommended F38 – pressure. Tire pressure should be Every new GM vehicle has high-quality checked when the tires are cold. F39 Auxiliary power outlet 2 tires made by a leading tire F40 – manufacturer. See the warranty manual . Overinflated tires are more likely to be cut, punctured, or broken by F41 Auxiliary power outlet 1/ for information regarding the tire Cigarette lighter warranty and where to get service. For a sudden impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at the F42 Left power window additional information refer to the tire manufacturer. recommended pressure. F43 Driver power seat . Worn or old tires can cause a F44 Auxillary power outlet { Warning crash. If the tread is badly worn, F45 Right power window . Poorly maintained and improperly replace them. F46 Passenger power seat used tires are dangerous. . Replace any tires that have been . Overloading the tires can cause damaged by impacts with Relays Usage overheating as a result of too potholes, curbs, etc. K1 Retained accessory power much flexing. There could be a . Improperly repaired tires can cause blowout and a serious crash. See a crash. Only the dealer or an K2 Run/Crank 0 Vehicle Load Limits 180. authorized tire service center K3 – . Underinflated tires pose the same should repair, replace, dismount, danger as overloaded tires. The and mount the tires. resulting crash could cause serious (Continued) injury. Check all tires frequently to (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 267

Warning (Continued) Winter Tires All-Terrain Tires . Do not spin the tires in excess of This vehicle was not originally equipped This vehicle may have all-terrain or 56 km/h (35 mph) on slippery with winter tires. Winter tires are designed mud-terrain tires. These tires provide good for increased traction on snow and performance on most road surfaces, weather surfaces such as snow, mud, ice, ice-covered roads. Consider installing winter conditions, and for off-road driving. See etc. Excessive spinning may cause tires on the vehicle if frequent driving on ice Off-Road Driving 0 174. the tires to explode. or snow covered roads is expected. See your The tread pattern on these tires may wear dealer for details regarding winter tire more unevenly than other tires. Consider All-Season Tires availability and proper tire selection. Also, rotating the tires more frequently than at see Buying New Tires 0 278. This vehicle may come with all-season tires. 12 000 km (7,500 mi) intervals if irregular These tires are designed to provide good With winter tires, there may be decreased wear is noted when the tires are inspected. overall performance on most road surfaces dry road traction, increased road noise, and See Tire Inspection 0 276. and weather conditions. Original equipment shorter tread life. After changing to winter tires designed to GM's specific tire tires, be alert for changes in vehicle Tire Sidewall Labeling performance criteria have a TPC specification handling and braking. Useful information about a tire is code molded onto the sidewall. Original If using winter tires: molded into its sidewall. The examples equipment all-season tires can be identified . Use tires of the same brand and tread by the last two characters of this TPC code, show a typical passenger vehicle tire type on all four wheel positions. which will be “MS.” and a compact spare tire sidewall. . Use only radial ply tires of the same size, Consider installing winter tires on the load range, and speed rating as the vehicle if frequent driving on snow or original equipment tires. ice-covered roads is expected. All-season tires provide adequate performance for most Winter tires with the same speed rating as winter driving conditions, but they may not the original equipment tires may not be offer the same level of traction or available for H, V, W, Y, and ZR speed rated performance as winter tires on snow or tires. If winter tires with a lower speed ice-covered roads. See Winter Tires 0 267. rating are chosen, never exceed the tire's maximum speed capability. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

268 Vehicle Care (3) DOT (Department of (5) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord Transportation) : The Department of and number of plies in the sidewall and Transportation (DOT) code indicates that under the tread. the tire is in compliance with the U.S. (6) Uniform Tire Quality Grading Department of Transportation Motor (UTQG) : Tire manufacturers are Vehicle Safety Standards. required to grade tires based on three DOT Tire Date of Manufacture : The last performance factors: treadwear, four digits of the TIN indicate the tire traction, and temperature resistance. manufactured date. The first two digits For more information see Uniform Tire represent the week and the last two Quality Grading 0 280. digits, the year. For example, the third Passenger (P-Metric) Tire Example (7) Maximum Cold Inflation Load week of the year 2020 would have a Limit : Maximum load that can be four-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is (1) Tire Size : The tire size is a carried and the maximum pressure combination of letters and numbers the first full week (Sunday through needed to support that load. Saturday) of each year. used to define a particular tire's width, (8) Temporary Use Only : Only use a height, aspect ratio, construction type, (4) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : temporary spare tire until the road tire and service description. See the “Tire The letters and numbers following the is repaired and replaced. This spare tire Size” illustration later in this section. DOT (Department of Transportation) should not be driven on over 112 km/h (2) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria code are the Tire Identification Number (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer Specification) : Original equipment tires pulling a trailer, with the proper designed to GM's specific tire and plant code, tire size, and date the inflation pressure. See Full-Size Spare performance criteria have a TPC tire was manufactured. The TIN is Tire 0 293. specification code molded onto the molded onto both sides of the tire, sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet although only one side may have the or exceed all federal safety guidelines. date of manufacture. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 269 (3) Tire Identification Number (TIN) : (7) TPC Spec (Tire Performance Criteria The letters and numbers following the Specification) : Original equipment tires DOT (Department of Transportation) designed to GM's specific tire code are the Tire Identification Number performance criteria have a TPC (TIN). The TIN shows the manufacturer specification code molded onto the and plant code, tire size, and date the sidewall. GM's TPC specifications meet tire was manufactured. The TIN is or exceed all federal safety guidelines. molded onto both sides of the tire, although only one side may have the Tire Designations date of manufacture. Tire Size (4) Maximum Cold Inflation Load The example shows a typical passenger Compact Spare Tire Example Limit : Maximum load that can be vehicle tire size. (1) Tire Ply Material : The type of cord carried and the maximum pressure and number of plies in the sidewall and needed to support that load. under the tread. (5) Tire Inflation : The temporary use (2) Temporary Use Only : The compact tire or compact spare tire should be spare tire or temporary use tire should inflated to 420 kPa (60 psi). For more not be driven at speeds over 80 km/h information on tire pressure and 0 Passenger (P-Metric) Tire (50 mph). The compact spare tire is for inflation see Tire Pressure 272. emergency use when a regular road tire (6) Tire Size : A combination of letters (1) Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : The has lost air and gone flat. If the vehicle and numbers define a tire's width, United States version of a metric tire has a compact spare tire, see Compact height, aspect ratio, construction type, sizing system. The letter "P" as the first Spare Tire 0 292 and and service description. The letter T as character in the tire size means a If a Tire Goes Flat 0 282. the first character in the tire size means passenger vehicle tire engineered to the tire is for temporary use only. standards set by the U.S. Tire and Rim Association. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

270 Vehicle Care (2) Tire Width : The 3-digit number Tire Terminology and Definitions Cold Tire Pressure : The amount of air indicates the tire section width in pressure in a tire, measured in kPa millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. Air Pressure : The amount of air inside (kilopascal) or psi (pounds per square the tire pressing outward on each (3) Aspect Ratio : A 2-digit number that inch) before a tire has built up heat square inch of the tire. Air pressure is from driving. See Tire Pressure 0 272. indicates the tire height-to-width expressed in kPa (kilopascal) or psi measurements. For example, if the tire (pounds per square inch). Curb Weight : The weight of a motor size aspect ratio is 75, as shown in vehicle with standard and optional item (3) of the illustration, it would Accessory Weight : The combined equipment including the maximum mean that the tire's sidewall is weight of optional accessories. Some capacity of fuel, oil, and coolant, but 75 percent as high as it is wide. examples of optional accessories are without passengers and cargo. automatic transmission, power (4) Construction Code : A letter code is windows, power seats, and air DOT Markings : A code molded into the used to indicate the type of ply conditioning. sidewall of a tire signifying that the tire construction in the tire. The letter "R" is in compliance with the U.S. means radial ply construction; the letter Aspect Ratio : The relationship of a Department of Transportation (DOT) "D" means diagonal or bias ply tire's height to its width. Motor Vehicle Safety Standards. The construction. Belt : A rubber coated layer of cords DOT code includes the Tire Identification between the plies and the tread. Cords (5) Rim Diameter : Diameter of the Number (TIN), an alphanumeric wheel in inches. may be made from steel or other designator which can also identify the reinforcing materials. tire manufacturer, production plant, (6) Service Description : These brand, and date of production. characters represent the load index and Bead : The tire bead contains steel wires wrapped by steel cords that hold GVWR : Gross Vehicle Weight Rating. speed rating of the tire. The load index 0 represents the load carrying capacity a the tire onto the rim. See Vehicle Load Limits 180. tire is certified to carry. The speed Bias Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in which GAWR FRT : Gross Axle Weight Rating rating is the maximum speed a tire is the plies are laid at alternate angles for the front axle. See Vehicle Load certified to carry a load. less than 90 degrees to the centerline Limits 0 180. of the tread. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 271 GAWR RR : Gross Axle Weight Rating Maximum Loaded Vehicle Weight : The Recommended Inflation Pressure : for the rear axle. See Vehicle Load sum of curb weight, accessory weight, Vehicle manufacturer's recommended Limits 0 180. vehicle capacity weight, and production tire inflation pressure as shown on the options weight. tire placard. See Tire Pressure 0 272 and Intended Outboard Sidewall : The side 0 of an asymmetrical tire that must Normal Occupant Weight : The number Vehicle Load Limits 180. always face outward when mounted on of occupants a vehicle is designed to Radial Ply Tire : A pneumatic tire in a vehicle. seat multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb). See which the ply cords that extend to the 0 Kilopascal (kPa) : The metric unit for air Vehicle Load Limits 180. beads are laid at 90 degrees to the pressure. Occupant Distribution : Designated centerline of the tread. Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire : A tire used seating positions. Rim : A metal support for a tire and on light duty trucks and some Outward Facing Sidewall : The side of upon which the tire beads are seated. multipurpose passenger vehicles. an asymmetrical tire that has a Sidewall : The portion of a tire between Load Index : An assigned number particular side that faces outward when the tread and the bead. ranging from 1 to 279 that corresponds mounted on a vehicle. The side of the Speed Rating : An alphanumeric code to the load carrying capacity of a tire. tire that contains a whitewall, bears assigned to a tire indicating the white lettering, or bears manufacturer, Maximum Inflation Pressure : The maximum speed at which a tire can brand, and/or model name molding operate. maximum air pressure to which a cold that is higher or deeper than the same tire can be inflated. The maximum air moldings on the other sidewall of Traction : The friction between the tire pressure is molded onto the sidewall. the tire. and the road surface. The amount of grip provided. Maximum Load Rating : The load rating Passenger (P-Metric) Tire : A tire used for a tire at the maximum permissible on passenger cars and some light duty Tread : The portion of a tire that comes inflation pressure for that tire. trucks and multipurpose vehicles. into contact with the road. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

272 Vehicle Care Treadwear Indicators : Narrow bands, Vehicle Placard : A label permanently Warning (Continued) sometimes called wear bars, that show attached to a vehicle showing the across the tread of a tire when only vehicle capacity weight and the original . Unusual wear. 1.6 mm (1/16 in) of tread remains. See equipment tire size and recommended . Poor handling. When It Is Time for New Tires 0 278. inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading . Rough ride. UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality Grading Information Label” under Vehicle Load Limits 0 180. . Needless damage from road Standards) : A tire information system hazards. that provides consumers with ratings Tire Pressure for a tire's traction, temperature, and The Tire and Loading Information label treadwear. Ratings are determined by Tires need the correct amount of air on the vehicle indicates the original tire manufacturers using government pressure to operate effectively. equipment tires and the correct cold testing procedures. The ratings are tire inflation pressures. The { Warning molded into the sidewall of the tire. recommended pressure is the minimum See Uniform Tire Quality Grading Neither tire underinflation nor air pressure needed to support the 0 280. overinflation is good. Underinflated vehicle's maximum load carrying tires, or tires that do not have 0 Vehicle Capacity Weight : The number capacity. See Vehicle Load Limits 180. enough air, can result in: of designated seating positions How the vehicle is loaded affects multiplied by 68 kg (150 lb) plus the . Tire overloading and overheating, vehicle handling and ride comfort. rated cargo load. See Vehicle Load which could lead to a blowout. Never load the vehicle with more 0 Limits 180. . Premature or irregular wear. weight than it was designed to carry. Vehicle Maximum Load on the Tire : . Poor handling. When to Check Load on an individual tire due to curb . Reduced fuel economy. weight, accessory weight, occupant Check the pressure of the tires once a weight, and cargo weight. Overinflated tires, or tires that have month or more. Do not forget to check too much air, can result in: the spare tire, if the vehicle has one. (Continued) The cold compact spare tire pressure GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 273 should be at 420 kPa (60psi). See Re-check the tire pressure with the tire As an added safety feature, your vehicle has Compact Spare Tire 0 292 and gauge. been equipped with a tire pressure Full-Size Spare Tire 0 293. monitoring system (TPMS) that illuminates a Put the valve caps back on the valve low tire pressure telltale when one or more How to Check stems to keep out dirt and moisture of your tires is significantly under-inflated. and prevent leaks. Use only valve caps Use a good quality pocket-type gauge Accordingly, when the low tire pressure designed for the vehicle by GM. TPMS to check tire pressure. Proper tire telltale illuminates, you should stop and sensors could be damaged and would inflation cannot be determined by check your tires as soon as possible, and not be covered by the vehicle warranty. looking at the tire. Check the tire inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes inflation pressure when the tires are Tire Pressure Monitor System the tire to overheat and can lead to tire cold, meaning the vehicle has not been The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) failure. Under-inflation also reduces fuel driven for at least three hours or no uses radio and sensor technology to check efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect more than 1.6 km (1 mi). tire pressure levels. The TPMS sensors the vehicle's handling and stopping ability. Remove the valve cap from the tire monitor the air pressure in your tires and Please note that the TPMS is not a valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly transmit tire pressure readings to a receiver substitute for proper tire maintenance, and onto the valve to get a pressure located in the vehicle. it is the driver's responsibility to maintain measurement. If the cold tire inflation Each tire, including the spare (if provided), correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation pressure matches the recommended should be checked monthly when cold and has not reached the level to trigger inflated to the inflation pressure illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure pressure on the Tire and Loading telltale. Information label, no further adjustment recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation Your vehicle has also been equipped with a is necessary. If the inflation pressure is pressure label. (If your vehicle has tires of a low, add air until the recommended TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when different size than the size indicated on the the system is not operating properly. The pressure is reached. If the inflation vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure TPMS malfunction indicator is combined pressure is high, press on the metal label, you should determine the proper tire with the low tire pressure telltale. When the stem in the center of the tire valve to inflation pressure for those tires.) system detects a malfunction, the telltale release air. will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

274 Vehicle Care sequence will continue upon subsequent the air pressure in the tires and transmit the the DIC operation and displays, see Driver vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction tire pressure readings to a receiver located Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) 0 94 or exists. in the vehicle. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) 0 When the malfunction indicator is 96. illuminated, the system may not be able to The low tire pressure warning light may detect or signal low tire pressure as come on in cool weather when the vehicle is intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for first started, and then turn off as the vehicle a variety of reasons, including the is driven. This could be an early indicator installation of replacement or alternate tires that the air pressure is getting low and or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the needs to be inflated to the proper pressure. When a low tire pressure condition is TPMS from functioning properly. Always detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire A Tire and Loading Information label shows check the TPMS malfunction telltale after pressure warning light located on the the size of the original equipment tires and replacing one or more tires or wheels on instrument cluster. If the warning light the correct inflation pressure for the tires your vehicle to ensure that the replacement comes on, stop as soon as possible and when they are cold. See Vehicle Load Limits or alternate tires and wheels allow the inflate the tires to the recommended 0 180, for an example of the Tire and TPMS to continue to function properly. pressure shown on the Tire and Loading Loading Information label and its location. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 274. Information label. See Vehicle Load Limits Also see Tire Pressure 0 272. 0 See Radio Frequency Statement 0 335. 180. The TPMS can warn about a low tire A message to check the pressure in a pressure condition but it does not replace Tire Pressure Monitor Operation specific tire displays in the Driver normal tire maintenance. See Tire Inspection Information Center (DIC). The low tire 0 276, Tire Rotation 0 277 and This vehicle may have a Tire Pressure 0 Monitor System (TPMS). The TPMS is pressure warning light and the DIC warning Tires 266. designed to warn the driver when a low tire message come on at each ignition cycle pressure condition exists. TPMS sensors are until the tires are inflated to the correct Caution mounted onto each tire and wheel inflation pressure. If the vehicle has DIC Tire sealant materials are not all the assembly, excluding the spare tire and buttons, tire pressure levels can be viewed. same. A non-approved tire sealant could wheel assembly. The TPMS sensors monitor For additional information and details about damage the TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 275 . The TPMS sensor matching process was Tire Fill Alert (If Equipped) Caution (Continued) not done or not completed successfully damage caused by using an incorrect tire after rotating the tires. The malfunction This feature provides visual and audible sealant is not covered by the vehicle light and the DIC message should go off alerts outside the vehicle to help when warranty. Always use only the GM after successfully completing the sensor inflating an underinflated tire to the recommended cold tire pressure. approved tire sealant available through matching process. See "TPMS Sensor your dealer or included in the vehicle. Matching Process" later in this section. When the low tire pressure warning light . One or more TPMS sensors are missing or comes on: TPMS Malfunction Light and Message damaged. The malfunction light and the 1. Park the vehicle in a safe, level place. The TPMS will not function properly if one DIC message should go off when the 2. Set the parking brake firmly. TPMS sensors are installed and the sensor or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or 3. Place the vehicle in P (Park). inoperable. When the system detects a matching process is performed 4. Add air to the tire that is underinflated. malfunction, the low tire pressure warning successfully. See your dealer for service. The turn signal lamp will flash. light flashes for about one minute and then . Replacement tires or wheels do not match stays on for the remainder of the ignition the original equipment tires or wheels. When the recommended pressure is cycle. A DIC warning message also displays. Tires and wheels other than those reached, the horn sounds once and the The malfunction light and DIC warning recommended could prevent the TPMS turn signal lamp will stop flashing and message come on at each ignition cycle from functioning properly. See Buying briefly turn solid. New Tires 0 278. until the problem is corrected. Some of the Repeat these steps for all underinflated tires conditions that can cause these to come . Operating electronic devices or being near that have illuminated the low tire pressure on are: facilities using radio wave frequencies warning light. . One of the road tires has been replaced similar to the TPMS could cause the TPMS with the spare tire. The spare tire does sensors to malfunction. { Warning not have a TPMS sensor. The malfunction If the TPMS is not functioning properly, it light and the DIC message should go off Overinflating a tire could cause the tire cannot detect or signal a low tire pressure to rupture and you or others could be after the road tire is replaced and the condition. See your dealer for service if the injured. Do not exceed the maximum sensor matching process is performed TPMS malfunction light and DIC message (Continued) successfully. See "TPMS Sensor Matching come on and stay on. Process" later in this section. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

276 Vehicle Care . There is a malfunction in the TPMS. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) Warning (Continued) . There is a malfunction in the horn or turn 0 96. A warning message displays in the pressure listed on the tire sidewall. See signal lamps. DIC if a problem occurs during the relearn Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 267 and . The identification code of the TPMS process. 0 Vehicle Load Limits 180. sensor is not registered to the system. Tire Inspection . The battery of the TPMS sensor is low. If the tire is overinflated by more than We recommend that the tires, including 35 kPa (5 psi), the horn will sound multiple If the tire fill alert does not operate due to TPMS interference, move the vehicle about the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be times and the turn signal lamp will continue inspected for signs of wear or damage to flash for several seconds after filling 1 m (3 ft) back or forward and try again. stops. To release and correct the pressure, If the tire fill alert feature is not working, at least once a month. while the turn signal lamp is still flashing, use a tire pressure gauge. Replace the tire if: briefly press the center of the valve stem. TPMS Sensor Matching Process — Auto . The indicators at three or more When the recommended pressure is reached, Learn Function the horn sounds once. places around the tire can be seen. Each TPMS sensor has a unique . There is cord or fabric showing If the turn signal lamp does not flash within identification code. The identification code 15 seconds after starting to inflate the tire, through the tire's rubber. needs to be matched to a new tire/wheel the tire fill alert has not been activated or is . The tread or sidewall is cracked, cut, position after rotating the tires or replacing not working. or snagged deep enough to show one or more of the TPMS sensors. When a If the hazard warning flashers are on, the tire is installed, the vehicle must be cord or fabric. tire fill alert visual feedback will not work stationary for about 20 minutes before the . The tire has a bump, bulge, or split. properly. system recalculates. The following relearn . The tire has a puncture, cut, or other The TPMS will not activate the tire fill alert process takes up to 10 minutes, driving at a damage that cannot be repaired well properly under the following conditions: minimum speed of 20 km/h (12 mph). because of the size or location of the A dash (-) or pressure value will display in . There is interference from an external the DIC. See Driver Information Center (DIC) damage. device or transmitter. (Base Level) 0 94 or . The air pressure from the inflation device is not sufficient to inflate the tire. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 277 Tire Rotation Check that all wheel nuts are properly tightened. See “Wheel Nut Torque” Tires should be rotated every 12 000 km under Capacities and Specifications (7,500 mi). See Maintenance Schedule 0 324. 0 310. Tires are rotated to achieve a more { Warning uniform wear for all tires. The first Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the rotation is the most important. parts to which it is fastened, can Anytime unusual wear is noticed, rotate cause wheel nuts to become loose the tires as soon as possible, check for over time. The wheel could come off proper tire inflation pressure, and check and cause a crash. When changing a for damaged tires or wheels. If the Use this rotation pattern when rotating wheel, remove any rust or dirt from unusual wear continues after the the tires. places where the wheel attaches to rotation, check the wheel alignment. the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth See When It Is Time for New Tires 0 278 Do not include the spare tire in the tire or paper towel can be used; however, and rotation. use a scraper or wire brush later to Wheel Replacement 0 281. Adjust the front and rear tires to the remove all rust or dirt. recommended inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label after Lightly coat the inner diameter of the the tires have been rotated. See Tire wheel hub opening with wheel bearing Pressure 0 272 and grease after a wheel change or tire Vehicle Load Limits 0 180. rotation to prevent corrosion or rust build-up. Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor System. See Tire Pressure Monitor Operation 0 274. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

278 Vehicle Care 1.6 mm (1/16 in) or less of tread remaining. aging. This area should be free of grease, { Warning See Tire Inspection 0 276 and gasoline, or other substances that can Do not apply grease to the wheel Tire Rotation 0 277 for additional deteriorate rubber. mounting surface, wheel conical information. Parking for an extended period can cause seats, or the wheel nuts or bolts. The rubber in tires ages over time. This also flat spots on the tires that may result in Grease applied to these areas could applies to the spare tire, if the vehicle has vibrations while driving. When storing a cause a wheel to become loose or one, even if it is never used. Multiple factors vehicle for at least a month, remove the come off, resulting in a crash. including temperatures, loading conditions, tires or raise the vehicle to reduce the and inflation pressure maintenance affect weight from the tires. how fast aging takes place. GM recommends When It Is Time for New Tires that tires, including the spare if equipped, Buying New Tires Factors, such as maintenance, temperatures, be replaced after six years, regardless of GM has developed and matched specific tread wear. To identify the age of a tire, use driving speeds, vehicle loading, and road tires for the vehicle. The original conditions affect the wear rate of the tires. the tire manufacture date, which is the last four digits of the DOT Tire Identification equipment tires installed were designed Number (TIN) molded into one side of the to meet General Motors Tire tire sidewall. The last four digits of the TIN Performance Criteria Specification (TPC indicate the tire manufactured date. The Spec) system rating. When replacement first two digits represent the week and the tires are needed, GM strongly last two digits, the year. For example, the recommends buying tires with the same third week of the year 2020 would have a TPC Spec rating. 4-digit DOT date of 0320. Week 01 is the first full week (Sunday through Saturday) of GM's exclusive TPC Spec system each year. considers over a dozen critical specifications that impact the overall Vehicle Storage performance of the vehicle, including Tires age when stored normally mounted on brake system performance, ride and Treadwear indicators are one way to tell a parked vehicle. Park a vehicle that will be handling, traction control, and tire when it is time for new tires. Treadwear stored for at least a month in a cool, dry, pressure monitoring performance. GM's indicators appear when the tires have only clean area away from direct sunlight to slow GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 279 TPC Spec number is molded onto the Winter tires with the same speed rating Warning (Continued) tire's sidewall near the tire size. If the as the original equipment tires may not tires have an all-season tread design, death. Only your dealer or authorized be available for H, V, W, Y and ZR the TPC Spec number will be followed tire service center should mount or speed rated tires. Never exceed the by MS for mud and snow. See Tire dismount the tires. winter tires’ maximum speed capability Sidewall Labeling 0 267 for additional when using winter tires with a lower information. speed rating. { Warning GM recommends replacing worn tires in If the vehicle tires must be replaced complete sets of four. Uniform tread Mixing tires of different sizes (other with a tire that does not have a TPC depth on all tires will help to maintain than those originally installed on the Spec number, make sure they are the the performance of the vehicle. Braking vehicle), brands, tread patterns, same size, load range, speed rating, and and handling performance may be or types may cause loss of vehicle construction (radial) as the original adversely affected if all the tires are not control, resulting in a crash or other tires. replaced at the same time. If proper vehicle damage. Use the correct size, brand, and type of tire on all wheels. The Tire and Loading Information label rotation and maintenance have been indicates the original equipment tires done, all four tires should wear out at on the vehicle. See Vehicle Load Limits about the same time. However, if it is { Warning 0 180. necessary to replace only one axle set of worn tires, place the new tires on Using bias-ply tires on the vehicle Different Size Tires and Wheels the rear axle. See Tire Rotation 0 277. may cause the wheel rim flanges to develop cracks after many miles of If wheels or tires are installed that are a different size than the original equipment { Warning driving. A tire and/or wheel could fail suddenly and cause a crash. Use only wheels and tires, vehicle performance, Tires could explode during improper including its braking, ride and handling radial-ply tires with the wheels on characteristics, stability, and resistance to service. Attempting to mount or the vehicle. dismount a tire could cause injury or rollover may be affected. If the vehicle has (Continued) electronic systems such as antilock brakes, rollover airbags, traction control, electronic GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

280 Vehicle Care stability control, or All-Wheel Drive, the The Uniform Tire Quality Grading conditions on a specified government performance of these systems can also be (UTQG) system does not apply to deep test course. For example, a tire graded affected. tread, winter tires, compact spare tires, 150 would wear one and one-half (1½) tires with nominal rim diameters of times as well on the government course { Warning 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), or to some as a tire graded 100. The relative If different sized wheels are used, there limited-production tires. performance of tires depends upon the may not be an acceptable level of actual conditions of their use, however, performance and safety if tires not While the tires available on General Motors passenger cars and light trucks and may depart significantly from the recommended for those wheels are norm due to variations in driving habits, selected. This increases the chance of a may vary with respect to these grades, they must also conform to federal service practices and differences in road crash and serious injury. Only use GM characteristics and climate. specific wheel and tire systems developed safety requirements and additional for the vehicle, and have them properly General Motors Tire Performance Traction Criteria (TPC) standards. installed by a GM certified technician. The traction grades, from highest to Quality grades can be found where See Buying New Tires 0 278 and lowest, are AA, A, B, and C. Those Accessories and Modifications 0 234. applicable on the tire sidewall between grades represent the tire's ability to tread shoulder and maximum section stop on wet pavement as measured Uniform Tire Quality Grading width. For example: under controlled conditions on specified The following information relates to the Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete. A tire marked C may have system developed by the United States All Passenger Car Tires Must Conform to National Highway Traffic Safety poor traction performance. Warning: Federal Safety Requirements In Addition The traction grade assigned to this tire Administration (NHTSA), which grades To These Grades. tires by treadwear, traction, and is based on straight-ahead braking temperature performance. This applies Treadwear traction tests, and does not include only to vehicles sold in the United The treadwear grade is a comparative acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning, States. The grades are molded on the rating based on the wear rate of the or peak traction characteristics. sidewalls of most passenger car tires. tire when tested under controlled GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 281 Temperature Wheel Alignment and Tire Your dealer will know the kind of wheel that is needed. The temperature grades are A (the Balance Each new wheel should have the same highest), B, and C, representing the The tires and wheels were aligned and tire's resistance to the generation of load-carrying capacity, diameter, width, balanced at the factory to provide the offset, and be mounted the same way as heat and its ability to dissipate heat longest tire life and best overall the one it replaces. when tested under controlled conditions performance. Adjustments to wheel on a specified indoor laboratory test alignment and tire balancing are not Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel nuts, wheel. Sustained high temperature can necessary on a regular basis. Consider an or Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) alignment check if there is unusual tire wear sensors with new GM original equipment cause the material of the tire to parts. degenerate and reduce tire life, and or the vehicle is significantly pulling to one side or the other. Some slight pull to the excessive temperature can lead to left or right, depending on the crown of the { Warning sudden tire failure. The grade C road and/or other road surface variations Using the wrong replacement wheels, corresponds to a level of performance such as troughs or ruts, is normal. If the which all passenger car tires must meet wheel bolts, or wheel nuts can be vehicle is vibrating when driving on a dangerous. It could affect the braking and under the Federal Motor Safety smooth road, the tires and wheels may handling of the vehicle. Tires can lose air, need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for Standard No. 109. Grades B and A and cause loss of control, causing a crash. proper diagnosis. represent higher levels of performance Always use the correct wheel, wheel on the laboratory test wheel than the Wheel Replacement bolts, and wheel nuts for replacement. minimum required by law. Warning: The temperature grade for this tire is Replace any wheel that is bent, cracked, established for a tire that is properly or badly rusted or corroded. If wheel nuts Caution keep coming loose, the wheel, wheel bolts, inflated and not overloaded. Excessive The wrong wheel can also cause and wheel nuts should be replaced. If the problems with bearing life, brake cooling, speed, underinflation, or excessive wheel leaks air, replace it. Some aluminum loading, either separately or in wheels can be repaired. See your dealer if speedometer or odometer calibration, combination, can cause heat buildup any of these conditions exist. headlamp aim, bumper height, vehicle and possible tire failure. ground clearance, and tire or tire chain clearance to the body and chassis. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

282 Vehicle Care Used Replacement Wheels Warning (Continued) If a Tire Goes Flat { Warning manufacturer's instructions. To avoid It is unusual for a tire to blowout while driving, especially if the tires are maintained vehicle damage, drive slow and readjust Replacing a wheel with a used one is properly. If air goes out of a tire, it is much or remove the traction device if it dangerous. How it has been used or how more likely to leak out slowly. But if there far it has been driven may be unknown. contacts the vehicle. Do not spin the ever is a blowout, here are a few tips about It could fail suddenly and cause a crash. wheels. what to expect and what to do: When replacing wheels, use a new GM If traction devices are used, install them If a front tire fails, the flat tire creates a original equipment wheel. on the rear tires. drag that pulls the vehicle toward that side. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal and Tire Chains grip the steering wheel firmly. Steer to Caution maintain lane position, and then gently { Warning If the vehicle has a tire size other than brake to a stop, well off the road, 255/55R20, 255/65R17 AT, 265/60R18, if possible. If the vehicle has 255/55R20, 255/65R17 or 265/65R17, use tire chains only where AT, 265/60R18, or 265/65R17 size tires, do A rear blowout, particularly on a curve, acts legal and only when necessary. Use not use tire chains. There is not enough much like a skid and may require the same chains that are the proper size for the clearance. Tire chains used on a vehicle correction as used in a skid. Stop pressing tires. Install them on the tires of the rear without the proper amount of clearance the accelerator pedal and steer to straighten axle. Do not use chains on the tires of can cause damage to the brakes, the vehicle. It may be very bumpy and the front axle. Tighten them as tightly as noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the suspension, or other vehicle parts. The possible with the ends securely fastened. road, if possible. area damaged by the tire chains could Drive slowly and follow the chain cause loss of control and a crash. manufacturer's instructions. If the chains { Warning Use another type of traction device only contact the vehicle, stop and retighten Driving on a flat tire will cause if its manufacturer recommends it for use them. If the contact continues, slow permanent damage to the tire. on the vehicle and tire size combination down until it stops. Driving too fast or Re-inflating a tire after it has been driven and road conditions. Follow that spinning the wheels with chains on will on while severely underinflated or flat (Continued) damage the vehicle. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 283

Warning (Continued) { Warning may cause a blowout and a serious crash. Changing a tire can be dangerous. The Never attempt to re-inflate a tire that has vehicle can slip off the jack and roll over been driven on while severely or fall causing injury or death. Find a underinflated or flat. Have your dealer or level place to change the tire. To help an authorized tire service center repair or prevent the vehicle from moving: replace the flat tire as soon as possible. 1. Set the parking brake firmly.

2. Put the shift lever in P (Park). 1. Wheel Block (If Equipped) { Warning 3. For vehicles with four-wheel drive 2. Flat Tire with an N (Neutral) transfer case Lifting a vehicle and getting under it to The following information explains how to position, be sure the transfer case is do maintenance or repairs is dangerous use the jack and change a tire. without the appropriate safety equipment in a drive gear — not in N (Neutral). and training. If a jack is provided with 4. Turn off the engine and do not the vehicle, it is designed only for restart while the vehicle is raised. changing a flat tire. If it is used for 5. Do not allow passengers to remain anything else, you or others could be in the vehicle. badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack is provided with the 6. Place wheel blocks, if equipped, on both sides of the tire at the opposite vehicle, only use it for changing a corner of the tire being changed. flat tire. When the vehicle has a flat tire (2), use the If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire and following example as a guide to assist in the wheel damage by driving slowly to a level placement of the wheel blocks (1), place, well off the road, if possible. Turn on if equipped. the hazard warning flashers. See Hazard Warning Flashers 0 104. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

284 Vehicle Care Tire Changing Extended Cab Removing the Spare Tire and Tools Crew Cab To access and remove the jack and tools:

4. Turn the knob on the jack (2) counterclockwise to lower the jack head to release the jack from its holder. 1. Jack Cover 5. Turn the wing nut (1) counterclockwise to 2. Tool Bag Cover remove the jack and wheel blocks. To access and remove the jack and tools: 1. Pull the bottom of the jack cover (1) 1. Lift the rear seat to access the tool bag. forward to remove it. 2. Remove the straps to remove the 2. Pull the lower access pocket forward and tool bag. then upward to remove the tool bag 3. Fold the rear seat to access the jack. cover (2). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 285

2. Assemble the wheel wrench (7) and the two jack handle extensions (6), as shown.

3. Turn the knob on the jack (1) 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) counterclockwise to lower the jack head 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer to release the jack from its holder. 3. Hoist Cable 4. Turn the wing nut (2) counterclockwise 4. Hoist Assembly to remove the jack and wheel blocks. 5. Hoist Shaft 5. Turn the wing nut (3) counterclockwise 6. Jack Handle Extensions to remove the tool bag. 7. Wheel Wrench 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) Use the jack handle extensions and the 3. Insert the hoist end (open end) (10) of wheel wrench to remove the 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole the extension through the hole (9) in the underbody-mounted spare tire. 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool rear bumper. 1. Open the spare tire lock cover on the Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel bumper. wrench. Insert the ignition key, turn, and pull Be sure the hoist end of the straight out to remove the spare tire extension (10) connects to the hoist lock (8), if equipped. shaft. The ribbed square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

286 Vehicle Care 4. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise Tilt the retainer and pull it through the to lower the spare tire to the ground. center of the wheel along with the cable Continue to turn the wheel wrench until and spring. the spare tire can be pulled out from 7. Put the spare tire near the flat tire. under the vehicle. 5. Pull the spare tire out from under the Removing the Flat Tire and Installing the vehicle. Spare Tire Use the following pictures and instructions to remove the flat tire and raise the vehicle. 2. If the wheel has a center cap that covers the lug nuts, place the chisel end of the wheel wrench in each of the slots in the cap, and gently pry it out.

6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle with some slack in the cable to access the tire/wheel retainer.

1. Jack 2. Wheel Blocks 3. Jack Handle 4. Jack Handle Extensions 3. Use the wheel wrench and turn it 5. Wheel Wrench counterclockwise to loosen the wheel 1. Do a safety check before proceeding. See nuts. Do not remove the wheel nuts yet. If a Tire Goes Flat 0 282. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 287

{ Warning Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can damage the vehicle and even make the vehicle fall. To help avoid personal injury and vehicle damage, be sure to fit the jack lift head into the proper location before raising the vehicle.

{ Warning Front Position Rear Position The jack has a feature to limit its travel 4. Position the jack under the vehicle, as 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, position the to prevent overextension. When the shown. If the flat tire is on the front of jack under the rear axle about 5 cm height limit is reached, an increase in the vehicle, position the jack on the (2 in) inboard of the shock absorber resistance if felt when attempting to depression in the vehicle's frame, behind bracket. raise the jack farther. Raising the jack the flat tire. Make sure that the jack head is past the height limit can damage the jack positioned so that the rear axle is resting pin and cause the jack to lock into an securely between the grooves that are overextended position or not lower fully. on the jack head. Do not attempt to force the jack higher once the height limit is reached. { Warning Getting under a vehicle when it is lifted 6. Turn the wheel wrench clockwise to raise the vehicle. Raise the vehicle far enough on a jack is dangerous. If the vehicle slips off the ground so there is enough room off the jack, you could be badly injured for the spare tire to fit under the or killed. Never get under a vehicle when wheel well. it is supported only by a jack. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

288 Vehicle Care 11. Tighten each wheel nut by hand. Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until the wheel is held against the hub. 12. Turn the wheel wrench counterclockwise to lower the vehicle. Lower the jack completely.

{ Warning If wheel studs are damaged, they can break. If all the studs on a wheel broke, the wheel could come off and cause a 7. Remove all the wheel nuts and take off 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the wheel crash. If any stud is damaged because of the flat tire. bolts, mounting surfaces, and spare a loose-running wheel, it could be that all wheel. of the studs are damaged. To be sure, { Warning 9. Install the spare tire. replace all studs on the wheel. If the stud Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the holes in a wheel have become larger, the parts to which it is fastened, can { Warning wheel could collapse in operation. Replace make wheel nuts become loose after Never use oil or grease on bolts or nuts any wheel if its stud holes have become time. The wheel could come off and because the nuts might come loose. The larger or distorted in any way. Inspect cause a crash. When changing a vehicle's wheel could fall off, causing a hubs and hub‐piloted wheels for damage. wheel, remove any rust or dirt from crash. Because of loose running wheels, piloting places where the wheel attaches to pad damage may occur and require the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth 10. Put the wheel nuts back on with the replacement of the entire hub, for proper or a paper towel can be used; rounded end of the nuts toward the centering of the wheels. When replacing wheel. studs, hubs, wheel nuts or wheels, be however, use a scraper or wire brush sure to use GM original equipment parts. later to remove all rust or dirt. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 289 Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools { Warning Wheel nuts that are improperly or { Warning incorrectly tightened can cause the Storing a jack, a tire, or other equipment wheels to become loose or come off. The in the passenger compartment of the wheel nuts should be tightened with a vehicle could cause injury. In a sudden torque wrench to the proper torque stop or collision, loose equipment could specification after replacing. Follow the strike someone. Store all these in the torque specification supplied by the proper place. aftermarket manufacturer when using accessory locking wheel nuts. See Capacities and Specifications 0 324 for { Warning original equipment wheel nut torque 13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a crisscross specifications. sequence, as shown, by turning the Failure to follow these tire storage wheel wrench clockwise. instructions carefully could result in personal injury or property damage if the Caution When reinstalling the regular wheel and tire, hoist cable fails or if the tire comes loose. also reinstall the center cap. Place the cap Improperly tightened wheel nuts can lead Make sure the tire is stored securely on the wheel and push it into place until it before driving. to brake pulsation and rotor damage. To seats. The cap may only go on one way. Be avoid expensive brake repairs, evenly sure to line up any tabs on the center cap tighten the wheel nuts in the proper with corresponding indentations on the Caution sequence and to the proper torque wheel. specification. See Capacities and Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat Specifications 0 324 for the wheel nut tire under your vehicle for an extended torque specification. period of time or with the valve stem pointing up can damage the wheel. Always stow the wheel with the valve stem pointing down and have the wheel/ tire repaired as soon as possible. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

290 Vehicle Care

Caution 2. Pull the cable and spring through the center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel The tire hoist can be damaged if there is retainer plate down and through the no tension on the cable when using it. To center of the wheel. have the necessary tension, the spare or Make sure the retainer is fully seated road tire and wheel assembly must be across the underside of the wheel. installed on the tire hoist to use it.

{ Warning An improperly stored spare tire could come loose and cause a crash. To avoid personal injury or property damage, 1. Spare Tire (Valve Stem Pointed Down) always store the spare tire when the 2. Tire/Wheel Retainer vehicle is parked on a level surface. 3. Hoist Cable 4. Hoist Assembly 3. Attach the wheel wrench (7) and Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle extensions (6) together, as shown. in the spare tire carrier. 5. Hoist Shaft 6. Jack Handle Extensions Caution 7. Wheel Wrench 8. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) Use of an air wrench or other power 9. Hoist Shaft Access Hole tools with the hoist mechanism is not 10. Hoist End of Extension Tool recommended and could damage the system. Use only the tools supplied with 1. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of the hoist mechanism. the vehicle with the valve stem pointed down, and to the rear. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 291 try to turn the tire. If the tire moves, use the wheel wrench to tighten the cable. Repeat this tightness check procedure when checking the spare tire pressure according to the scheduled maintenance information or any time the spare tire is handled due to service of other components. 4. Insert the hoist end (10) through the hole (9) in the rear bumper and onto the hoist shaft. Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel wrench. 5. Raise the tire part way upward. Make sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening. 6. Raise the tire fully against the underside of the vehicle by turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two clicks or feel it skip twice. You cannot overtighten the cable. Correctly Stored

7. Make sure the tire is stored securely and flush in the radius (2) of the spare tire support bracket (1). Push, pull, and then GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

292 Vehicle Care To store the jack and tools, reverse the Compact Spare Tire steps for removing them. { Warning Driving with more than one compact spare tire at a time could result in loss of braking and handling. This could lead to a crash and you or others could be injured. Use only one compact spare tire at a time.

If this vehicle has a compact spare tire, it Incorrectly Stored 1. Wheel Wrench was fully inflated when new; however, it 2. Jack Handle can lose air over time. Check the inflation 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock, if the vehicle 3. Jack Handle Extensions pressure regularly. It should be 420 kPa has one. 4. Wing Nut (60 psi). For extended cab models, be sure to replace Stop as soon as possible and check that the the wheel wrench (1), jack handle (2), and spare tire is correctly inflated after being two jack handle extensions (3) in the bag, as installed on the vehicle. The compact spare shown, so it can be properly stored in the tire is designed for temporary use only. The storage compartment. vehicle will perform differently with the spare tire installed and it is recommended Be sure to fully tighten the wing nut (4) so that the vehicle speed be limited to 80 km/h the tool bag cover can be properly and (50 mph). To conserve the tread of the spare securely closed. tire, have the standard tire repaired or replaced as soon as convenient and return the spare tire to the storage area. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 293

When using a compact spare tire, the AWD Full-Size Spare Tire Caution (Continued) (if equipped), ABS, and Traction Control systems may engage until the spare tire is If this vehicle came with a full-size spare would not be covered by the warranty. recognized by the vehicle, especially on tire, it was fully inflated when new, Never use four-wheel drive when a slippery roads. Adjust driving to reduce however, it can lose air over time. Check the different size spare tire is installed on the possible wheel slip. inflation pressure regularly. See Tire Pressure vehicle. 0 272 and Caution Vehicle Load Limits 0 180 for information The vehicle may have a different size spare regarding proper tire inflation and loading When the compact spare is installed, do tire than the road tires originally installed the vehicle. For instructions on how to not take the vehicle through an on the vehicle. This spare tire was developed remove, install, or store a spare tire, see Tire for use on this vehicle, so it is all right to automatic car wash with guide rails. The Changing 0 284. compact spare can get caught on the rails drive on it. If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a different size spare tire is which can damage the tire, wheel, and If equipped with a temporary use full-size installed, drive only in two-wheel drive. other parts of the vehicle. spare tire, it is indicated on the tire sidewall. See Tire Sidewall Labeling 0 267. This spare After installing the spare tire on the vehicle, Do not use the compact spare on other tire should not be driven on over 112 km/h stop as soon as possible and check that the vehicles. (70 mph), or 88 km/h (55 mph) when spare is correctly inflated. The spare tire is pulling a trailer, at the proper inflation made to perform well at speeds up to Do not mix the compact spare tire or wheel pressure. Repair and replace the road tire as 112 km/h (70 MPH) at the recommended with other wheels or tires. They will not fit. soon as it is convenient, and stow the spare inflation pressure, so you can finish Keep the spare tire and its wheel together. tire for future use. your trip. Caution Caution Have the damaged or flat road tire repaired Tire chains will not fit the compact spare. or replaced and installed back onto the If the vehicle has four-wheel drive and a vehicle as soon as possible so the spare tire Using them can damage the vehicle and different size spare tire is installed, do the chains. Do not use tire chains on the will be available in case it is needed again. not drive in four-wheel drive until the flat Do not mix tires and wheels of difference compact spare. tire is repaired and/or replaced. The sizes, because they will not fit. Keep the vehicle could be damaged and the repairs spare tire and its wheel together. (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

294 Vehicle Care If the vehicle has a spare tire that does not See California Proposition 65 Warning 0 234 match the original road tires and wheels in and the back cover. size and type, do not include the spare in the tire rotation. { Warning Batteries can hurt you. They can be Jump Starting dangerous because: Jump Starting - North America . They contain acid that can burn you. . They contain gas that can explode or For more information about the vehicle ignite. battery, see Battery - North America 0 251. . They contain enough electricity to If the battery has run down, try to use burn you. another vehicle and some jumper cables to start your vehicle. Be sure to use the If you do not follow these steps exactly, 1. Discharged Battery Negative following steps to do it safely. some or all of these things can hurt you. Grounding Stud 2. Discharged Battery Positive Terminal { Warning 3. Good Battery Negative Terminal Caution WARNING: Battery posts, terminals, and 4. Good Battery Positive Terminal Ignoring these steps could result in costly related accessories contain lead and lead The jump start negative grounding stud (1) damage to the vehicle that would not be compounds, chemicals known to the for the discharged battery is to the left of covered by the vehicle warranty. Trying State of California to cause cancer and the windshield washer fluid reservoir. to start the vehicle by pushing or pulling birth defects or other reproductive harm. it will not work, and it could damage the The jump start positive terminal on the Batteries also contain other chemicals vehicle. discharged battery (2) is located in the known to the State of California to cause engine compartment on the driver side of cancer. WASH HANDS AFTER HANDLING. the vehicle. For more information go to The jump start positive terminal (4) and www.P65Warnings.ca.gov/ negative terminal (3) are on the battery of passenger-vehicle. the vehicle providing the jump start. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 295 The positive jump start connection for the 2. Position the two vehicles so that they discharged battery is under a trim cover. are not touching. { Warning Pull the small cover (1 on top of it) 3. Set the parking brake firmly and put the Using a match near a battery can cause outboard. shift lever in P (Park) with an automatic battery gas to explode. People have been transmission, or N (Neutral) with a hurt doing this, and some have been manual transmission. blinded. Use a flashlight if you need more light. Caution Battery fluid contains acid that can burn If any accessories are left on or plugged you. Do not get it on you. If you in during the jump starting procedure, accidentally get it in your eyes or on they could be damaged. The repairs your skin, flush the place with water and would not be covered by the vehicle get medical help immediately. warranty. Whenever possible, turn off or unplug all accessories on either vehicle when jump starting. { Warning 4. Turn the ignition off. Turn off all lights Fans or other moving engine parts can 1. Check the other vehicle. It must have a and accessories in both vehicles, except injure you badly. Keep your hands away 12-volt battery with a negative ground the hazard warning flashers if needed. from moving parts once the engine is system. running. Caution { Warning 5. Connect one end of the red positive (+) If the other vehicle does not have a An electric fan can start up even when cable to the positive (+) terminal on the 12-volt system with a negative ground, the engine is not running and can injure discharged battery. you. Keep hands, clothing, and tools both vehicles can be damaged. Only use 6. Connect the other end of the red away from any underhood electric fan. a vehicle that has a 12-volt system with a positive (+) cable to the positive (+) negative ground for jump starting. terminal of the good battery. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

296 Vehicle Care

7. Connect one end of the black After starting the disabled vehicle and Caution negative (–) cable to the negative (–) removing the jumper cables, allow it to idle terminal of the good battery. for several minutes. Improper use of the tow eye can damage the vehicle. If equipped, use the tow eye 8. Connect the other end of the black Close the small cover (1 on top of it). negative (–) cable to the negative (–) to load a disabled vehicle onto a flatbed Ensure the locking feature (located inboard) tow truck from a flat road surface, or to grounding stud for the discharged latches completely with the rest of the move the vehicle a short distance. Use battery. cover. 9. Start the engine in the vehicle with the caution and low speeds. The transmission good battery and run the engine at idle Towing the Vehicle must be in (N) Neutral when moving the speed for at least four minutes. vehicle. 10. Try to start the vehicle that had the Caution GM recommends a flatbed tow truck to dead battery. If it will not start after a Incorrectly towing a disabled vehicle may transport a disabled vehicle. Use ramps to few tries, it probably needs service. cause damage. The damage would not be help reduce approach angles, if necessary. Caution covered by the vehicle warranty. Do not A towed vehicle should have its drive wheels lash or hook to suspension components. off the ground. Contact Roadside Assistance If the jumper cables are connected or Use the proper straps around the tires to or a professional towing service if the removed in the wrong order, electrical secure the vehicle. Do not drag a locked disabled vehicle must be towed. shorting may occur and damage the wheel/tire. Use tire skates or dollies vehicle. The repairs would not be covered under any locked wheel/tire while by the vehicle warranty. Always connect loading the vehicle. Do not use a sling and remove the jumper cables in the type lift to tow the vehicle. This could correct order, making sure that the cables damage the vehicle. do not touch each other or other metal.

Jumper Cable Removal Reverse the sequence exactly when removing the jumper cables. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 297

Here are some important things to consider Caution (Continued) before recreational vehicle towing: . Before towing the vehicle, become repairs would not be covered by the familiar with the local laws that apply to vehicle warranty. If using a shield, only recreational vehicle towing. These laws use one that attaches to the towing may vary by region. vehicle. . What is the towing capacity of the towing vehicle? Be sure to read the tow Dinghy Towing vehicle manufacturer's recommendations. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles . What is the distance that will be traveled? Some vehicles have restrictions on how far and how long they can tow. The vehicle is equipped with specific . Is the proper towing equipment going to attachment points to be used to pull the be used? See your dealer or trailering vehicle onto a flatbed car carrier from a flat professional for additional advice and road surface. Do not use these attachment equipment recommendations. points to pull the vehicle from snow, mud . Is the vehicle ready to be towed? Just as or sand. preparing the vehicle for a long trip, make sure the vehicle is prepared to be Recreational Vehicle Towing towed. Recreational vehicle towing means towing Follow the tow vehicle manufacturer’s the vehicle behind another vehicle, such as a instructions. motor home. The two most common types Caution of recreational vehicle towing are dinghy Caution If the two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed and dolly towing. Dinghy towing is towing with all four wheels on the ground, the the vehicle with all four wheels on the Use of a shield mounted in front of the drivetrain components could be damaged. ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle vehicle grille could restrict airflow and with two wheels on the ground and two cause damage to the transmission. The The repairs would not be covered by the wheels on a dolly. (Continued) vehicle warranty. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

298 Vehicle Care Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not be To dinghy tow: non-conductive material to prevent any towed with all four wheels on the ground. 1. Position the vehicle being towed behind contact with the negative battery Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles the tow vehicle, facing forward and on a terminal. level surface. 7. Shift the transmission to P (Park). 2. Securely attach the vehicle being towed to the tow vehicle. Caution 3. Apply the parking brake and start the If the steering column is locked, vehicle engine. damage may occur. 4. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See Move the steering wheel to make sure “Shifting into N (Neutral)” under the steering column is unlocked. Four-Wheel Drive 0 197. Check that the vehicle is in N (Neutral) by shifting the 8. With a foot on the brake pedal, release transmission to R (Reverse) and then to the parking brake. D (Drive). There should be no movement 9. Keep the ignition key in the towed of the vehicle while shifting. vehicle in ACC/ACCESSORY to prevent the steering column from locking. Only dinghy tow four-wheel-drive vehicles 5. With the engine off, leave the key in that have an N (Neutral) and a Four-Wheel ACC/ACCESSORY to prevent the steering Disconnecting the Towed Vehicle column from locking. Drive Low (4 (n) setting. Before disconnecting the towed vehicle: Caution 1. Park on a level surface. { Warning Failure to disconnect the negative battery 2. Set the parking brake, then shift the Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's cable or to have it contact the terminals transmission to P (Park), and move the transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause can cause damage to the vehicle. ignition key to OFF. the vehicle to roll even if the 3. Connect the battery. transmission is in P (Park). You or others 6. Disconnect the negative battery cable at 4. With your foot off the brake, turn the could be injured. Set the parking brake the battery and secure the nut and bolt. ignition on with the engine off. before shifting the transfer case to Cover the negative battery post with a N (Neutral). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 299 5. Shift the transfer case out of N (Neutral) Dolly Towing Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the Ground) to Two-Wheel Drive High. See “Shifting – Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the Ground) out of N (Neutral)” under Four-Wheel – Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles Drive 0 197. See your dealer if the transfer case cannot be shifted out of N (Neutral). 6. Start the engine and check that the vehicle is in Two-Wheel Drive High by shifting the transmission to R (Reverse) and then to D (Drive). There should be movement of the vehicle while shifting. 7. Shift the transmission to P (Park) and turn off the ignition. 8. Disconnect the vehicle from the tow vehicle. To dolly tow a four-wheel-drive vehicle from 9. Release the parking brake. the front: 10. Reset any lost presets. Caution 1. Attach the dolly to the tow vehicle The outside temperature display will If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed with following the dolly manufacturer's default to 0 °C (32 °F) but will reset with the rear wheels on the ground, the instructions. normal usage. transmission could be damaged. The 2. Drive the front wheels onto the dolly. repairs would not be covered by the 3. Shift the transmission to P (Park). vehicle warranty. Never tow the vehicle 4. Set the parking brake. with the rear wheels on the ground. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

300 Vehicle Care Towing the Vehicle from the Rear { Warning Appearance Care Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's { Warning Exterior Care transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause Never tow the vehicle from the rear. The Locks the vehicle to roll even if the front wheels cannot be secured in a transmission is in P (Park). You or others straight direction, and the tow vehicle Locks are lubricated at the factory. Use a could be injured. Set the parking brake could sway out of control, causing a de-icing agent only when absolutely before shifting the transfer case to crash. You or others could be injured or necessary, and have the locks greased after N (Neutral). using. See Recommended Fluids and killed, and the vehicle could be damaged. 0 Repairs would not be covered by the Lubricants 319. 5. Use a clamping device designed for towing to ensure that the front wheels vehicle warranty. Washing the Vehicle are locked into the straight position. To preserve the vehicle's finish, wash it 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following often and out of direct sunlight. the manufacturer's instructions. Caution 7. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See “Shifting into N (Neutral)” under Do not use petroleum-based, acidic, Four-Wheel Drive 0 197 for the proper or abrasive cleaning agents as they can procedure. damage the vehicle's paint, metal, 8. Release the parking brake only after the or plastic parts. If damage occurs, it vehicle being towed is firmly attached to would not be covered by the vehicle the tow vehicle. warranty. Approved cleaning products can 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. be obtained from your dealer. Follow all manufacturer directions regarding correct product usage, necessary safety precautions, and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care product. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 301

Caution Caution (Continued) chemicals from industrial chimneys, etc., can damage the vehicle's finish if they remain Avoid using high-pressure washes closer This could cause damage that would not on painted surfaces. Wash the vehicle as than 30 cm (12 in) to the surface of the be covered by the vehicle warranty. soon as possible. If necessary, use vehicle. Use of power washers exceeding non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe 8 274 kPa (1,200 psi) can result in Solvents or aggressive cleaners may harm for painted surfaces to remove foreign damage or removal of paint and decals. underhood components. The usages of these matter. chemicals should be avoided. Occasional hand waxing or mild polishing If using an automatic car wash, follow with Recommend water only. should be done to remove residue from the the car wash instructions. The windshield A pressure washer may be used, but care paint finish. See your dealer for approved wiper and rear window wiper, if equipped, cleaning products. must be off. Remove any accessories that must be utilized. The following criteria must may be damaged or interfere with the car be followed: Do not apply waxes or polishes to uncoated wash equipment. . Water pressure must be kept below plastic, vinyl, rubber, decals, simulated 14,000 KPa (2,000 PSI). wood, or flat paint as damage can occur. Rinse the vehicle well, before washing and . Water temperature must be below 80 °C after, to remove all cleaning agents Caution completely. If they are allowed to dry on (180 °F). the surface, they could stain. . Spray nozzle with a 40 degree wide angle Machine compounding or aggressive spray pattern or wider must be used. polishing on a basecoat/clearcoat paint Dry the finish with a soft, clean chamois or finish may damage it. Use only an all-cotton towel to avoid surface . Nozzle must be kept at least 30 cm (1 ft) away from all surfaces. non-abrasive waxes and polishes that are scratches and water spotting. made for a basecoat/clearcoat paint finish Cleaning Underhood Components Finish Care on the vehicle. Caution Application of aftermarket clearcoat sealant/ wax materials is not recommended. To keep the paint finish looking new, keep Do not power wash any component If painted surfaces are damaged, see your the vehicle garaged or covered whenever under the hood that has this e dealer to have the damage assessed and possible. symbol. repaired. Foreign materials such as calcium (Continued) chloride and other salts, ice melting agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, bird droppings, GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

302 Vehicle Care Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Moldings Spray-In Bedliner Care Lamp covers are made of plastic, and some have a UV protective coating. Do not clean Caution A spray-in bedliner is a permanent coating that bonds to the truck bed and cannot be or wipe them while they are dry. Failure to clean and protect the bright removed. Promptly rinse the bedliner surface Do not use any of the following on lamp metal moldings can result in a hazy following a chemical spill to avoid covers: white finish or pitting. This damage permanent damage. . Abrasive or caustic agents. would not be covered by the vehicle Spray-in bedliners can fade from oxidation, . Washer fluids and other cleaning agents warranty. road dirt, heavy-duty hauling, and hard in higher concentrations than suggested water stains. Clean it periodically by by the manufacturer. The bright metal moldings on the vehicle washing off the loose dirt and using a mild are aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. To . Solvents, alcohols, fuels, or other harsh detergent. To restore the original prevent damage always follow these cleaners. appearance, apply the bedliner conditioner cleaning instructions: . Ice scrapers or other hard items. available through your dealer. . Be sure the molding is cool to the touch . Aftermarket appearance caps or covers before applying any cleaning solution. Caution while the lamps are illuminated, due to excessive heat generated. . Use only approved cleaning solutions for Using silicone-based products may aluminum, chrome or stainless steel. damage the bedliner, reduce the Caution Some cleaners are highly acidic or contain slip-resistant texture, and attract dirt. alkaline substances and can damage the Failure to clean lamps properly can cause moldings. Cleaning Exterior Lamps/Lenses, damage to the lamp cover that would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. . Always dilute a concentrated cleaner Emblems, Decals, and Stripes according to the manufacturer’s instructions. Use only lukewarm or cold water, a soft cloth, and a car washing soap to clean Caution . Do not use cleaners that are not intended for automotive use. exterior lamps, lenses and emblems, decals, Using wax on low gloss black finish and stripes. Follow instructions under stripes can increase the gloss level and . Use a nonabrasive wax on the vehicle "Washing the Vehicle" previously in this create a non-uniform finish. Clean low after washing to protect and extend the section. molding finish. gloss stripes with soap and water only. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 303

Air Intakes surfaces can be removed by rubbing with a Caution (Continued) clean cloth. See Recommended Fluids and Clear debris from the air intakes, between Lubricants 0 319. calcium chloride. These are used on roads the hood and windshield, when washing the for conditions such as dust and ice. vehicle. Tires Always wash the chrome with soap and Windshield and Wiper Blades Use a stiff brush with tire cleaner to clean water after exposure. the tires. Clean the outside of the windshield with glass cleaner. Caution Caution Clean rubber blades using a lint-free cloth or Using petroleum-based tire dressing To avoid surface damage on wheels and paper towel soaked with windshield washer products on the vehicle may damage the wheel trim, do not use strong soaps, fluid or a mild detergent. Wash the paint finish and/or tires. When applying a chemicals, abrasive polishes, cleaners, windshield thoroughly when cleaning the tire dressing, always wipe off any or brushes. Use only GM approved blades. Bugs, road grime, sap, and a buildup overspray from all painted surfaces on cleaners. Do not drive the vehicle through of vehicle wash/wax treatments may cause an automatic car wash that uses silicon wiper streaking. the vehicle. carbide tire/wheel cleaning brushes. Replace the wiper blades if they are worn or Wheels and Wheel Trim Damage could occur and the repairs damaged. Damage can be caused by Use a soft, clean cloth with mild soap and would not be covered by the vehicle extreme dusty conditions, sand, salt, heat, warranty. sun, snow, and ice. water to clean the wheels. After rinsing thoroughly with clean water, dry with a Weatherstrips soft, clean towel. A wax may then be Brake System applied. Apply weatherstrip lubricant on Visually inspect brake lines and hoses for proper hook-up, binding, leaks, cracks, weatherstrips to make them last longer, seal Caution better, and not stick or squeak. Lubricate chafing, etc. Inspect disc brake pads for wear weatherstrips once a year. Hot, dry climates Chrome wheels and chrome wheel trim and rotors for surface condition. Inspect may require more frequent application. Black may be damaged if the vehicle is not drum brake linings/shoes for wear or cracks. marks from rubber material on painted washed after driving on roads that have Inspect all other brake parts. been sprayed with magnesium chloride or (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

304 Vehicle Care Steering, Suspension, and Chassis Do not directly power wash the transfer irregular dark spots etched into the paint Components case and/or front/rear axle output seals. surface. Refer to “Finish Care” previously in High pressure water can overcome the seals this section. Visually inspect steering, suspension, and and contaminate the fluid. Contaminated chassis components for damaged, loose, fluid will decrease the life of the transfer Interior Care or missing parts or signs of wear at least case and/or axles and should be replaced. once a year. To prevent dirt particle abrasions, regularly Sheet Metal Damage clean the vehicle's interior. Immediately Inspect power steering for proper remove any soils. Newspapers or dark attachment, connections, binding, leaks, If the vehicle is damaged and requires sheet garments can transfer color to the vehicle’s cracks, chafing, etc. metal repair or replacement, make sure the interior. body repair shop applies anti-corrosion Visually check constant velocity joint boots Use a soft bristle brush to remove dust from and axle seals for leaks. material to parts repaired or replaced to restore corrosion protection. knobs and crevices on the instrument Body Component Lubrication cluster. Using a mild soap solution, Original manufacturer replacement parts will immediately remove hand lotions, Lubricate all key lock cylinders, hood hinges, provide the corrosion protection while sunscreen, and insect repellent from all liftgate hinges, steel fuel door hinge, and maintaining the vehicle warranty. interior surfaces or permanent damage may power assist step hinges, unless the result. components are plastic. Applying silicone Finish Damage Use cleaners specifically designed for the grease on weatherstrips with a clean cloth Quickly repair minor chips and scratches surfaces being cleaned to prevent will make them last longer, seal better, and with touch-up materials available from your permanent damage. Apply all cleaners not stick or squeak dealer to avoid corrosion. Larger areas of directly to the cleaning cloth. Do not spray finish damage can be corrected in your cleaners on any switches or controls. Underbody Maintenance dealer's body and paint shop. Remove cleaners quickly. At least twice a year, spring and fall, use plain water to flush any corrosive materials Chemical Paint Spotting Before using cleaners, read and follow all from the underbody. Take care to Airborne pollutants can fall upon and attack safety instructions on the label. While thoroughly clean any areas where mud and painted vehicle surfaces causing blotchy, cleaning the interior, open the doors and other debris can collect. ring-shaped discolorations, and small, windows to get proper ventilation. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 305 To prevent damage, do not clean the Interior Glass Fabric/Carpet/Suede interior using the following cleaners or To clean, use a terry cloth fabric dampened Start by vacuuming the surface using a soft techniques: with water. Wipe droplets left behind with a brush attachment. If a rotating vacuum . Never use a razor or any other sharp clean dry cloth. If necessary, use a brush attachment is being used, only use it object to remove soil from any interior commercial glass cleaner after cleaning with on the floor carpet. Before cleaning, gently surface. plain water. remove as much of the soil as possible: . Never use a brush with stiff bristles. . Gently blot liquids with a paper towel. . Never rub any surface aggressively or Caution Continue blotting until no more soil can with too much pressure. To prevent scratching, never use abrasive be removed. . Do not use laundry detergents or cleaners on automotive glass. Abrasive . For solid soils, remove as much as dishwashing soaps with degreasers. For cleaners or aggressive cleaning may possible prior to vacuuming. liquid cleaners, use approximately damage the rear window defogger. 20 drops per 3.8 L (1 gal) of water. To clean: A concentrated soap solution will create Cleaning the windshield with water during 1. Saturate a clean, lint-free colorfast cloth streaks and attract dirt. Do not use the first three to six months of ownership with water. Microfiber cloth is solutions that contain strong or will reduce tendency to fog. recommended to prevent lint transfer to caustic soap. the fabric or carpet. Speaker Covers . Do not heavily saturate the upholstery 2. Remove excess moisture by gently when cleaning. Vacuum around a speaker cover gently, so wringing until water does not drip from . Do not use solvents or cleaners containing that the speaker will not be damaged. Clean the cleaning cloth. solvents. spots with water and mild soap. 3. Start on the outside edge of the soil and Coated Moldings gently rub toward the center. Fold the cleaning cloth to a clean area frequently Coated moldings should be cleaned. to prevent forcing the soil in to the . When lightly soiled, wipe with a sponge fabric. or soft, lint-free cloth dampened with 4. Continue gently rubbing the soiled area water. until there is no longer any color . When heavily soiled, use warm soapy transfer from the soil to the cleaning water. cloth. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

306 Vehicle Care

5. If the soil is not completely removed, Caution Caution (Continued) use a mild soap solution followed only by plain water. Do not attach a device with a suction cup these solvents can permanently change to the display. This may cause damage the appearance and feel of leather or soft If the soil is not completely removed, it may be necessary to use a commercial upholstery and would not be covered by the vehicle trim, and are not recommended. cleaner or spot lifter. Test a small hidden warranty. Do not use cleaners that increase gloss, area for colorfastness before using a especially on the instrument panel. Reflected commercial upholstery cleaner or spot lifter. Instrument Panel, Leather, Vinyl, Other glare can decrease visibility through the If ring formation occurs, clean the entire Plastic Surfaces, Low Gloss Paint windshield under certain conditions. fabric or carpet. Surfaces, and Natural Open Pore Wood After cleaning, use a paper towel to blot Surfaces Caution excess moisture. Use a soft microfiber cloth dampened with Use of air fresheners may cause water to remove dust and loose dirt. For a Cleaning High Gloss Surfaces and Vehicle permanent damage to plastics and more thorough cleaning, use a soft painted surfaces. If an air freshener Information and Radio Displays microfiber cloth dampened with a mild soap comes in contact with any plastic or solution. Use a microfiber cloth on high gloss surfaces painted surface in the vehicle, blot or vehicle displays. First, use a soft bristle Caution immediately and clean with a soft cloth brush to remove dirt that can scratch the dampened with a mild soap solution. surface. Then gently clean by rubbing with a Soaking or saturating leather, especially Damage caused by air fresheners would microfiber cloth. Never use window cleaners perforated leather, as well as other not be covered by the vehicle warranty. or solvents. Periodically hand wash the interior surfaces, may cause permanent microfiber cloth separately, using mild soap. damage. Wipe excess moisture from Cargo Cover and Convenience Net Do not use bleach or fabric softener. Rinse these surfaces after cleaning and allow thoroughly and air dry before next use. them to dry naturally. Never use heat, If equipped, wash with warm water and steam, or spot removers. Do not use mild detergent. Do not use chlorine bleach. cleaners that contain silicone or Rinse with cold water, and then dry completely. wax-based products. Cleaners containing (Continued) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Vehicle Care 307 Care of Seat Belts Use the following guidelines for proper floor Removing and Replacing the Floor Mats mat usage: Keep belts clean and dry. Pull up on the rear of the floor mat to . The original equipment floor mats were unlock each retainer and remove. { Warning designed for your vehicle. If the floor mats need replacing, it is recommended Do not bleach or dye seat belt webbing. that GM certified floor mats be It may severely weaken the webbing. In purchased. Non-GM floor mats may not a crash, they might not be able to fit properly and may interfere with the provide adequate protection. Clean and pedals. Always check that the floor mats rinse seat belt webbing only with mild do not interfere with the pedals. soap and lukewarm water. Allow the . Do not use a floor mat if the vehicle is webbing to dry. not equipped with a floor mat retainer on the driver side floor. Floor Mats . Use the floor mat with the correct side up. Do not turn it over. { Warning . Do not place anything on top of the If a floor mat is the wrong size or is not driver side floor mat. Reinstall by lining up the floor mat retainer properly installed, it can interfere with . Use only a single floor mat on the openings over the carpet retainers and snapping into position. the pedals. Interference with the pedals driver side. can cause unintended acceleration and/or . Do not place one floor mat on top of Make sure the floor mat is properly secured increased stopping distance which can another. in place. cause a crash and injury. Make sure the Verify the floor mat does not interfere with floor mat does not interfere with the the pedals. pedals. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

308 Vehicle Care Cleaning Rubber Floor Mats (All-Weather Mats and Floor Liners)

{ Warning Do not use cleaners that contain silicone, wax-based products, or cleaners that increase gloss on rubber floor mats/liners. These cleaners can permanently change the appearance and feel of the rubber and can make the floor mats/liners slippery. Your foot could slip while operating the vehicle, and you could lose control, resulting in a crash. You or others could be injured.

Use a soft cloth and/or a brush dampened with water to remove dust and loose dirt. For more thorough cleaning, use a mild soap solution. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Service and Maintenance 309 Service and Maintenance General Information Caution Your vehicle is an important investment. Damage caused by improper maintenance General Information This section describes the required can lead to costly repairs and may not be General Information ...... 309 maintenance for the vehicle. Follow this covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance Schedule schedule to help protect against major repair Maintenance intervals, checks, Maintenance Schedule ...... 310 expenses resulting from neglect or inspections, recommended fluids, and inadequate maintenance. It may also help to lubricants are important to keep the Special Application Services maintain the value of the vehicle if it is vehicle in good working condition. Special Application Services ...... 316 sold. It is the responsibility of the owner to have all required maintenance performed. Do not have chemical flushes that are not Additional Maintenance and Care approved by GM performed on the Your dealer has trained technicians who can Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 316 vehicle. The use of flushes, solvents, perform required maintenance using genuine cleaners, or lubricants that are not Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and replacement parts. They have up-to-date approved by GM could damage the Parts tools and equipment for fast and accurate vehicle, requiring expensive repairs that Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . 319 diagnostics. Many dealers have extended are not covered by the vehicle warranty. Maintenance Replacement Parts ...... 320 evening and Saturday hours, courtesy transportation, and online scheduling to Maintenance Records assist with service needs. The Tire Rotation and Required Services are Maintenance Records ...... 322 the responsibility of the vehicle owner. It is Your dealer recognizes the importance of recommended to have your dealer perform providing competitively priced maintenance these services every 12 000 km (7,500 mi). and repair services. With trained technicians, Proper vehicle maintenance helps to keep the dealer is the place for routine the vehicle in good working condition, maintenance such as oil changes and tire improves fuel economy, and reduces vehicle rotations and additional maintenance items emissions. like tires, brakes, batteries, and wiper blades. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

310 Service and Maintenance Because of the way people use vehicles, Refer to the information in the Maintenance Maintenance Schedule maintenance needs vary. There may need to Schedule Additional Required Services - be more frequent checks and services. The Severe chart. Owner Checks and Services Additional Required Services - Normal are for vehicles that: { Warning Check the engine oil level. See Engine Oil 0 240. . Carry passengers and cargo within Performing maintenance work can be Once a Month recommended limits on the Tire and dangerous and can cause serious injury. Loading Information label. See Vehicle Perform maintenance work only if the . Check the tire inflation pressures, Load Limits 0 180. required information, proper tools, and including the spare. See Tire Pressure 0 272. . Are driven on reasonable road surfaces equipment are available. If they are not, within legal driving limits. see your dealer to have a trained . Inspect the tires for wear. See Tire 0 . Use the recommended fuel. See technician do the work. See Doing Your Inspection 276. 0 Recommended Fuel 214. Own Service Work 0 235. . Check the windshield washer fluid level. 0 Refer to the information in the Maintenance See Washer Fluid 249. Schedule Additional Required Services - Engine Oil Change Normal chart. When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON The Additional Required Services - Severe are message displays, have the engine oil and for vehicles that are: filter changed within the next 1 000 km . Mainly driven in heavy city traffic in hot (600 mi). If driven under the best conditions, weather. the engine oil life system may not indicate . Mainly driven in hilly or mountainous the need for vehicle service for up to a year. terrain. The engine oil and filter must be changed at . Frequently towing a trailer. least once a year and the oil life system must be reset. Your trained dealer technician . Used for high speed or competitive can perform this work. If the engine oil life driving. system is reset accidentally, service the . Used for taxi, police, or delivery service. vehicle within 5 000 km (3,000 mi) since the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Service and Maintenance 311 last service. Reset the oil life system when Passenger Compartment Air Filter Tire Rotation and Required Services the oil is changed. See Engine Oil Life The passenger compartment air filter Every 12 000 km (7,500 mi) System 0 242. removes dust, pollen, and other airborne Rotate the tires, if recommended for the Extended Idle Use irritants from outside air that is pulled into vehicle, and perform the following services. the vehicle. The filter should be replaced as See Tire Rotation 0 277. When the vehicle is used in a way that part of routine scheduled maintenance. requires extended idle time, one hour of use . Check engine oil level and oil Inspect the passenger compartment air filter life percentage. If needed, change engine shall be deemed the same as 33 miles. See every 36 000 km (22,500 mi) or two years, Driver Information Center (DIC) (Base Level) oil and filter, and reset oil life system. whichever comes first. Replace if necessary. 0 0 94 or See Engine Oil 240 and More frequent replacement may be needed Engine Oil Life System 0 242. Driver Information Center (DIC) (Uplevel) if the vehicle is driven in areas with heavy 0 . Check engine coolant level. See Cooling 96 for hourmeter. traffic, areas with poor air quality, or areas System 0 245. with high dust levels. Replacement may also be needed if there is a reduction in air flow, . Check windshield washer fluid level. See 0 excessive window fogging, or odors. Washer Fluid 249. . Check tire inflation pressures, including Air Conditioning Desiccant (Replace Every the spare. See Tire Pressure 0 272. Seven Years) . Inspect tire wear. See Tire Inspection The air conditioning system requires 0 276. maintenance every seven years. This service . Visually check for fluid leaks. requires replacement of the desiccant to . Inspect engine air cleaner filter. See help the longevity and efficient operation of Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 243. the air conditioning system. This service can be complex. See your dealer. . Inspect brake system. See Exterior Care 0 300. . Visually inspect steering, suspension, and chassis components for damage, including cracks or tears in the rubber boots, loose or missing parts, or signs of wear at least once a year. See Exterior Care 0 300. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

312 Service and Maintenance . Inspect power steering for proper . Lubricate body components. See Exterior . Visually inspect gas strut for signs of attachment, connections, binding, leaks, Care 0 300. wear, cracks, or other damage. Check the cracks, chafing, etc. . Check starter switch. See Starter Switch hold open ability of the strut. If the hold . Visually inspect halfshafts and driveshafts Check 0 253. open is low, service the gas strut. See Gas Strut(s) 0 254. for excessive wear, lubricant leaks, and/or . Check automatic transmission shift lock damage including: tube dents or cracks, control function. See Automatic . Verify spare tire key lock operation and constant velocity joint or universal joint Transmission Shift Lock Control Function lubricate as needed. See Tire Changing looseness, cracked or missing boots, loose Check 0 253. 0 284. or missing boot clamps, center bearing . Check ignition transmission lock. See . Visually inspect the spare tire to ensure excessive looseness, loose or missing Ignition Transmission Lock Check 0 253. that it is tightly stowed under the vehicle. fasteners, and axle seal leaks. Push, pull, and try to turn the tire. If the . Check parking brake and automatic . Check restraint system components. See spare tire moves, tighten as necessary. 0 transmission park mechanism. See Park 0 Safety System Check 33. Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Check See Tire Changing 284. . Visually inspect fuel system for damage 0 253. or leaks. . Check accelerator pedal for damage, high . Visually inspect exhaust system and effort, or binding. Replace if needed. nearby heat shields for loose or damaged parts. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Service and Maintenance 313

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Normal 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

314 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every five years, whichever comes Additional Required Services - Normal first. See Cooling System 0 245. (1) Or every two years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. first. More frequent passenger compartment Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, air filter replacement may be needed if or damage; replace, if needed. driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See quality, high dust levels, or environmental Brake Fluid 0 250. allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 254. Your GM dealer can help determine when to (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. replace the filter. See Gas Strut(s) 0 254. (2) Or every four years, whichever comes (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect seven years. the filter at each oil change or more often as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 0 243. (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines and hoses for proper attachment, connection, routing, and condition. (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer case and/or front/rear axle output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and/or axles and should be replaced. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Service and Maintenance 315

Maintenance Schedule Additional 12 000 km/7,500 mi 24 000 km/15,000 mi 36 000 km/22,500 mi 84 000 km/52,500 mi 60 000 km/37,500 mi 72 000 km/45,000 mi 48 000 km/30,000 mi 96 000 km/60,000 mi 132 000 km/82,500 mi 156 000 km/97,500 mi 120 000 km/75,000 mi 108 000 km/67,500 mi 144 000 km/90,000 mi 180 000 km/112,500 mi 216 000 km/135,000 mi 228 000 km/142,500 mi 204 000 km/127,500 mi 192 000 km/120,000 mi 168 000 km/105,000 mi Required Services - Severe 240 000 km/150,000 mi Rotate tires and perform Required Services. Check engine oil level and oil life percentage. Change engine oil and filter, @@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@@ if needed. Replace passenger compartment air filter. (1) @ @ @ @ @ @ Replace engine air cleaner filter. (2) @ @ @ Inspect evaporative control system. (3) @ @ @ Replace spark plugs. Inspect spark plug wires and/or boots. @ Change automatic transmission fluid and filter. @ @ @ Change transfer case fluid, if equipped with 4WD. (4) @ @ @ Drain and fill engine cooling system. (5) @ Visually inspect accessory drive belts. (6) @ Replace brake fluid. (7) Replace windshield wiper blades. (8) @@@@@@@@@@ Replace hood gas struts and tailgate dampener. (9) @ @ Replace air conditioning desiccant. (10) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

316 Service and Maintenance Footnotes — Maintenance Schedule (5) Or every five years, whichever comes Special Application Services Additional Required Services - Severe first. See Cooling System 0 245. . Severe Commercial Use Vehicles Only: (1) Or every two years, whichever comes (6) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. Lubricate chassis components every oil first. More frequent passenger compartment Inspect for fraying, excessive cracking, change. air filter replacement may be needed if or damage; replace, if needed. . Have underbody flushing service driving in areas with heavy traffic, poor air (7) Replace brake fluid every five years. See performed. See "Underbody Maintenance" quality, high dust levels, or environmental Brake Fluid 0 250. in Exterior Care 0 300. allergens. Passenger compartment air filter replacement may also be needed if there is (8) Or every 12 months, whichever comes reduced airflow, window fogging, or odors. first. See Wiper Blade Replacement 0 254. Additional Maintenance Your GM dealer can help determine when to (9) Or every 10 years, whichever comes first. and Care replace the filter. See Gas Strut(s) 0 254. Your vehicle is an important investment and (2) Or every four years, whichever comes (10) Replace air conditioning desiccant every caring for it properly may help to avoid first. If driving in dusty conditions, inspect seven years. future costly repairs. To maintain vehicle the filter at each oil change or more often performance, additional maintenance as needed. See Engine Air Cleaner/Filter services may be required. 0 243. It is recommended that your dealer perform (3) Visually check all fuel and vapor lines these services — their trained dealer and hoses for proper attachment, technicians know your vehicle best. Your connection, routing, and condition. dealer can also perform a thorough (4) Do not directly power wash the transfer assessment with a multi-point inspection to case and/or front/rear axle output seals. recommend when your vehicle may need High pressure water can overcome the seals attention. and contaminate the transfer case fluid. The following list is intended to explain the Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of services and conditions to look for that may the transfer case and/or axles and should be indicate services are required. replaced. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Service and Maintenance 317 Battery . Trained dealer technicians have access to . Signs that the headlamps need attention tools and equipment to inspect the brakes include dimming, failure to light, cracking, The 12-volt battery supplies power to start and recommend quality parts engineered or damage. The brake lamps need to be the engine and operate any additional for the vehicle. checked periodically to ensure that they electrical accessories. light when braking. . To avoid break-down or failure to start Fluids . With a multi-point inspection, your dealer the vehicle, maintain a battery with full Proper fluid levels and approved fluids can check the lamps and note any cranking power. protect the vehicle’s systems and concerns. . Trained dealer technicians have the components. See Recommended Fluids and diagnostic equipment to test the battery Lubricants 0 319 for GM approved fluids. Shocks and Struts and ensure that the connections and . Engine oil and windshield washer fluid Shocks and struts help aid in control for a cables are corrosion-free. levels should be checked at every fuel fill. smoother ride. Belts . Instrument cluster lights may come on to . Signs of wear may include steering wheel . Belts may need replacing if they squeak indicate that fluids may be low and need vibration, bounce/sway while braking, or show signs of cracking or splitting. to be filled. longer stopping distance, or uneven tire wear. . Trained dealer technicians have access to Hoses tools and equipment to inspect the belts . As part of the multi-point inspection, Hoses transport fluids and should be trained dealer technicians can visually and recommend adjustment or regularly inspected to ensure that there are replacement when necessary. inspect the shocks and struts for signs of no cracks or leaks. With a multi-point leaking, blown seals, or damage, and can Brakes inspection, your dealer can inspect the hoses advise when service is needed. and advise if replacement is needed. Brakes stop the vehicle and are crucial to Tires safe driving. Lamps Tires need to be properly inflated, rotated, . Signs of brake wear may include chirping, Properly working headlamps, taillamps, and and balanced. Maintaining the tires can save grinding, or squealing noises, or difficulty brake lamps are important to see and be money and fuel, and can reduce the risk of stopping. seen on the road. tire failure. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

318 Service and Maintenance . Signs that the tires need to be replaced Windshield include three or more visible treadwear For safety, appearance, and the best indicators; cord or fabric showing through viewing, keep the windshield clean and the rubber; cracks or cuts in the tread or clear. sidewall; or a bulge or split in the tire. . Signs of damage include scratches, cracks, . Trained dealer technicians can inspect and and chips. recommend the right tires. Your dealer can also provide tire/wheel balancing . Trained dealer technicians can inspect the services to ensure smooth vehicle windshield and recommend proper operation at all speeds. Your dealer sells replacement if needed. and services name brand tires. Wiper Blades Vehicle Care Wiper blades need to be cleaned and kept in To help keep the vehicle looking like new, good condition to provide a clear view. vehicle care products are available from your . Signs of wear include streaking, skipping dealer. For information on how to clean and across the windshield, and worn or split protect the vehicle’s interior and exterior, rubber. see Interior Care 0 304 and . Trained dealer technicians can check the Exterior Care 0 300. wiper blades and replace them when Wheel Alignment needed. Wheel alignment is critical for ensuring that the tires deliver optimal wear and performance. . Signs that the alignment may need to be adjusted include pulling, improper vehicle handling, or unusual tire wear. . Your dealer has the required equipment to ensure proper wheel alignment. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Service and Maintenance 319 Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the recommended fluids and lubricants section in the Duramax diesel supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name or specification, including fluids or lubricants not listed here, can be obtained from your dealer. Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission (6 Speed) DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Automatic Transmission (8 Speed) DEXRON-HP Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chassis Lubrication Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Engine Coolant 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL coolant. See Cooling System 0 245. Engine Oil Engine oil meeting the dexos1 specification of the proper SAE viscosity grade. ACDelco dexos1 full synthetic is recommended. See Engine Oil 0 240. Floor Shift Linkage Lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Front (If Equipped With Four-Wheel Drive) and See your dealer. Rear Axle Hydraulic Brake DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid. Key Lock Cylinders, Hood Hinges, Body Door Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube. See your dealer. Hinge Pins, Tailgate Hinge and Linkage, Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges, Latch Bolt Linkage, and Fuel Door Hinge GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

320 Service and Maintenance

Usage Fluid/Lubricant Transfer Case (If Equipped With Four-Wheel DEXRON-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Drive) Windshield Washer Automotive windshield washer fluid that meets regional freeze protection requirements.

Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter 94775933 A3195C Engine Oil Filter 12696048 PF64 I2.5L L4 Engine 55594651 PF2257G I3.6L V6 Engine Passenger Compartment Air Filter 23135671 CF196 Spark Plugs 12627160 41-115 I2.5L L4 Engine 12646780 41-130 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Service and Maintenance 321

Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number I3.6L V6 Engine Wiper Blades 84225697 — IDriver Side – 55 cm (21.7 in) 84225696 — IPassenger Side – 45 cm (17.7 in) GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

322 Service and Maintenance Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts. Date Odometer Reading Serviced By Services Performed GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Technical Data 323 Technical Data Vehicle Identification Service Parts Identification There may be a large barcode on the Vehicle Identification Vehicle Identification certification label on the center pillar that Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) . . . 323 Number (VIN) you can scan for the following information: Service Parts Identification ...... 323 . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) Vehicle Data . Model designation Capacities and Specifications ...... 324 . Paint information Engine Drive Belt Routing ...... 326 . Production options If there is not a large barcode on this label, then you will find this same information on This legal identifier is in the front corner of a label inside of the glove box. the instrument panel, on the driver side of the vehicle. It can be seen through the windshield from outside. The Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) also appears on the Vehicle Certification label and certificates of title and registration. Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN is the engine code. This code identifies the vehicle's engine, specifications, and replacement parts. See “Engine Specifications” under Capacities and Specifications 0 324 for the vehicle's engine code. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

324 Technical Data Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants 0 319. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement. Capacities Application Metric English Air Conditioning Refrigerant For the air conditioning system refrigerant type and charge amount, see the refrigerant label under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Engine Cooling System* 9.1 L 9.6 qt I2.5L L4 Engine 10.6 L 11.2 qt I3.6L V6 Engine Engine Oil with Filter 4.7 L 5.0 qt I2.5L L4 Engine 5.7 L 6.0 qt I3.6L V6 Engine Fuel Tank 79.9 L 21.1 gal GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Technical Data 325

Capacities Application Metric English Transfer Case Fluid 1.9 L 2.0 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 lb ft All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. *Engine cooling system capacity values are based on the entire cooling system and its components.

Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Spark Plug Gap 2.5L L4 Engine (LCV) A 0.95–1.10mm (0.037–0.043 in) 3.6L V6 Engine (LGZ) N 0.80–0.90mm (0.031–0.035 in) Spark plug gaps are preset by the manufacturer. Re-gapping the spark plug is not recommended and can damage the spark plug. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

326 Technical Data Engine Drive Belt Routing If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement.

2.5L L4 Engine

3.6L V6 Engine GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Customer Information 327 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy Customer Information Customer Information Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy . . . 336 Cybersecurity ...... 336 Customer Satisfaction Procedure Customer Information Event Data Recorders ...... 337 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 327 OnStar ...... 338 Your satisfaction and goodwill are important Customer Assistance Offices ...... 329 Infotainment System ...... 338 to your dealer and to GMC. Normally, any Customer Assistance for Text Telephone concerns with the sales transaction or the (TTY) Users ...... 329 operation of the vehicle will be resolved by Online Owner Center ...... 329 your dealer's sales or service departments. GM Mobility Reimbursement Sometimes, however, despite the best Program ...... 330 intentions of all concerned, Roadside Assistance Program ...... 330 misunderstandings can occur. If your concern Scheduling Service Appointments ...... 331 has not been resolved to your satisfaction, Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 332 the following steps should be taken: Collision Damage Repair ...... 333 Publication Ordering Information ...... 334 STEP ONE : Discuss your concern with a Radio Frequency Statement ...... 335 member of dealership management. Normally, concerns can be quickly resolved Reporting Safety Defects at that level. If the matter has already been Reporting Safety Defects to the United reviewed with the sales, service, or parts States Government ...... 335 manager, contact the owner of your Reporting Safety Defects to the dealership or the general manager. Canadian Government ...... 336 STEP TWO : If after contacting a member of Reporting Safety Defects to General dealership management, it appears your Motors ...... 336 concern cannot be resolved by your dealership without further help, in the U.S., call 1-800-462-8782. In Canada, call General Motors of Canada Customer Care Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), or 1-800-263-7854 (French). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

328 Customer Information We encourage you to call the toll-free automotive disputes regarding vehicle STEP THREE — Canadian Owners : In the number in order to give your inquiry repairs or the interpretation of the New event that you do not feel your concerns prompt attention. Have the following Vehicle Limited Warranty. Although you have been addressed after following the information available to give the Customer may be required to resort to this informal procedure outlined in Steps One and Two, Assistance representative: dispute resolution program prior to filing a General Motors of Canada Company wants . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). This is court action, use of the program is free of you to be aware of its participation in a available from the vehicle registration or charge and your case will generally be heard no-charge Mediation/Arbitration Program. title, or the plate at the top left of the within 40 days. If you do not agree with the General Motors of Canada Company has instrument panel and visible through the decision given in your case, you may reject committed to binding arbitration of owner windshield. it and proceed with any other venue for disputes involving factory-related vehicle relief available to you. service claims. The program provides for the . Dealership name and location. review of the facts involved by an impartial . Vehicle delivery date and present mileage. You may contact the BBB Auto Line Program using the toll-free telephone number or third party arbiter, and may include an When contacting GMC, remember that your write them at the following address: informal hearing before the arbiter. The concern will likely be resolved at a dealer's program is designed so that the entire facility. That is why we suggest following BBB Auto Line Program dispute settlement process, from the time Step One first. BBB National Programs, Inc. you file your complaint to the final decision, 3033 Wilson Blvd. should be completed in about 70 days. We STEP THREE — U.S. Owners : Both General Suite 600 believe our impartial program offers Motors and your dealer are committed to Arlington, VA 22201 advantages over courts in most jurisdictions making sure you are completely satisfied because it is informal, quick, and free of with your new vehicle. However, if you Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 charge. continue to remain unsatisfied after http://www.bbb.org/council/ following the procedure outlined in programs-services/ For further information concerning eligibility Steps One and Two, you can file with the dispute-handling-and-resolution/bbb-auto-line in the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Better Business Bureau (BBB) Auto Line This program is available in all 50 states and Plan (CAMVAP), call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, Program to enforce your rights. the District of Columbia. Eligibility is limited or call the General Motors Customer Care Centre, 1-800-263-3777 (English), The BBB Auto Line Program is an by vehicle age, mileage, and other factors. 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write to: out-of-court program administered by the General Motors reserves the right to change BBB National Programs, Inc. to settle eligibility limitations and/or discontinue its participation in this program. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Customer Information 329 Mediation/Arbitration Program Canada Online Owner Center c/o Customer Care Centre General Motors of Canada Company General Motors of Canada Company The GMC Owner Center (U.S.) Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: Mail Code: CA1-163-005 CA1-163-005 my.gmc.com 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 1908 Colonel Sam Drive Learn more about your vehicle features, Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 shop for and manage your connected Your inquiry should be accompanied by the www.gmc.ca services and OnStar plans, and access Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). 1-800-263-3777 (English) diagnostic information specific to your vehicle. Customer Assistance Offices 1-800-263-7854 (French) 1-800-263-3830 (For Text Telephone Devices Membership Benefits GMC encourages customers to call the (TTYs)) E toll-free number for assistance. However, if a Roadside Assistance: 1-800-268-6800 : Download owner’s manuals and view customer wishes to write or e-mail GMC, the vehicle-specific how-to videos. Overseas letter should be addressed to: G : View maintenance schedules, alerts, and United States and Puerto Rico Please contact the local General Motors Vehicle Diagnostic Information. Schedule Business Unit. service appointments. GMC Customer Assistance Center P.O. Box 33172 Customer Assistance for Text I : View service records from your Detroit, MI 48232-5172 Telephone (TTY) Users dealership and add your own. D www.gmc.com To assist customers who are deaf, hard of : Select a dealer and view locations, 1-800-GMC-8782 (1-800-462-8782) hearing, or speech-impaired and who use maps, phone numbers, and hours. 1-888-889-2438 (For Text Telephone devices Text Telephones (TTYs), GMC has TTY r : Track your vehicle’s warranty (TTYs)) equipment available at its Customer information. Roadside Assistance: 1-888-881-3302 Assistance Center. Any TTY user in the U.S. J : View active recalls by Vehicle From U.S. Virgin Islands: can communicate with GMC by dialing: 1-888-889-2438. TTY users in Canada can dial Identification Number (VIN). See Vehicle 1-800-496-9994 1-800-263-3830. Identification Number (VIN) 0 323. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

330 Customer Information H : Manage your profile and payment adaptive equipment required for the vehicle, . Location of the vehicle information. View your GM Rewards Card such as hand controls or a wheelchair/ . Model, year, color, and license plate earnings and My GMC Rewards points. scooter lift for the vehicle. number of the vehicle F : Chat live with online help To learn about the GM Mobility program, . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification representatives. see www.gmmobility.com or call the GM Number (VIN), and delivery date of the Mobility Assistance Center at 1-800-323-9935. vehicle Visit my.gmc.com and create an account Text Telephone (TTY) users, call . Description of the problem today. 1-800-833-9935. Coverage GMC Owner Centre (Canada) General Motors of Canada also has a mygmccanada.ca Mobility program. See www.gm.ca, or call Services are provided for the duration of the 1-800-GM-DRIVE (800-463-7483) for details. vehicle's powertrain warranty. Visit the GMC Owner Centre at TTY users call 1-800-263-3830. mygmccanada.ca (English) or In the U.S., anyone driving the vehicle is my.gmccanada.ca (French) to access similar Roadside Assistance Program covered. In Canada, a person driving the benefits to the U.S. site. vehicle without permission from the owner For U.S.-purchased vehicles, call is not covered. GM Mobility Reimbursement 1-888-881-3302; (Text Telephone (TTY): Roadside Assistance is not a part of the New Program 1-888-889-2438). Vehicle Limited Warranty. General Motors For Canadian-purchased vehicles, call North America and GMC reserve the right to 1-800-268-6800. make any changes or discontinue the Roadside Assistance program at any time Service is available 24 hours a day, 365 days without notification. a year. General Motors North America and GMC Calling for Assistance reserve the right to limit services or When calling Roadside Assistance, have the payment to an owner or driver if they This program is available to qualified following information ready: decide the claims are made too often, or the applicants for cost reimbursement, up to same type of claim is made many times. . Your name, home address, and home certain limits, of eligible aftermarket telephone number . Telephone number of your location GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Customer Information 331 Services Provided warranty period. Items considered are . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: . Emergency Fuel Delivery: Delivery of reasonable and customary hotel, meals, Must be over 150 km from where your enough fuel for the vehicle to get to the rental car, or a vehicle being delivered trip was started to qualify. nearest service station. back to the customer, up to 500 miles. Pre-authorization, original detailed receipts, and a copy of the repair orders . Lock-Out Service: Service to unlock the Services Not Included in Roadside are required. Once authorization has been vehicle if you are locked out. A remote Assistance received, the Roadside Assistance advisor unlock may be available if you have . Impound towing caused by violation of will help to make arrangements and OnStar. For security reasons, the driver any laws explain how to receive payment. must present identification before this service is given. . Legal fines . Alternative Service: If assistance cannot . Mounting, dismounting, or changing of be provided right away, the Roadside . Emergency Tow from a Public Road or Assistance advisor may give permission to Highway: Tow to the nearest GMC dealer snow tires, chains, or other traction devices get local emergency road service. You will for warranty service, or if the vehicle was receive payment, up to $100, after in a crash and cannot be driven. Service is not provided if a vehicle is in an sending the original receipt to Roadside Assistance is not given when the vehicle area that is not accessible to the service Assistance. Mechanical failures may be is stuck in the sand, mud, or snow. vehicle or is not a regularly traveled or covered, however any cost for parts and . Flat Tire Change: Service to change a flat maintained public road, which includes ice labor for repairs not covered by the tire with the spare tire. The spare tire, and winter roads. Off-road use is not warranty are the owner’s responsibility. if equipped, must be in good condition covered. and properly inflated. It is the owner's Scheduling Service Appointments responsibility for the repair or Services Specific to Canadian-Purchased When the vehicle requires warranty service, replacement of the tire if it is not covered Vehicles contact your dealer and request an by the warranty. . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement is up to 7 L. Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted. appointment. By scheduling a service . Battery Jump Start: Service to jump start appointment and advising the service a dead battery. Propane and other fuels are not provided through this service. consultant of your transportation needs, . Trip Interruption Benefits and Assistance: your dealer can help minimize your If your trip is interrupted due to a . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle registration is inconvenience. warranty event, incidental expenses may required. be reimbursed within the Powertrain GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

332 Customer Information If the vehicle cannot be scheduled into the Owner Assistance Information” furnished Courtesy Rental Vehicle service department immediately, keep with each new vehicle provides detailed For an overnight warranty repair, the dealer driving it until it can be scheduled for warranty coverage information. may provide an available courtesy rental service, unless, of course, the problem is Transportation Options vehicle or provide for reimbursement of a safety related. If it is, please call your rental vehicle. Reimbursement is limited and dealership, let them know this, and ask for Warranty service can generally be must be supported by original receipts as instructions. completed while you wait. However, if you well as a signed and completed rental If your dealer requests you to bring the are unable to do so, your dealer may offer agreement and meet state/provincial, local, vehicle for service, you are urged to do so the following transportation options: and rental vehicle provider requirements. as early in the work day as possible to Shuttle Service Requirements vary and may include allow for same-day repair. minimum age requirements, insurance This includes one-way or round-trip shuttle coverage, credit card, etc. Additional fees Courtesy Transportation Program service within reasonable time and distance such as fuel, rental vehicle insurance, taxes, parameters of your dealer's area. To enhance your ownership experience, we levies, usage fees, excessive mileage, and our participating dealers are proud to Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement or rental usage beyond the completion of offer Courtesy Transportation, a customer If overnight warranty repairs are needed, the repair are also your responsibility. support program for vehicles with the and public transportation is used, the It may not be possible to provide a like Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty Coverage expense must be supported by original vehicle as a courtesy rental. period in Canada), extended powertrain, receipts and within the maximum amount and/or hybrid-specific warranties in both the allowed by GM. If U.S. customers arrange Additional Program Information U.S. and Canada. their own transportation, limited All program options, such as shuttle service, Several Courtesy Transportation options are reimbursement for reasonable fuel expenses may not be available at every dealer. available to assist in reducing inconvenience may be available. Claim amounts should Contact your dealer for specific availability. when warranty repairs are required. reflect actual costs and be supported by original receipts. See your dealer for General Motors reserves the right to Courtesy Transportation is not a part of the information. unilaterally modify, change, or discontinue New Vehicle Limited Warranty. A separate Courtesy Transportation at any time and to manual entitled “Limited Warranty and resolve all questions of claim eligibility pursuant to the terms and conditions described herein at its sole discretion. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Customer Information 333 Collision Damage Repair appearance and safety performance; Insuring the Vehicle however, the history of these parts is not Protect your investment in the GM vehicle If the vehicle is involved in a collision and it known. Such parts are not covered by the with comprehensive and collision insurance is damaged, have the damage repaired by a GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any coverage. There are significant differences in qualified technician using the proper related failures are not covered by that the quality of coverage afforded by various equipment and quality replacement parts. warranty. Poorly performed collision repairs diminish insurance policy terms. Many insurance the vehicle resale value, and safety Aftermarket collision parts are also available. policies provide reduced protection to the performance can be compromised in These are made by companies other than GM vehicle by limiting compensation for subsequent collisions. GM and may not have been tested for the damage repairs through the use of vehicle. As a result, these parts may fit aftermarket collision parts. Some insurance Collision Parts poorly, exhibit premature durability/ companies will not specify aftermarket Genuine GM Collision parts are new parts corrosion problems, and may not perform collision parts. When purchasing insurance, made with the same materials and properly in subsequent collisions. we recommend that you ensure that the construction methods as the parts with Aftermarket parts are not covered by the vehicle will be repaired with GM original which the vehicle was originally built. GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any equipment collision parts. If such insurance Genuine GM Collision parts are the best vehicle failure related to such parts is not coverage is not available from your current choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed covered by that warranty. insurance carrier, consider switching to another insurance carrier. appearance, durability, and safety are Repair Facility preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can If the vehicle is leased, the leasing company help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited GM also recommends that you choose a may require you to have insurance that Warranty. collision repair facility that meets your ensures repairs with Genuine GM Original needs before you ever need collision repairs. Equipment Manufacturer (OEM) parts or Recycled original equipment parts may also Your dealer may have a collision repair be used for repair. These parts are typically Genuine Manufacturer replacement parts. center with GM-trained technicians and Read the lease carefully, as you may be removed from vehicles that were total losses state-of-the-art equipment, or be able to in prior crashes. In most cases, the parts charged at the end of the lease for poor recommend a collision repair center that has quality repairs. being recycled are from undamaged sections GM-trained technicians and comparable of the vehicle. A recycled original equipment equipment. GM part may be an acceptable choice to maintain the vehicle's originally designed GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

334 Customer Information If a Crash Occurs Choose a reputable repair facility that uses vehicle repaired with Genuine GM parts, quality replacement parts. See “Collision even if your insurance coverage does not If there has been an injury, call emergency Parts” earlier in this section. pay the full cost. services for help. Do not leave the scene of a crash until all matters have been taken If the airbag has inflated, see What Will You If another party's insurance company is care of. Move the vehicle only if its position See after an Airbag Inflates? 0 38. paying for the repairs, you are not obligated puts you in danger, or you are instructed to to accept a repair valuation based on that move it by a police officer. Managing the Vehicle Damage Repair insurance company's collision policy repair Process limits, as you have no contractual limits Give only the necessary information to with that company. In such cases, you can police and other parties involved in the In the event that the vehicle requires have control of the repair and parts choices crash. damage repairs, GM recommends that you take an active role in its repair. If you have as long as the cost stays within reasonable For emergency towing see Roadside a pre-determined repair facility of choice, limits. Assistance Program 0 330. take the vehicle there, or have it towed Publication Ordering Information Gather the following information: there. Specify to the facility that any . Driver name, address, and telephone required replacement collision parts be Service Manuals number original equipment parts, either new Genuine GM parts or recycled original GM Service manuals have the diagnosis and . Driver license number parts. Remember, recycled parts will not be repair information on the engine, . Owner name, address, and telephone covered by the GM vehicle warranty. transmission, axle, suspension, brakes, number electrical system, steering system, body, etc. Insurance pays the bill for the repair, but . Vehicle license plate number you must live with the repair. Depending on Customer Literature . Vehicle make, model, and model year your policy limits, your insurance company Owner’s manuals are written specifically for . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) may initially value the repair using owners and are intended to provide basic aftermarket parts. Discuss this with the . Insurance company and policy number operational information about the vehicle. repair professional, and insist on Genuine . General description of the damage to the The owner’s manual includes the GM parts. Remember, if the vehicle is other vehicle Maintenance Schedule for all models. leased, you may be obligated to have the GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Customer Information 335 Customer literature publications available for Radio Frequency Statement Reporting Safety Defects purchase include owner’s manuals, warranty manuals, and portfolios. Portfolios include an This vehicle uses license-exempt transmitters Reporting Safety Defects to the owner’s manual, warranty manual, / receivers / systems that operate on a if applicable, and zip lock bag or pouch. radio frequency that complies with Part 15/ United States Government Part 18 of the Federal Communications Current and Past Models Commission (FCC) rules and with Innovation, If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or Service manuals and customer literature are Science and Economic Development (ISED) Canada's license-exempt RSS(s) / RSP-100 / could cause injury or death, you should available for many current and past model immediately inform the National year GM vehicles. ICES-GEN. Highway Traffic Safety Administration To order, call 1-800-551-4123 Monday–Friday, Operation is subject to the following two conditions: (NHTSA) in addition to notifying General 8:00 a.m.–6:00 p.m. eastern time Motors. 1. The device may not cause harmful For credit card orders only (VISA, interference. If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it MasterCard, or Discover), see Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. 2. The device must accept any interference may open an investigation, and if it received, including interference that may finds that a safety defect exists in a To order by mail, write to: cause undesired operation of the device. group of vehicles, it may order a recall Helm, Incorporated Changes or modifications to any of these and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA Attention: Customer Service systems by other than an authorized service cannot become involved in individual 47911 Halyard Drive facility could void authorization to use this problems between you, your dealer, Plymouth, MI 48170 equipment. or General Motors. Make checks payable in U.S. funds. To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

336 Customer Information Administrator, NHTSA Reporting Safety Defects to Vehicle Data Recording and 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. General Motors Washington, D.C. 20590 Privacy In addition to notifying NHTSA (or Transport The vehicle has a number of computers that You can also obtain other information Canada) in a situation like this, notify about motor vehicle safety from record information about the vehicle’s General Motors. performance and how it is driven or used. http://www.safercar.gov. In the U.S., call 1-800-462-8782, or write: For example, the vehicle uses computer Reporting Safety Defects to the GMC Customer Assistance Center modules to monitor and control engine and transmission performance, to monitor the Canadian Government P.O. Box 33172 Detroit, MI 48232-5172 conditions for airbag deployment and If you live in Canada, and you believe deploy them in a crash, and, if equipped, to In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 (English) or that the vehicle has a safety defect, provide antilock braking to help the driver 1-800-263-7854 (French), or write: control the vehicle. These modules may notify Transport Canada immediately, General Motors of Canada Company store data to help the dealer technician and notify General Motors of Canada service the vehicle or to help GM improve Company. Call Transport Canada at Customer Care Centre, Mail Code: CA1-163-005 safety or features. Some modules may also 1-800-333-0510; go to: 1908 Colonel Sam Drive store data about how the vehicle is www.tc.gc.ca/recalls (English) Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operated, such as rate of fuel consumption or average speed. These modules may retain www.tc.gc.ca/rappels (French) In Mexico, call 800-466-0812 or personal preferences, such as radio presets, 800-466-0801. or write to: seat positions, and temperature settings. In other Central America and Caribbean Transport Canada Countries, call 52-555-901-2369. Cybersecurity Motor Vehicle Safety Directorate GM collects information about the use of Defect Investigations and Recalls your vehicle including operational and safety Division related information. We collect this 80 Noel Street information to provide, evaluate, improve, Gatineau, QC J8Z 0A1 and troubleshoot our products and services and to develop new products and services. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Customer Information 337 The protection of vehicle electronics systems Event Data Recorders driving conditions and no personal data and customer data from unauthorized (e.g., name, gender, age, and crash location) outside electronic access or control is This vehicle is equipped with an event data are recorded. However, other parties, such important to GM. GM maintains appropriate recorder (EDR). The main purpose of an EDR as law enforcement, could combine the EDR security standards, practices, guidelines and is to record, in certain crash or near data with the type of personally identifying controls aimed at defending the vehicle and crash-like situations, such as an air bag data routinely acquired during a crash the vehicle service ecosystem against deployment or hitting a road obstacle, data investigation. that will assist in understanding how a unauthorized electronic access, detecting To read data recorded by an EDR, special possible malicious activity in related vehicle’s systems performed. The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle equipment is required, and access to the networks, and responding to suspected vehicle or the EDR is needed. In addition to cybersecurity incidents in a timely, dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. the vehicle manufacturer, other parties, such coordinated and effective manner. Security as law enforcement, that have the special incidents could impact your safety or The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as: equipment, can read the information if they compromise your private data. To minimize have access to the vehicle or the EDR. security risks, please do not connect your . How various systems in your vehicle were vehicle electronic systems to unauthorized operating; GM will not access these data or share it devices or connect your vehicle to any . Whether or not the driver and passenger with others except: with the consent of the unknown or untrusted networks (such as safety belts were buckled/fastened; vehicle owner or, if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee; in response Bluetooth, WIFI or similar technology). In . How far (if at all) the driver was to an official request by police or similar the event you suspect any security incident depressing the accelerator and/or brake government office; as part of GM's defense impacting your data or the safe operation of pedal; and, your vehicle, please stop operating your of litigation through the discovery process; vehicle and contact your dealer. . How fast the vehicle was traveling. or, as required by law. Data that GM collects These data can help provide a better or receives may also be used for GM understanding of the circumstances in which research needs or may be made available to crashes and injuries occur. others for research purposes, where a need is shown and the data is not tied to a Note specific vehicle or vehicle owner. EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non-trivial crash situation occurs; no data are recorded by the EDR under normal GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

338 Customer Information OnStar If the vehicle is equipped with OnStar and has an active service plan, additional data may be collected and transmitted through the OnStar system. This includes information about the vehicle’s operation; collisions involving the vehicle; the use of the vehicle and its features, including infotainment; and the location and approximate GPS speed of the vehicle. Refer to the OnStar Terms and Conditions and Privacy Statement on the OnStar website. See OnStar Additional Information 0 340. Infotainment System If the vehicle is equipped with a navigation system as part of the infotainment system, use of the system may result in the storage of destinations, addresses, telephone numbers, and other trip information. See the infotainment section for information on stored data and for deletion instructions. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

OnStar 339 OnStar Overview The OnStar system status light is next to OnStar the OnStar buttons. If the status light is: OnStar Overview . Solid Green: System is ready. OnStar Overview ...... 339 . Flashing Green: On a call. . Red: Indicates a problem. OnStar Services Q Emergency ...... 340 . Off: System is off. Press twice to Security ...... 340 speak with an OnStar Advisor. Q OnStar Additional Information = Voice Command Button Press or call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) to speak to an Advisor. OnStar Additional Information ...... 340 Q Blue OnStar Button Functionality of the Voice Command button > Red Emergency Button may vary by vehicle and region. This vehicle may be equipped with a Press = to: comprehensive, in-vehicle system that can . Open the OnStar app on the infotainment connect to an OnStar Advisor for Emergency, display. See OnStar System 0 123 for Security, Navigation, Connections, and information on how to use the Diagnostics Services. OnStar services may OnStar app. require a paid service plan and data plan. OnStar requires the vehicle battery and Or electrical system, cellular service, and GPS . Give OnStar Turn-by-Turn Navigation voice satellite signals to be available and commands. operating. OnStar acts as a link to existing . Obtain and customize the Wi-Fi hotspot emergency service providers. OnStar may name or SSID and password, if equipped. collect information about you and your Q vehicle, including location information. See Press to connect to an Advisor to: OnStar User Terms, Privacy Statement, and . Verify account information or update Software Terms for more details including contact information. system limitations at www.onstar.com (U.S.) . Get driving directions. or www.onstar.ca (Canada). GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

340 OnStar . Receive a Diagnostic check of the vehicle's With OnStar Crisis Assist, specially trained Theft Alarm Notification key operating systems. Advisors are available 24 hours a day, 7 days If equipped, if the doors are locked and the a week, to provide a central point of . Receive Roadside Assistance. vehicle alarm sounds, a notification by text, contact, assistance, and information during a . Manage Wi-Fi Settings, if equipped. e-mail, or phone call will be sent. If the crisis. Press > to get a priority connection to an vehicle is stolen, an OnStar Advisor can work With Roadside Assistance, Advisors can OnStar Advisor available 24/7 to: with authorities to recover the vehicle. locate a nearby service provider to help with . Get help for an emergency. a flat tire, a battery jump, or an empty OnStar Additional . Be a Good Samaritan or respond to an gas tank. AMBER Alert. Information . Get assistance in severe weather or other Security In-Vehicle Audio Messages crisis situations and find evacuation If equipped, OnStar provides these services: routes. . With Stolen Vehicle Assistance, OnStar Audio messages may play important Advisors can use GPS to pinpoint the information at the following times: OnStar Services vehicle and help authorities quickly . Prior to vehicle purchase. Press Q to set recover it. up an account. Emergency . With Remote Ignition Block, if equipped, . After change in ownership and at Emergency Services require an active safety OnStar can block the engine from being 90 days. and security plan. With Automatic Crash restarted. Transferring Service Response, built-in sensors can automatically . With Stolen Vehicle Slowdown, alert a specially trained OnStar Advisor who if equipped, OnStar can work with law Press Q to request account transfer is immediately connected in to the vehicle enforcement to gradually slow the eligibility information. The Advisor can to help. vehicle down. cancel or change account information. Press > for a priority connection to an Selling/Transferring the Vehicle OnStar Advisor who can contact emergency service providers, direct them to your exact Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) location, and relay important information. immediately to terminate your OnStar or connected services if the vehicle is disposed of, sold, transferred, or if the lease ends. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

OnStar 341 Reactivation for Subsequent Owners technology compatible with OnStar or . Provide directions to the closest hospital connected services. Service involving location or pharmacy in urgent situations. Press Q and follow the prompts to speak to information about the vehicle cannot work an Advisor as soon as possible. The Advisor unless GPS signals are available, TTY Users will update vehicle records and explain unobstructed, and compatible with the OnStar has the ability to communicate to OnStar or connected service options. OnStar hardware. OnStar or connected deaf, hard-of-hearing, or speech-impaired How OnStar Service Works services may not work if the OnStar customers while in the vehicle. The available equipment is not properly installed or it has dealer-installed TTY system can provide Automatic Crash Response, Emergency not been properly maintained. If equipment in-vehicle access to all OnStar services, Services, Crisis Assist, Stolen Vehicle or software is added, connected, except Virtual Advisor and OnStar Assistance, Remote Services, and Roadside or modified, OnStar or connected services Turn-by-Turn Navigation. Assistance are available on most vehicles. may not work. Other problems beyond the If equipped, TTY mode can be turned on or Not all OnStar services are available control of OnStar — such as hills, tall off by touching Settings, then Apps, and everywhere or on all vehicles. For more buildings, tunnels, weather, electrical system then Phone. When TTY mode is on, phone information, a full description of OnStar design and architecture of the vehicle, calls can be made or received with OnStar services, system limitations, and OnStar User damage to the vehicle in a crash, or wireless using the infotainment display. Terms, Privacy Statement, and Software phone network congestion or jamming — Terms: may prevent service. OnStar Personal Identification . Call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827). See Radio Frequency Statement 0 335. Number (PIN) . See www.onstar.com (U.S.). Services for People with Disabilities A PIN is needed to access some OnStar . See www.onstar.ca (Canada). services. The PIN will need to be changed . Call TTY 1-877-248-2080. Advisors provide services to help with the first time when speaking with an . Press Q to speak with an Advisor. physical disabilities and medical conditions. Advisor. To change the OnStar PIN, contact an OnStar Advisor by pressing Q or calling OnStar or connected services cannot work Press Q to help: 1-888-4ONSTAR. unless the vehicle is in a place where OnStar . Locate a gas station with an attendant to has an agreement with a wireless service pump gas. Warranty provider for service in that area. The . Find a hotel, restaurant, etc., that meets OnStar equipment may be warranted as part wireless service provider must also have accessibility needs. coverage, network capacity, reception, and of the vehicle warranty. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

342 OnStar Languages A temporary loss of GPS can cause loss of Add-on Electrical Equipment the ability to send a Turn-by-Turn The vehicle can be programmed to respond The OnStar system is integrated into the Navigation route. The Advisor may give a electrical architecture of the vehicle. Do not in multiple languages. Press Q and ask for verbal route or may ask for a call back after add any electrical equipment. See Add-On an Advisor. Advisors are available in English, the vehicle is driven into an open area. Spanish, and French. Available languages Electrical Equipment 0 232. Added electrical may vary by country. Cellular and GPS Antennas equipment may interfere with the operation of the OnStar system and cause it to not Potential Issues Cellular reception is required for OnStar to operate. send remote signals to the vehicle. Do not OnStar cannot perform Remote Door Unlock place items over or near the antenna to Vehicle Software Updates or Stolen Vehicle Assistance after the vehicle prevent blocking cellular and GPS signal OnStar or GM may remotely deliver has been off continuously for 10 days reception. without an ignition cycle. If the vehicle has software updates or changes to the vehicle not been started for 10 days, OnStar can Unable to Connect to OnStar Message without further notice or consent. These updates or changes may enhance or contact Roadside Assistance or a locksmith If there is limited cellular coverage or the to help gain access to the vehicle. maintain safety, security, or the operation cellular network has reached maximum of the vehicle or the vehicle systems. Global Positioning System (GPS) capacity, this message may come on. Press Software updates or changes may affect or . Obstruction of the GPS can occur in a Q to try the call again or try again after erase data or settings that are stored in the large city with tall buildings; in parking driving a few miles into another vehicle, such as saved navigation garages; around airports; in tunnels and cellular area. destinations or pre-set radio stations. underpasses; or in an area with very Vehicle and Power Issues Neither OnStar nor GM is responsible for dense trees. If GPS signals are not any affected or erased data or settings. available, the OnStar system should still OnStar services require a vehicle electrical These updates or changes may also collect operate to call OnStar. However, OnStar system, wireless service, and GPS satellite personal information. Such collection is could have difficulty identifying the exact technologies to be available and operating described in the OnStar privacy statement or location. for features to function properly. These separately disclosed at the time of . In emergency situations, OnStar can use systems may not operate if the battery is installation. These updates or changes may the last stored GPS location to send to discharged or disconnected. also cause a system to automatically emergency responders. communicate with GM servers to collect information about vehicle system status, GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

OnStar 343 identify whether updates or changes are for a period of three years after our last available, or deliver updates or changes. An shipment of this product. This offer is valid active OnStar agreement constitutes consent to anyone in receipt of this information. to these software updates or changes and *Provided through LG Electronics Inc., who is agreement that either OnStar or GM may solely responsible for provisions of related remotely deliver them to the vehicle. OSS compliance. Privacy The complete OnStar Privacy Statement may be found at www.onstar.com (U.S.), or www.onstar.ca (Canada). We recommend that you review it. If you have any questions, call 1-888-4ONSTAR (1-888-466-7827) or press Q to speak with an Advisor. Users of wireless communications are cautioned that the privacy of any information sent via wireless cellular communications cannot be assured. Third parties may unlawfully intercept or access transmissions and private communications without consent. OnStar - Software Acknowledgements To obtain the source code under GPL, LGPL, MPL, and other open source licenses, that is contained in this product, please visit http:// opensource.lge.com. In addition to the source code, all referred license terms, warranty disclaimers, and copyright notices are available for download. This offer is valid GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

344 Connected Services Connected Services 2. Say “Cancel route.” System responds: Connected Services “Do you want to cancel directions?” Connected Services Navigation 3. Say “Yes.” System responds: “OK, request completed, thank you, goodbye.” Navigation ...... 344 Navigation requires a specific OnStar or Connections ...... 345 connected service plan. Route Preview Diagnostics ...... 346 Press Q to receive Turn-by-Turn directions 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar or have them sent to the vehicle’s ready,” then a tone. navigation screen, if equipped. 2. Say “Route preview.” System responds with the next three maneuvers. Turn-by-Turn Navigation Repeat 1. Press Q to connect to an Advisor. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar 2. Request directions to be downloaded to ready,” then a tone. the vehicle. 2. Say “Repeat.” System responds with the 3. Follow the voice-guided commands. last direction given, then responds with Using Voice Commands During a “OnStar ready,” then a tone. Planned Route Get My Destination Functionality of the Voice Command button, 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar if equipped, may vary by vehicle and region. ready,” then a tone. For some vehicles, press = to open the 2. Say “Get my destination.” System OnStar app on the infotainment display. For responds with the address and distance other vehicles press = as follows. to the destination, then responds with Cancel Route “OnStar ready,” then a tone. 1. Press =. System responds: “OnStar Send Destination to Vehicle ready,” then a tone. Directions can be sent to the vehicle’s navigation screen, if equipped. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Connected Services 345 Press Q, then ask the Advisor to download Wi-Fi Hotspot (If Equipped) After initial set-up, your vehicle’s Wi-Fi directions to the vehicle’s navigation system, The vehicle may have a built-in Wi-Fi hotspot will connect automatically to your if equipped. After the call ends, the hotspot that provides access to the Internet mobile devices. Manage data usage by navigation screen will provide prompts to and web content at 4G LTE speed. Up to turning Wi-Fi on or off on your mobile begin driving directions. Routes that are sent seven mobile devices can be connected. device, using the myGMC mobile app, or by to the navigation screen can only be A data plan is required. Use the in-vehicle contacting an OnStar Advisor. On some canceled through the navigation system. controls only when it is safe to do so. vehicles, Wi-Fi can also be managed from the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. See www.onstar.com (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca 1. To retrieve Wi-Fi hotspot information, (Canada). press = to open the OnStar app on the MyGMC Mobile App (If Available) infotainment display, then select Wi-Fi Download the myGMC mobile app to Connections Hotspot. On some vehicles, touch Wi-Fi compatible Apple and Android smartphones. The following services help with staying or Wi-Fi Settings on the screen. GMC users can access the following services connected. 2. The Wi-Fi settings will display the Wi-Fi from a smartphone: For coverage maps, see www.onstar.com hotspot name (SSID), password, and on . Remotely start/stop the vehicle, (U.S.) or www.onstar.ca (Canada). some vehicles, the connection type (no if factory-equipped. Internet connection, 3G, 4G, 4G LTE), and . Lock/unlock doors, if equipped with Ensuring Security signal quality (poor, good, excellent). The automatic locks. . Change the default passwords for the LTE icon shows connection to Wi-Fi. It is . Activate the horn and lamps. Wi-Fi hotspot and myGMC mobile possible that the icon may not illuminate . Check the vehicle’s fuel level, oil life, application. Make these passwords even though the vehicle has an active or tire pressure, if factory-equipped with different from each other and use a connection. the Tire Pressure Monitor System. combination of letters and numbers to 3. To change the SSID or password, press increase the security. . Send destinations to the vehicle. Q or call 1-888-4ONSTAR to connect . Change the default name of the SSID . Locate the vehicle on a map (U.S. with an Advisor. On some vehicles, the (Service Set Identifier). This is your market only). SSID and password can be changed in network’s name that is visible to other the Wi-Fi Hotspot menu. . Turn the vehicle's Wi-Fi hotspot on/off, wireless devices. Choose a unique name manage settings, and monitor data and avoid family names or vehicle consumption, if equipped. descriptions. . Locate a dealer and schedule service. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

346 Connected Services . Request Roadside Assistance. Diagnostics . Set a parking reminder with pin drop, take a photo, make a note, and set a By monitoring and reporting on the vehicle's timer. key systems, OnStar Advanced Diagnostics, if equipped, provides a way to keep up on . Connect with GMC on social media. maintenance. Capabilities vary by model. Features are subject to change. For myGMC See www.onstar.com for details and system mobile app information and compatibility, limitations. Features are subject to change. see my.gmc.com. For updates on feature capabilities, see An active OnStar or connected service plan my.gmc.com. Message and data rates may may be required. A compatible device, apply. factory-installed remote start, and power locks are required. Data rates apply. See www.onstar.com for details and system limitations. Remote Services Contact an OnStar Advisor to unlock the doors or sound the horn and flash the lamps. Marketplace OnStar Advisors can provide offers from restaurants and retailers on your route, help locate hotels, or book a room. These services vary by market. GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Index 347 A Airbags (cont'd) Index Accessories and Modifications ...... 234 Readiness Light ...... 86 Accessory Power ...... 190 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Vehicles ...... 42 Active Fuel Management ...... 191 System Check ...... 34 Add-On Electrical Equipment ...... 232 Alarm Additional Information Vehicle Security ...... 14 OnStar ...... 340 All-Season Tires ...... 267 Additional Maintenance and Care ...... 316 All-Terrain Tires ...... 267 Adjustments AM-FM Radio ...... 116 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 23 Antenna Agreements Multi-band ...... 119 Trademarks and License ...... 156 Antilock Brake System (ABS) ...... 202 Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine ...... 243 Warning Light ...... 89 Air Conditioning ...... 164, 166 Appearance Care Air Filter, Passenger Compartment ...... 169 Exterior ...... 300 Air Vents ...... 169 Interior ...... 304 Airbag System Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 146 Check ...... 43 Assistance Program, Roadside ...... 330 How Does an Airbag Restrain? ...... 38 Assistance Systems for Parking and Passenger Sensing System ...... 39 Backing ...... 209 What Makes an Airbag Inflate? ...... 37 Audio What Will You See after an Airbag Bluetooth ...... 122 Inflates? ...... 38 Automatic When Should an Airbag Inflate? ...... 37 Climate Control System ...... 166 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 36 Door Locks ...... 13 Airbags Headlamp System ...... 103 Adding Equipment to the Vehicle ...... 43 Transmission ...... 192 Passenger Status Indicator ...... 86 Transmission Fluid ...... 243 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

348 Index Automatic Transmission Buckle To Drive ...... 28 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Manual Mode ...... 195 Bulb Replacement (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 258 Shift Lock Control Function Check ...... 253 Center High-Mounted Stoplamp Chains, Tire ...... 282 Auxiliary Jack ...... 122 (CHMSL) and Cargo Lamp ...... 258 Charging Avoiding Untrusted Media Devices ...... 119 Halogen Bulbs ...... 256 Wireless ...... 78 Axle, Front ...... 252 Headlamp Aiming ...... 255 Charging System Light ...... 87 Axle, Rear ...... 253 Headlamps ...... 256 Check B Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Engine Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . 87 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 256 Ignition Transmission Lock ...... 253 Battery Taillamps, Turn Signal, Sidemarker, Child Restraints Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 108 Stoplamps, and Backup Lamps ...... 257 Infants and Young Children ...... 45 Load Management ...... 107 Buying New Tires ...... 278 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Power Protection ...... 107 Children ...... 50 Battery - North America ...... 251, 294 C Older Children ...... 44 Blade Replacement, Wiper ...... 254 Calibration ...... 78 Securing ...... 64, 69 Blind Spot Mirrors ...... 16 California Systems ...... 47 Bluetooth Perchlorate Materials Requirements . . . 234 Circuit Breakers ...... 259 Overview ...... 141, 142 California Proposition Cleaning Bluetooth Audio ...... 122 65 Warning ...... 234, 251, 294, Exterior Care ...... 300 Brake Back Cover Interior Care ...... 304 System Warning Light ...... 89 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... 2 Climate Control Systems ...... 164 Brakes ...... 249 Capacities and Specifications ...... 324 Air Conditioning ...... 164 Antilock ...... 202 Carbon Monoxide Automatic ...... 166 Assist ...... 203 Engine Exhaust ...... 192 Heating ...... 164 Fluid ...... 250 Tailgate ...... 14 Clock ...... 78 Parking ...... 203 Winter Driving ...... 178 Cluster, Instrument ...... 81 Braking ...... 172 Caution, Danger, and Warning ...... 2 Collision Damage Repair ...... 333 Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 185 Center Console Storage ...... 74 Compact Spare Tire ...... 292 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Index 349 Compartments Customer Assistance (cont'd) Door (cont'd) Storage ...... 73 Offices ...... 329 Locks ...... 12 Compass ...... 78 Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 329 Power Locks ...... 12 Connected Services Customer Information Drive Belt Routing, Engine ...... 326 Connections ...... 345 Publications Ordering Information . . . . . 334 Driver Diagnostics ...... 346 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 327 Teen ...... 153 Navigation ...... 344 Cybersecurity ...... 336 Driver Assistance Systems ...... 208 Connections D Driver Information Center (DIC) ...... 94, 96 Connected Services ...... 345 Driving Damage Repair, Collision ...... 333 Control Better Fuel Economy ...... 171 Danger, Warning, and Caution ...... 2 Hill Descent ...... 205 Characteristics and Towing Tips ...... 217 Data Collection Traction and Electronic Stability ...... 204 Defensive ...... 171 Infotainment System ...... 338 Control Light Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 178 OnStar ...... 338 Hill Descent ...... 90 If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 179 Data Recorders, Event ...... 337 Control of a Vehicle ...... 172 Impaired ...... 172 Database Coverage Explanations ...... 136 Controls Loss of Control ...... 173 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 103 Steering Wheel ...... 112 Off-Road ...... 174 Defensive Driving ...... 171 Convex Mirrors ...... 16 Off-Road Recovery ...... 173 Delayed Locking ...... 12 Coolant Vehicle Load Limits ...... 180 Destination ...... 128 Engine Temperature Gauge ...... 85 Wet Roads ...... 177 Diagnostics Cooling ...... 164, 166 Winter ...... 178 Connected Services ...... 346 Cooling System ...... 245 Differential, Limited-Slip ...... 206 E Courtesy Transportation Program ...... 332 Distracted Driving ...... 171 Electrical Equipment, Add-On ...... 232 Coverage Explanations ...... 136 Dome Lamps ...... 106 Electrical System Cruise Control ...... 206 Door Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 260 Light ...... 93 Ajar Light ...... 94 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 259 Cupholders ...... 73 Delayed Locking ...... 12 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 264 Customer Assistance ...... 329 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

350 Index Electrical System (cont'd) Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 108 Front Seats Overload ...... 259 F Adjustment ...... 23 Emergency Heated and Ventilated ...... 25 Fan OnStar ...... 340 Fuel Engine ...... 248 Engine Additives ...... 214 Filter, Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 243 Economy, Driving for Better ...... 171 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 243 Check Light (Malfunction Indicator) . . . . . 87 Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 216 Flash-to-Pass ...... 103 Compartment Overview ...... 237 Filling the Tank ...... 215 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 104 Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 85 Foreign Countries ...... 214 Flat Tire ...... 282 Cooling System ...... 245 Gauge ...... 84 Changing ...... 284 Drive Belt Routing ...... 326 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 92, 93 Floor Mats ...... 307 Exhaust ...... 192 Management, Active ...... 191 Fluid Fan ...... 248 Prohibited Fuels ...... 214 Automatic Transmission ...... 243 Heater ...... 188 Recommended ...... 214 Brakes ...... 250 Oil Life System ...... 242 Top Tier ...... 213 Four-Wheel Drive Transfer Case ...... 197 Oil Pressure Light ...... 92 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 293 Washer ...... 249 Overheating ...... 247 Fuses Fog Lamps ...... 105 Power Messages ...... 99 Engine Compartment Fuse Block ...... 260 Folding Mirrors ...... 16 Running While Parked ...... 192 Fuses and Circuit Breakers ...... 259 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) System . . . . . 211 Starting ...... 187 Instrument Panel Fuse Block ...... 264 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 197, 252 Entry Lighting ...... 107 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 89 G Equipment, Towing ...... 224 Frequency Statement Gas Strut(s) ...... 254 Event Data Recorders ...... 337 Radio ...... 335 Gauges Exit Lighting ...... 107 Front Axle ...... 252 Engine Coolant Temperature ...... 85 Extender, Seat Belt ...... 33 Front Fog Lamp Fuel ...... 84 Exterior Cargo Lamps ...... 105 Light ...... 93 Odometer ...... 84 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 102 Speedometer ...... 84 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 103 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Index 351 Gauges (cont'd) Headlamps (cont'd) Infants and Young Children, Restraints . . . . 45 Tachometer ...... 84 High-Beam On Light ...... 93 Information Trip Odometer ...... 84 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 103 Publication Ordering ...... 334 Warning Lights and Indicators ...... 80 Lamps On Reminder ...... 93 Infotainment System ...... 338 General Information Heated Instrument Cluster ...... 81 Service and Maintenance ...... 309 Steering Wheel ...... 76 Instrument Panel Overview ...... 4 Towing ...... 216 Heated and Ventilated Front Seats ...... 25 Interior Rearview Mirrors ...... 17 Vehicle Care ...... 234 Heated Mirrors ...... 16 Introduction ...... 1, 109 Global Positioning System (GPS) ...... 134 Heater J Glove Box ...... 73 Engine ...... 188 Jack GM Mobility Reimbursement Heating ...... 164, 166 Auxiliary ...... 122 Program ...... 330 High-Beam On Light ...... 93 Jump Starting - North America ...... 294 Guidance Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 178 Problems with the Route ...... 135 Hill Descent Control (HDC) ...... 205 K Keyless Entry H Hill Descent Control Light ...... 90 Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 203 Remote (RKE) System ...... 9 Halogen Bulbs ...... 256 Hood ...... 236 Keys...... 6 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 104 Horn ...... 77 HD Radio Technology ...... 117 L How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 28 Head Restraints ...... 21 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 267 HVAC ...... 164, 166 Headlamps Lamps Aiming ...... 255 I Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 103 Automatic ...... 103 If the System Needs Service ...... 135 Dome ...... 106 Bulb Replacement ...... 256 Ignition Positions ...... 186 Exterior Cargo ...... 105 Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) ...... 103 Ignition Transmission Lock Check ...... 253 Exterior Controls ...... 102 Flash-to-Pass ...... 103 Immobilizer ...... 15 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 103 Headlamps, Front Turn Signal, Indicator Exterior Lighting Battery Saver ...... 108 Sidemarker, and Parking Lamps ...... 256 Vehicle Ahead ...... 90 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

352 Index Lamps (cont'd) Lights (cont'd) Lumbar Adjustment ...... 23 Malfunction Indicator (Check Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 89 Front Seats ...... 23 Engine) ...... 87 Front Fog Lamp ...... 93 M On Reminder ...... 93 High-Beam On ...... 93 Maintenance Reading ...... 106 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 103 Records ...... 322 Lane Departure Warning (LDW) ...... 213 Hill Descent Control ...... 90 Maintenance and Care Lane Departure Warning Light ...... 90 Lane Departure Warning ...... 90 Additional ...... 316 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 30 Low Fuel Warning ...... 92, 93 Maintenance Schedule ...... 310 LATCH System Seat Belt Reminders ...... 85 Recommended Fluids and Replacing Parts after a Crash ...... 64 Security ...... 93 Lubricants ...... 319 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Tethers for StabiliTrak OFF ...... 91 Transfer Case ...... 197 Children ...... 50 Tire Pressure ...... 91 Malfunction Indicator Lamp ...... 87 Lighting Tow/Haul Mode ...... 90 Manual Mirrors ...... 16 Entry ...... 107 Traction Control System Manual Mode ...... 195 Exit ...... 107 (TCS)/StabiliTrak ...... 91 Map Data Updates ...... 135 Illumination Control ...... 106 Traction Off ...... 90 Maps ...... 127 Lights Limited-Slip Differential ...... 206 Media Airbag Readiness ...... 86 Locks Avoiding Untrusted Devices ...... 119 Antilock Brake System (ABS) Automatic Door ...... 13 Messages Warning ...... 89 Delayed Locking ...... 12 Engine Power ...... 99 Brake System Warning ...... 89 Door ...... 12 Vehicle ...... 98 Charging System ...... 87 Lockout Protection ...... 13 Vehicle Speed ...... 99 Check Engine (Malfunction Power Door ...... 12 Mirrors Indicator) ...... 87 Safety ...... 13 Automatic Dimming Rearview ...... 17 Cruise Control ...... 93 Loss of Control ...... 173 Blind Spot ...... 16 Door Ajar ...... 94 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 92, 93 Convex ...... 16 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 92 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Folding ...... 16 Flash-to-Pass ...... 103 Children (LATCH System) ...... 50 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Index 353 Mirrors (cont'd) OnStar ...... 338 Passenger Sensing System ...... 39 Heated ...... 16 OnStar Additional Information ...... 340 Perchlorate Materials Requirements, Manual ...... 16 OnStar Emergency ...... 340 California ...... 234 Manual Rearview ...... 17 OnStar Overview ...... 339 Personalization Power ...... 16 OnStar Security ...... 340 Vehicle ...... 99 Mirrors, Interior Rearview ...... 17 OnStar System ...... 123, 134 Phone Monitor System, Tire Pressure ...... 273 Operation Apple CarPlay and Android Auto ...... 146 Multi-band Antenna ...... 119 Fog Lamps ...... 105 Bluetooth ...... 141, 142 N Outlets Port Power ...... 78 USB ...... 119 Navigation Overheating, Engine ...... 247 Positioning Connected Services ...... 344 Overview ...... 110 Vehicle ...... 135 Destination ...... 128 Instrument Panel ...... 4 Power Using the System ...... 124 Door Locks ...... 12 Navigation Symbols ...... 127 P Mirrors ...... 16 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 185 Park Outlets ...... 78 Shifting Into ...... 190 O Protection, Battery ...... 107 Shifting Out of ...... 191 Odometer ...... 84 Retained Accessory (RAP) ...... 190 Park Assist ...... 209 Trip ...... 84 Seat Adjustment ...... 23 Parking Off-Road ...... 174 Windows ...... 18 Brake ...... 203 Driving ...... 174 Pregnancy, Using Seat Belts ...... 33 Brake and P (Park) Mechanism Recovery ...... 173 Privacy Check ...... 253 Oil Vehicle Data Recording ...... 336 Over Things That Burn ...... 191 Engine ...... 240 Problems with Route Guidance ...... 135 Parking or Backing Engine Oil Life System ...... 242 Program Assistance Systems ...... 209 Pressure Light ...... 92 Courtesy Transportation ...... 332 Passenger Airbag Status Indicator ...... 86 Older Children, Restraints ...... 44 Prohibited Fuels ...... 214 Passenger Compartment Air Filter ...... 169 Online Owner Center ...... 329 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

354 Index Proposition 65 Warning, Records Routing, Engine Drive Belt ...... 326 California ...... 234, 251, 294, Maintenance ...... 322 Running the Vehicle While Parked ...... 192 Back Cover Recreational Vehicle Towing ...... 297 S Publication Ordering Information ...... 334 Reimbursement Program, GM Safety Defects Reporting Mobility ...... 330 R Canadian Government ...... 336 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System . . . . .8, 9 Radio General Motors ...... 336 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 11 HD Radio Technology ...... 117 U.S. Government ...... 335 Replacement Parts Radio Data System (RDS) ...... 118 Safety Locks ...... 13 Airbags ...... 44 Radio Frequency Statement ...... 335 Safety System Check ...... 33 Maintenance ...... 320 Radio Reception ...... 119 Satellite Radio ...... 118 Replacing Airbag System ...... 44 Radios Scheduling Appointments ...... 331 Replacing LATCH System Parts after a AM-FM Radio ...... 116 Seat Belts ...... 27 Crash ...... 64 Satellite ...... 118 Buckle To Drive ...... 28 Replacing Seat Belt System Parts after Reading Lamps ...... 106 Care ...... 34 a Crash ...... 34 Rear Axle ...... 253 Extender ...... 33 Reporting Safety Defects Rear Seats ...... 25 How to Wear Seat Belts Properly ...... 28 Canadian Government ...... 336 Rear Vision Camera (RVC) ...... 209 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 30 General Motors ...... 336 Rear Windows ...... 19 Reminders ...... 85 U.S. Government ...... 335 Rearview Mirrors ...... 17 Replacing after a Crash ...... 34 Restraints Automatic Dimming ...... 17 Use During Pregnancy ...... 33 Where to Put ...... 49 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 24 Seats Retained Accessory Power (RAP) ...... 190 Recognition Adjustment, Front ...... 23 Ride Control Systems Voice ...... 136 Head Restraints ...... 21 Enhanced Traction System (ETS) ...... 206 Recommended Heated and Ventilated Front ...... 25 Roads Fuel ...... 214 Lumbar Adjustment, Front ...... 23 Driving, Wet ...... 177 Recommended Fluids and Lubricants . . . . . 319 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 23 Roadside Assistance Program ...... 330 Rear ...... 25 Rotation, Tires ...... 277 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Index 355 Seats (cont'd) Sidemarker Struts Reclining Seatbacks ...... 24 Bulb Replacement ...... 257 Gas ...... 254 Underseat Storage ...... 74 Signals, Turn and Lane-Change ...... 105 Stuck Vehicle ...... 179 Securing Child Restraints ...... 64, 69 Software Updates ...... 116 Sun Visors ...... 20 Security Spare Tire Sunglass Storage ...... 73 Light ...... 93 Compact ...... 292 Symbols ...... 2 OnStar ...... 340 Special Application Services ...... 316 Navigation ...... 127 Vehicle ...... 14 Specifications and Capacities ...... 324 System Vehicle Alarm ...... 14 Speedometer ...... 84 Forward Collision Alert (FCA) ...... 211 Service ...... 169 StabiliTrak Global Positioning ...... 134 Accessories and Modifications ...... 234 OFF Light ...... 91 Infotainment ...... 338 Climate Control System ...... 164 Start Assist, Hill ...... 203 OnStar ...... 134 Doing Your Own Work ...... 235 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 11 Systems Maintenance Records ...... 322 Starter Switch Check ...... 253 Driver Assistance ...... 208 Maintenance, General Information . . . . . 309 Starting the Engine ...... 187 T Parts Identification ...... 323 Steering ...... 172 Tachometer ...... 84 Scheduling Appointments ...... 331 Heated Wheel ...... 76 Tailgate ...... 14 Services Wheel Adjustment ...... 76 Taillamps Special Application ...... 316 Wheel Controls ...... 76 Bulb Replacement ...... 257 Servicing System ...... 135 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 112 Teen Driver ...... 153 Servicing the Airbag ...... 42 Stoplamps and Back-Up Lamps Text Telephone (TTY) Users ...... 329 Settings ...... 147 Bulb Replacement ...... 257 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 15 Shift Lock Control Function Check, Storage Areas Immobilizer ...... 15 Automatic Transmission ...... 253 Center Console ...... 74 Time ...... 78 Shifting Glove Box ...... 73 Tires ...... 266 Into Park ...... 190 Sunglasses ...... 73 All-Season ...... 267 Out of Park ...... 191 Underseat ...... 74 All-Terrain ...... 267 Storage Compartments ...... 73 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

356 Index Tires (cont'd) Towing (cont'd) U Buying New Tires ...... 278 General Information ...... 216 Underseat Storage ...... 74 Chains ...... 282 Recreational Vehicle ...... 297 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 280 Changing ...... 284 Trailer ...... 220 Updates Compact Spare ...... 292 Trailer Sway Control (TSC) ...... 230 Map Data ...... 135 Designations ...... 269 Vehicle ...... 296 Software ...... 116 Different Size ...... 279 Traction USB Port ...... 119 Full-Size Spare ...... 293 Control System (TCS)/StabiliTrak Using the Navigation System ...... 124 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 282 Light ...... 91 Using the System ...... 113 Inspection ...... 276 Limited-Slip Differential ...... 206 Using This Manual ...... 2 Pressure ...... 272 Off Light ...... 90 V Pressure Light ...... 91 Traction Control/Electronic Stability Vehicle Pressure Monitor Operation ...... 274 Control ...... 204 Alarm System ...... 14 Pressure Monitor System ...... 273 Trademarks and License Agreements . . . . . 156 Canadian Owners ...... 2 Rotation ...... 277 Trailer Control ...... 172 Sidewall Labeling ...... 267 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 230 Identification Number (VIN) ...... 323 Terminology and Definitions ...... 270 Towing ...... 220 Load Limits ...... 180 Uniform Tire Quality Grading ...... 280 Transfer Case ...... 197 Messages ...... 98 Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance . . . . 281 Transmission Personalization ...... 99 Wheel Replacement ...... 281 Automatic ...... 192 Remote Start ...... 11 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 278 Fluid, Automatic ...... 243 Security ...... 14 Winter ...... 267 Transportation Program, Courtesy ...... 332 Speed Messages ...... 99 Top Tier Fuel ...... 213 Trip Odometer ...... 84 Towing ...... 296 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 196 Truck-Camper Loading Information ...... 185 Vehicle Ahead Indicator ...... 90 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 90 Turn and Lane-Change Signals ...... 105 Vehicle Care Towing Turn Signal Tire Pressure ...... 272 Driving Characteristics ...... 217 Bulb Replacement ...... 257 Vehicle Data Recording and Privacy ...... 336 Equipment ...... 224 GMC Canyon/Canyon Denali Owner Manual (GMNA-Localizing-U.S./Canada- 14430430) - 2021 - CRC - 9/9/20

Index 357 Vehicle Positioning ...... 135 Winter Ventilation, Air ...... 169 Driving ...... 178 Visors ...... 20 Winter Tires ...... 267 Voice Recognition ...... 136 Wiper Blade Replacement ...... 254 W Wireless Charging ...... 78 Warning Brake System Light ...... 89 Caution and Danger ...... 2 Lane Departure (LDW) ...... 213 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Indicators ...... 80 Warnings Hazard Flashers ...... 104 Washer Fluid ...... 249 Wheels Alignment and Tire Balance ...... 281 Different Size ...... 279 Replacement ...... 281 When It Is Time for New Tires ...... 278 Where to Put the Restraint ...... 49 Windows ...... 18 Power ...... 18 Rear ...... 19 Windshield Replacement ...... 254 Wiper/Washer ...... 77 21_GMC_Canyon_CanyonDenali_COV_en_US_84426904B_2020SEPT11.pdf 1 8/11/2020 10:12:28 AM

CMY